COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 2009-2010 ACADEMIC CATALOG

Presbyterian Presbyterian C o l l e g e

2 0 0 9- 2 0 10 C a t a l o g ADMISSIONS...... 5

THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM...... 13

COSTS & STUDENT AID...... 39

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION...... 53

REFERENCE SECTION...... 153

Campus Visits Visitors are always welcome at . The Admissions offices is open for appointments Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Members of the staff are available for interviews at other times if appointments are made in advance.

Telephone: (864) 833-2820 or toll-free: 1-800-960-7583 Email: [email protected] www.presby.edu

COMMUNICATION DIRECTORY To facilitate prompt attention, inquiries should be addressed as indicated below: General Information...... The President Admissions...... Dean of Admissions and Financial Aid Alumni Interests...... Executive Director for Alumni Relations Athletics...... Director of Athletics Business Matters...... Executive Vice President for Finance Curriculum...... Provost Senior Employment...... Director of Career Services and Internships Financial Aid...... Director of Financial Aid Gifts and Bequests...... Executive Director for College Advancement Housing...... Director of Residence Life Study Abroad...... Director of International Programs Public Relations...... Executive Vice President for External Relations Summer School...... Provost Transcripts...... Registrar/Director of Records

Presbyterian College is an Equal Opportunity Employer. The College does not discriminate against student applicants on the basis of race, sex, religion, national origin, or handicap.

POLICIES DISCLAIMER The course offerings , regulations, fees, and other materials appearing in this catalog are announcements. Nothing contained herein is to be construed as representing contractual obligations of Presbyterian College, which reserves the right to change its courses of instruction, fees, charges for room and board, and general academic regulations with out notice, should circumstances warrant in the judgement of the College. Courses listed in this catalog may not be offered every year. An official list of courses to be offered will be published by the Registrar before the beginning of each term.

2 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

AN INTRODUCTION Presbyterian College is a fully accredited, private, residential, baccalaureate institution related to the Presbyterian Church (USA). The College provides a liberal arts education within a community of faith, learning, and intellectual freedom.

In 1880, William Plumer Jacobs, related college, is to develop within and responsible contribution to our pastor of Clinton’s First Presbyterian the framework of Christian faith democratic society and the world Church who had earlier established the mental, physical, moral, and community. Thornwell Orphanage, founded spiritual capacities of each student Presbyterian College primarily in preparation for a lifetime of to provide education at a higher personal and vocational fulfillment level for the orphans. For many years predominantly an institution for the education of men, Presbyterian College became fully coeducational in 1965. The College now selects academically qualified students, a majority of whom rank in the top quarter of their high school classes, without regard to race, religion, sex, handicap, nationality, or ethnic origin.

While the student body typi- cally represents more than 25 states and several countries, most of the students traditionally come from the Southeastern United States. Presbyterian College sustains a Christian heritage of integrity and service not only by striving for academic excellence but also by a comprehensive honor code, wide- ranging opportunities for volunteer service, and close attention to the needs of each student. The College grants both B.A. and B.S. degrees.

The compelling purpose of Presbyterian College, as a church-

3 GOALS THAT GUIDE THE COLLEGE

These goals guide the College in its attempt to fulfill its mission:

• To help students gain a basic knowledge of humanities, natural sciences, and social sci- ences, a special competence in one or more particular areas of study; and an ability to see these studies as part of the larger search for truth.

• To develop in students the ability to think clearly and independently, to make critical judgments, and to communicate effectively in both speech and writing.

• To foster in students an aesthetic appreciation of the arts and literature.

• To acquaint students with the teachings and values of the Christian faith.

• To help students develop moral and ethical commitments including service to others.

• To help students attain a sense of dignity, self-worth, and appreciation of other per- sons of diverse backgrounds.

• To encourage in students an appreciation for teamwork and for physical fitness and athletic skills that will contribute to lifelong health.

• To foster in students an appreciation of, and concern for, the environment and natural resources.

4 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

Admissions Requirements For Admission 8 Application & Notification Dates 8 Admission From High School 9 Early Decision 9 Transfer Students 9 Special Students 9 Armed Forces Veterans 10 Matriculation Pledge 10 Honor Code 10 Advanced Placement 10 International Baccalaureate 11 College Level Examinations 11

5 6 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

ADMISSIONS

The Presbyterian College campus is home to students who are willing to challenge themselves to be the best; who have demonstrated academic and leadership potential; and who have displayed drive and initiative both inside and outside the classroom.

The College’s Admissions Office seeks students who can benefit from - and contribute to - Presbyterian College. The majority of incoming freshmen rank in the top quarter of their high school classes and have participated in activities ranging from athletics to music to volunteer service to student government.

Presbyterian College seeks students who demand the best from themselves, from those around them, and from their learning environment.

7 Requirements For Admission Presbyterian College admits official. An interview is preferred, of the Admissions Committee, does students based on their academic and and interested students are urged to not fit into the scholastic or social life personal qualifications. Admission visit the campus. The College does of the campus. Presbyterian College decisions are made after careful not discriminate against applicants adheres to the National Association review of the application, high or students on the basis of race, for College Admission Counseling’s school transcript, class rank, scores religion, sex, handicap, or national Statements of Principles of Good from the Scholastic Assessment or ethnic origin. PC reserves the right Practice and the Statement of Students’ Test (SAT) or the American College to refuse the original application or Rights and Responsibilities. Testing Program (ACT), and the the re-admission for any semester Admission policies are established recommendation of a high school of any student who, in the opinion by the Board of Trustees.

Application and Notification Dates

Application Deadline Notification Date Commitment Date

Early Decision* November 1 December 1 January 15

Early Action** November 15 December 15 May 1 (Deadline to be considered for Quattlebaum, and Founders Scholarships and the Chinese language program)

Regular Decision February 1 March 15 May 1 (Deadline to be considered for all other academic, music, ROTC, and leadership scholarships)

Late Decision*** July 1 July 15 July 20

*Early Decision is for students whose first choice of college is PC. If accepted, applicant must withdraw any applications from other institutions and commit to attend PC by paying a non-refundable $400 advance deposit by January 15, 2010.

**Early Action is for students who have PC as one of their top college choices. This option allows students to receive an admission decision early without the obligation to commit early. A non-refundable $400 advance deposit will be due by May 1.

***Late Decision is expressly designed for those qualified students who make their college decision late in their senior year or change their decision after further consideration of college options. PC will admit up to 10 students under this provision based on housing space availability.

Applicants may apply online at www.presby.edu/ admissions with a $25.00 application fee; download an application or obtain a paper application and submit with a $40.00 application fee. Presbyterian College is also a member of The Common Application Group ($25.00 application fee).

8 Admission From High School All transfer applicants must as a regular student. If the request e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P The College ordinarily requires submit transcripts from all is granted, all courses satisfactorily for entrance the completion of a or attended, their high completed will be included. four-year high school course of school transcript, SAT or ACT scores, study, including four units of college and a statement of good standing Armed Forces Veterans preparatory English, four units of from the institution last attended as The College encourages math (including Algebra I, Algebra II, a full-time student. applications from veterans of the and geometry), and two or more units Transfer students will be granted armed forces and makes special each of a foreign language, laboratory appropriate credit for courses that provision for giving some academic science, history, and social science. correspond to or are the equivalent of credit to these individuals. Persons Applicants are strongly encouraged to courses offered by Presbyterian College who have satisfactorily completed take honors, Advanced Placement and and that have been satisfactorily basic military training regardless of International Baccalaureate courses completed. Courses that do not the branch of service and have either whenever possible. correspond to courses offered by PC received an honorable separation may be accepted as “free electives” from active duty or are currently Early Decision with the approval of the Provost serving in the Reserve components An early decision plan is available up to a maximum of 24 semester may be given up to eight semester for prospective students who have hours credit toward graduation hours of elective credit toward a PC decided that Presbyterian College requirements. degree. is their college choice. Students All transfer credits are tentative Financial benefits for education interested in the early decision option and dependent on satisfactory work are available to armed service veterans must submit all regular admission at PC. The maximum number under federal laws administered materials no later than November 1 of semester hours that can be by the US Department of Veterans of their senior year. Early decision transferred from a two-year college is Affairs. applicants will receive notification by 68. Transfer students must complete December 1. Early decision candidates general education requirements Deposit applying for financial assistance also for graduation with the class with Admitted freshmen and transfer must submit a Presbyterian College which they entered, i.e., sophomore, students are asked to confirm their financial aid information form. junior, or senior. This also includes intention to enroll by submitting a Early decision students offered requirements for cultural enrichment $400 deposit. This deposit is non- admission must submit a $400 non- events. refundable. refundable deposit by January 15 and must withdraw any applications filed Special Students Matriculation Pledge with other institutions. Students who are not candidates Each student must sign for a PC degree may, upon approval of this matriculation pledge upon Transfer Students the Dean of Admissions, be admitted enrollment: Transfer students are admitted to such classes as they may be prepared based on the academic record at to take and shall be officially classified “On my honor, I will abstain from all the college from which they are as “special students.” Students deceit. I will neither give nor receive transferring, their high school record, admitted as special students can unacknowledged aid in my academic and scores from the SAT or ACT. change to regular student status only work, nor will I permit such action Students from regionally by submitting a new application by any member of this community. I accredited four-year institutions or requesting such a change to the will respect the persons and property of junior colleges may be considered Provost. Semester hours and quality the community and will not condone for admission provided they have points earned while enrolled as a discourteous or dishonest treatment of a minimum overall 2.50 grade special student shall be credited these by my peers. In my every act, I point average (GPA) in college toward the degree only if the student will seek to maintain a high standard work completed and, at the time of is accepted as a regular student and of honesty and truthfulness for myself registration at PC, they are eligible requests in writing that credit be given and for the College.” to re-enroll in the institution last toward the degree. Such a request attended or, in the case of junior must be filed with the Office of the colleges, they have graduated. Provost at the time of enrollment

9 Honor Code is vital. This commitment begins For more than 80 years there has with personal integrity, extends to the International Baccalaureate been an Honor Code at Presbyterian refusal to condone violation of the Presbyterian College will award College. This code has given rise to rules, and supports the appropriate academic credit to students who an atmosphere of mutual respect punishment of those who violate the have earned grades of five or better and trust. And now the Code is even spirit and the provisions of the codes. in their higher-level subjects in the stronger. Anything short of full commitment International Baccalaureate (IB) After thoughtful study and undermines the very essence of Diploma Program. See the chart meticulous revision, the Honor Code Presbyterian College honor. Those below for course credit information. reflects a renewed desire of the present who engage in dishonorable behavior Students seeking IB credit should have student generation for an honorable may be banned from the College ei- transcripts sent to the Admissions community and guarantees stiff ther for two semesters or permanently. Office from the IB program. punishments for dishonorable ac- All students attest to their belief in the tions. This code is a dynamic aspect Honor Code by signing the honor roll, College Level Examinations of PC that defines and establishes the thereby becoming integral and active Entering students who wish to College’s character as an institution participants in the long heritage of receive credit by examination at of higher learning in the best liberal Presbyterian College honor. Presbyterian College may do so by arts tradition. For further information on the completing the test through a College The commitment to honor has Honor Code, please consult the Level Examination Program (CLEP) its rewards: taking tests or writing Presbyterian College Blue Book. test center. See the chart below for papers with the expectation that course credit information. Students everyone will do his or her own work; Advanced Placement seeking CLEP credit should have leaving books and personal property Entering students who wish to transcripts sent to the Admissions unattended; and rescheduling tests receive advance placement (AP) credit Office. because of conflicts. But along with at Presbyterian College may do so these privileges, the Code also brings by completing an AP course in high responsibilities: a respect for the school and by earning a minimum ideas, values, and property of others; score on that examination by the a readiness to subordinate one’s own College Board. The minimum score interests to the interests and well be- ing of the whole college community; requirements are shown on the chart and a dedication to abide by the rules on page11. Students seeking AP credit of the College. should have transcripts sent to the In order to maintain an honor- Admissions Office from the College able campus, student commitment Board. 10 International Baccalaureate (IB) Credit e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

Minimum Hours Subject Score PC Equivalent Awarded

Biology 5 Biology 101, 101L, 102, 102L 8 Chemistry 5 Chemistry 101, 101L, 102, 102L 8 English, A1 5 English 110 and 111 6 English, A2 5 English elective 2 German, A1 5 German 101 and 102 8 History, American 5 History 211 and 212 6 History, European 5 History 121 and 122 6

College Level Examination Program (CLEP) Credit

Minimum Hours Subject Score PC Equivalent Awarded

Amer. Government 50 Political Science 202 3 Freshman College Composition 50 English 109 or English elective 3 English Composition with Essay 50 English 109 3 Calculus 55 Mathematics 201 3 College Algebra 55 Mathematics 105 3 Trigonometry 55 Mathematics 196 3 History of the United States I 50 History 211 3 History of the United States II 50 History 212 3

11 Awarding of Advanced Placement (AP) Credit

Hours Subject Minimum PC Equivalent Score Awarded Art, History of 3 Art 101 3 Art, Studio Drawing, N/A Studio General N/A

Biology 4 Biology 111, 111L, 112, 112L 8

Chemistry 4 Chemistry 101, 101L 4 4* Chemistry 102, 102L 4 *plus 70 on departmental exam (student’s option)

Computer Science 3 or 4 Computer Science 241 4 Computer Science 5 Computer Science 241 and 242 8

Environmental Science 4 or 5 Biology 215 3

Macroeconomics 4 or 5 Economics 201 3 Microeconomics 4 or 5 Economics 202 3

English Lang/Composition 3 English 109 3 4 or 5 English 110, 111 6 English Lit/Composition 3 English 109 3 4 or 5 English 110, 111 6

History: European 3 History 121 or 122 3 4 or 5 History 121 and 122 6 United States 3 History 211 or 212 3 4 or 5 History 211 and 212 6 World History 3 History 121 or 122 3 4 or 5 History 121 and 122 6

Foreign Languages 3 102/151 (except Latin) 4 (French, German, Latin, 4 102/151, 201 7 Portuguese, Spanish) 5 102/151, 201, 202 10 Foreign Language credit awarded for either Language or Literature Test Mathematics (Calculus AB) 3 or 4 Mathematics 201 3 5 Mathematics 201 and 202 6

(Calculus BC) 3 or 4 Mathematics 201 and 202 6 5 Mathematics 201, 202, and 301* 9 *Subject to consultation with Math Department Music, Listen: Lit 4 or 5 Music 102 3 Theory 4 or 5 Music 103 3

Physics B 4 Physics 121, 121L, 122, 122L 8 C (Mechanics) 4 Physics 121, 121L 4 C (Elec. and Mag.) 4 Physics 122, 122L 4 Political Science (US) 3 Political Science 202 3

Psychology 3 Psychology 201 3

Statistics 4 Statistics 319 or 320 4 Mathematics 210 3 12 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

The Academic Program

Family Educational Rights & Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 16 The Curriculum 16 General Education Requirements 17 Intercultural/Internship Requirements 18 Registration 21 Pre-Professional Programs 27 Special Programs 28

13 14 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

Through its liberal arts curriculum, the academic program of Presbyterian College seeks to develop in students the capacity of understanding, intellectual curiosity, and the strength of character necessary for leadership and service in today’s world.

Effort is first directed toward giving a general comprehension of our intellectual, scientific, and religious heritage — and the modern relationships among these forces — after which students intensify their study in specialized fields. The curriculum com- bines traditional work with innovative educational programs that occur both on campus and off campus.

Small classes give increased personal attention and greater oppor- tunity for self-expression on the part of all students. Presbyterian College is small enough to make the leading professors of the various departments available to all students; thus, the benefit of their wide knowledge and experience can be shared, in close association, by each individual in laboratory, classroom, and library work.

15 the Office of the Registrar and confidential student records, and THE FAMILY EDUCATIONAL required by the Office of the additional information regarding RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT Provost to account for the enrolled access to confidential student (FERPA) OF 1974 student’s academic performance information, see the Knapsack. and status, including records Directory Information maintained by instructors. The Academic Calendar The College has designated 2. Inactive Academic Records: The academic calendar includes certain information contained in Those records retained by the a fall semester that extends from a student’s educational record as Office of the Registrar that late August to mid-December and directory information pursuant to pertain to the academic a spring semester that extends from the Family Educational Rights and performance of persons no early January to early May. Each Privacy Act (FERPA). Directory longer enrolled at Presbyterian semester is approximately 14 weeks information at Presbyterian College College. in length including course work and consists of: final examinations. Two five-week Student’s full name 3. Records Pertaining to Academic summer sessions are also offered. Addresses Accommodations: Those Several courses involving off- (campus, permanent, email) records retained by the Office campus study are offered during Telephone numbers of the Provost that pertain to a special May period following Major field of study students’ requests for and award commencement. Participation is Photograph of academic accommodations. optional. Participation in officially 4. Records Related to Violations or recognized activities / sports Potential Violations of the Honor The Curriculum Weight and height Code: Those records retained Presbyterian College offers (for members of athletic teams) by the Office of the Provost that programs of study that lead to the Dates of attendance pertain to violations or potential Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Classification violations of the honor code as Science degrees. Degree(s) and awards/honors it relates to academics. The curriculum is designed to received bring to the student a broad awareness Access to Confidential and understanding of the worlds of This information may be Information nature, of society, and of self and to disclosed by the College for any It is the policy of the College prepare the student for a productive purpose deemed as legitimate that information contained in official life. Toward this end, the College without the consent of a student. student records will not be released to divides its courses of study into three However, a student has the right the parent(s) or guardian(s) without parts: general education, study in to refuse the disclosure of this the consent of the student unless the specialized fields, and electives. information. For more information student is a valid dependent of the Students normally complete or to request that information not be parent(s) or guardian(s). the general education requirements disclosed, a student must complete Students are allowed access during the freshman and sophomore the required form in the Registrar’s to their official records to ensure years . These requirements offer a broad office. that information contained therein understanding of our intellectual and is not inaccurate, misleading, or religious heritage —the ideas and Student Records otherwise in violation of their rights ideals that have made our civilization Presbyterian College maintains or privacy. A student who wishes to distinctive, the methods of study different types of records: admissions, review his/her record will make a and analysis of the natural sciences academic, financial, disciplinary, request directly to the Registrar for and mathematics, and the eternal health, etc. The following records academic records or to the Provost principles of the Christian religion. that are maintained in the Office for records pertaining to academic Transfer students should complete of the Provost and the Office of the accommodations or Honor Code general education requirements as Registrar are considered confidential violations. Such requests should soon as possible. student records: be made 24 hours in advance to the The academic major gives the respective official. student intensive work in the chosen 1. Active Academic Records: Those For further information field of specialization usually during academic records retained by on FERPA, a complete list of the junior and senior years. 16 The program of electives allows and courses to broaden students’ The general education e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P the student to pursue a second field intercultural education as well as work requirements are the same for both of specialization or to broaden the in English composition and literature, the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor academic background by choosing a fine arts, history, mathematics, natural of Science degrees. A normal range variety of courses from a number of sciences, physical education, religion, of credit hours for general education fields. foreign languages, and social sciences. requirements would be 46-60 hours The goals of the general education with credit hours in the major field Requirements for the Degree program are as follows: ranging from 30-54 hours. Therefore, The basic requirements for a a student would be able to choose bachelor’s degree from Presbyterian • To help students gain a basic a range of 10-51 hours of elective College are: knowledge of the humanities, courses. The minimum requirements natural sciences and mathematics, in general education are as follows: 1. Successful completion of the and social sciences and an ability required general education to see these studies as part of the Freshman Experience (1-3 courses; larger search for truth. hours): All freshmen entering PC 2. Completion of the requirements • To develop in students the ability in the fall semester must take either for an academic major; to think clearly and independently, a one-hour Freshman Seminar or a 3. Successful completion of 122 to make critical judgments, and to three-hour Introduction-to-Inquiry semester hours of college-level communicate effectively in both (i2i) course in their first semester. work with a minimum of 48 speech and writing. Topics vary each fall but all emphasize hours successfully completed • To foster in students an aesthetic critical thinking, communication, at Presbyterian College (NOTE: appreciation of the arts and and small group experiences. The credit-hour requirements in some literature. goals for the first-year program are: majors may increase required • To acquaint students with the hours to more than 122 for these teachings and values of the • To engage all first-year students areas of study); Christian faith. at Presbyterian College with 4. Completion of all academic work • To assist students in gaining the academic life and knowledge, with 2.00 grade point average perspective of the other and to including focusing on critical (GPA) and all major requirements become more aware of their thinking and liberal learning. with a 2.00 GPA; global community. • To create intentional groups of 5. Attendance at five lecture and five • To encourage in students an first-year students that can assist performance events per year in appreciation for physical fitness in all students finding their “place” the Cultural Enrichment Program and wellness that will contribute at PC. (CEP). to lifelong health. • To enable faculty who might • To engage all first-year not advise freshmen to have To ensure these requirements are students with academic life purposeful contact with them. met, a senior audit must be completed and knowledge through the • To provide an experience to no later than one full semester before concepts of inquiry, critical freshman that underscores that the anticipated date of graduation thinking, and liberal learning. college is “far beyond the fifth with the registrar’s office. Students • To provide experience that year of high school.” completing degree requirements complements the traditional during spring semester are required classroom environment in Students who fail a freshman to participate in graduation order to more intentionally experience course must successfully ceremonies. connect students with the global complete an interdisciplinary studies community and with important course at the 200-level or above to General Education issues that confront the human substitute for it. In addition, students Requirements condition. who fail a freshman experience course The curriculum includes a group • To assist senior students in and are on academic probation will, of courses that are required of all pulling together and integrating in addition, be required to participate students as prerequisite to the degrees their educational experience and in two spring workshops, such as conferred by Presbyterian College. It prepare to transition to life after includes courses designed specifically college. for freshmen or new students 17 those on time management and study Intercultural/Internship Requirement skills, offered by the Office of Career Services. Intercultural/Internship A student may select one option from 1A Experience (4-6 hours): All students and one from 1B for a total of 4-6 hours: must fulfill an intercultural or 1A: Coursework (IV) Another course suggested internship requirement by either by an academic department studying abroad, completing (I) A global studies or intercultural and approved by the General coursework that provides an course, not otherwise part of Education Committee and the intercultural perspective, and/or the general education program, Provost. completing a practicum experience recommended by an academic that focuses on enhancing learning department. (Recommended 1B: Experiential through internship opportunities. courses: Art 256; Business This experience will enable students Administration 308; Economics (I) An approved off-campus to become more appreciative of the 318, 326; English 210, 324, 338, travel experience of less than one interconnectedness of the global 341, 343; History 356, 382-384, 386, semester’s duration. community and the important issues 389, 390, 392; Music 212; Political that confront the human condition. Science 301, 331, 370, 387; Religion (II) One approved internship or By completing a four-to-six credit 280, 310, 356; Sociology 310, 360, practicum earning between one hours program, a student will: 362, 364, 370) and three semester hours credit.

• Incorporate his or her academic (II) A designated course at the (III) One approved research learning with a supervised 200-level or above that deals with internship earning between one experience outside the traditional intercultural issues. (Recommended and three semester hours credit. classroom (internship, study courses: AFST 201, SOST 205, FILM abroad, research). 210, RELG 280, WGST 325, LAST (IV) Another experiential • Demonstrate transferable 335, ENGL 345) course suggested by an academic skills such as communication, department and approved by the critical thinking, adaptability, (III) Any modern foreign language General Education Committee organization, and the ability to course of three or more semester and the Provost. relate to others. hours credit beyond the general • Develop an appreciation for education requirement. learning and prepare for a lifetime of personal and Or, a student may select from one of the following: vocational fulfillment and responsible contribution to our 2. Study Abroad or Internship Experience democratic society and the world community. (I) An approved study abroad experience of at least one semester’s • Gain self-awareness and respect duration. for perspectives, communities, and value systems other than his (II) One approved internship earning between four and six semester hours or her own. credit.

To satisfy this requirement, a (III) An approved off-campus travel course or program earning at least student will earn four to six credit four semester hours of credit that specifically addresses intercultural or hours through intercultural or global issues. internship courses. These hours may be met within the major requirements. (IV) Significant field experience earning between four and six semester A student may choose from (1) a hours credit (e.g., substantial service learning project) certified by a faculty combination of classroom and supervisor, the Dean of Career Services and Student Programs, and the experiential courses or (2) a study Director of International Programs and approved by the General Education abroad or an extensive internship Committee. experience. 18 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Summary Table of General Education Requirements Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science Degrees

Area & Field Hours Courses

Freshman Seminar 105 Freshman Experience 1-3 Introduction to Inquiry 110

Please refer to the Intercultural/Internship Experience Intercultural Experience 4-6* section on page18.

Humanities: English 6 English through 110 and 111 Fine Arts 3 Art 101, 251, or 255 Theatre 120, 220, or 221 Music 102, 212 or 213 Foreign Language 0-7** Chinese, French, German, Portuguese, or Spanish through 201 or Greek 301-302 and 401 History 6 History 121 and 122 Religion 6 Religion 101 and 110

Social Sciences: Social Sciences: 6 Economics 201 or 202 Education 201 or 202 Geography 301 or 302 Political Science 201 or 202 Psychology 201 Sociology 201 or 207 Physical Education: 2-3 Physical Education 1001 and one additional 1-hour course selected from Physical Education 1002 - 1013; or Physical Education 225

Natural Sciences: Science 8 Biology 101-101L, 102-102L (or 111-112 for biology majors) Chemistry 100, 101-101L, 102-102L Physics 121-121L, 122-122L Mathematics 3 Any mathematics course except Mathematics 105

Senior Capstone 1-3* Course identified as capstone by each major

*These hours may be met within the major requirements Total 46-60 **Nine hours if Greek sequence is selected; not included in the total.

Note: Also, see “Cultural Enrichment Program” on page 21.

19 Humanities (21-28 hours): Courses must be chosen from the semester hour capstone course. Each English: All students must following: Economics 201 or 202; major will identify a capstone course. satisfactorily complete 6 hours of Education 201 or 202; Geography 301 Capstone courses may be taught in a English by completing English 110 or 302; Political Science 201 or 202; single discipline or, if departments and 111. Students whose preparation Psychology 201; and Sociology 201 or choose to do so, as an interdisciplinary in English needs strengthening 207. Students electing to major in a experience. are required to take English 109. social sciences discipline may count a However, English 109 does not count general education course toward the Study in the Major Field toward general education credit and major if a department lists the course A candidate for the Bachelor of is offered on a pass/fail basis. as a major course. Arts (B.A.) degree will satisfactorily Fine Arts: All students must Physical Education: All students complete a program of study approved satisfactorily complete three hours are encouraged to fulfill their general by a department in one of the of fine arts chosen from courses in education requirement in physical following: the Departments of Art, Music, or education during the freshman year. Art Theatre. Courses must be selected The requirement of 2-3 hours in Art - Art History Emphasis from the following: Art 101, 251, 255; physical education can be completed English Theatre 120, 220, or 221; or Music by taking either (1) Physical Education English 102, 212 or 213. 1001 for 1 hour and one additional - Creative Writing Emphasis Foreign Language: All students activity course offering of 1 hour or Fine Arts - Art Emphasis must satisfactorily complete up (2) Physical Education 225, a 3-hour Fine Arts - Theatre Emphasis to 7 hours of a foreign language course. Designated activity course French sequence, completing 151/102 and offerings include Physical Education German 201 courses in Chinese, French, 1002 through 1013. History German, Portuguese, or Spanish. Modern Foreign Languages Students who received 2 or more Natural Sciences (11 hours): Music high school units will be placed Science: The student is required Music - Performance Emphasis in 151/102 or higher or, based on to take any two 3-hour courses plus Music - Sacred Music Emphasis placement scores, may elect to the associated 1-hour lab for a total Philosophy take the 101 course. However, the of 8 hours from the menu of all Political Science 101 course does not count toward general education courses in biology, Religion general education credit. Students chemistry, or physics. These courses Religion / Christian Education may elect to start a language not are: Biology 101-101L, Biology 102- Spanish previously studied. Language may 102L, Biology 111-111L, Biology Theatre also be completed through PC’s 112-112L, Chemistry 100, Chemistry Greek sequence through 401 for a 101-101L, Chemistry 102-102L, To qualify for the Bachelor of total of 9 hours or by transfer of Physics 121-121L, or Physics 122- Science (B.S.) degree, a student course work through 201 from a 122L. The prerequisite restrictions must complete a program of study regionally accredited institution in on some of these courses must be approved by a department in any other language approved by the met. one of these: department. Mathematics: Students are Biology History: All students are required required to take one math course Business Administration to take 6 hours of history by Mathematics 105 is only offered on - Accounting completing History 121 and 122. a pass/fail basis to students who need Business Administration Religion: All students are additional instruction before taking - Economics required to satisfactorily complete more advanced courses and does not Business Administration 6 hours of religion by completing count toward the general education - Management Religion 101 and 110. requirement in mathematics. Chemistry Computer Science Social Sciences (8-9 hours): Senior Capstone (1-3 hours): Early Childhood Education Social Sciences: All students In addition to the above general Economics must satisfactorily complete a education requirements, all students Mathematics minimum of six semester hours must complete a one-to-three- Medical Physics chosen from two departments. Middle School Education 20 Music Education degree) and in biology (a B.S. degree) program by presenting prominent e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Physics will receive one degree with the two speakers, recitals, and concerts. Psychology majors. Attendance at these events provides an Sociology A candidate who already holds a opportunity for students to become Presbyterian College degree or who is better educated in the liberal arts During the junior and senior years, working simultaneously for 2 bachelor tradition. each student is expected to pursue a degrees shall earn a minimum of 152 Students are able to select the program of intensive study in an semester hours with a 2.00 GPA. events they wish to attend only from area of concentration. The field of A candidate who holds a bachelor’s those that have been designated for principle interest should be selected degree from another institution must CEP credit. Each student must attend before the junior year. Students satisfy the residence requirements on ten events at Presbyterian College are responsible for developing page 24 for the PC degree as well as the during each academic year—five the remainder of their academic academic requirements that include performance events and five lecture programs with the counsel of an general education and those for the events—for a total of forty in order advisor in their major department. major. to graduate. All students are required to file Non-traditional and transfer with the Registrar—not later than Requirements for a Minor students participating in a PC- the end of the first semester of the A minor in a field of study may be organized study abroad program, and junior year—a copy of a program obtained by completing successfully students who graduate in less than of study that has been approved by at least 15 and not more than 26 four years may qualify for a reduction the department in which they plan hours of work to be selected at the in the number of CEP events that to concentrate. discretion of the advisor and the must be attended each year. This A minimum of one-half of the student after consultation with the reduction must be applied for on a hours required for a major must be chair of the department in which the year-by-year basis. Students should taken at Presbyterian College. minor is selected. The department contact the Office of the Registrar for Courses in the student’s major may specify additional requirements more information and to apply for field normally must be passed with for a minor. this reduction. a minimum grade of “C-.” One Courses in the student’s minor grade of “D” or “D+” in major work field normally must be passed with Registration may be allowed but no “F” will be a minimum grade of “C.” One grade Pre-Registration: Students who allowed in required work in the of “D” on minor department work are currently on campus at the time of major department. However, each may be allowed. However, each pre-registration are expected to pre- department may designate up to department may specify certain register according to the instructions two courses in which students must courses for a minimum performance given. Students generally pre-register attain a grade of “C.” Students must of “C” and students must attain an in the fall for the upcoming spring attain an overall GPA of 2.00 or overall average of “C” or better on and in the spring for the upcoming better on all work presented for the all work presented for the minor. A summer and fall. Students must major. minimum of one half of the hours meet with their advisors during pre- A second major or a minor required for a minor must be taken registration to discuss their academic in another field of study may be at Presbyterian College. progress and to establish a plan for the obtained by completing successfully By the end of the first semester of upcoming semesters. Pre-registration the courses prescribed by the the junior year, students must file with ends with the first day of the next department of the second major or the Registrar a copy of a program of term. minor. However, a student may not study that has been approved by the Registration: Students may add an additional major to his/her department in which he/she plans to register online from start of the degree after the first degree has been minor. pre-registration period through the awarded. “drop/add” date. This date, the last A student selecting two majors Cultural Enrichment Program day for schedule changes, is the end with the completion of 122 hours is The Cultural Enrichment of the first week of classes for fall awarded only one degree and must Program (CEP) focuses on the and spring semesters (the second full select either the B.A. or the B.S. For College’s lectures, convocations, and day of classes during summer terms). example, a student who wishes to fine arts events. This diverse series Schedule changes may be made major in English (normally a B.A. complements the College’s academic through the “drop/add” date without 21 penalty. A student may, during the Honors Designation a GPA of 3.30 or better or on the first seven weeks in the fall and spring H 4 quality points President’s list with a 4.00 GPA. terms (in summer school, after two Departmental Honors: Students weeks of classes), withdraw from a Other Designations with a 3.20 GPA in all courses and course and, depending on whether WP Withdrawal Passing a 3.40 GPA in all courses in the he/she has a passing grade at that WF Withdrawal Failing major field may, with the approval point, shall receive a grade of “WP” or (considered same as “F”) of departmental faculty, undertake “WF.” A grade of “WF” is considered W Approved Withdrawal an honors research program during the same as a grade of “F.” (see page 35) the junior and/or senior years. This Late Fee: In extenuating I Incomplete program must include a senior thesis circumstances, changes to a student’s (becomes “F” if not removed or project of exceptional quality schedule may be allowed after the during first 4 weeks of the and an oral defense of the paper “drop/add” and “WP/WF” deadlines. following semester) or project before departmental If approved, a fee of $50 will generally S Satisfactory members. This defense is to be apply. (C– or above) open to the College community, and U Unsatisfactory honors students will participate in all Hours, Grades, Quality Points (D+ or below) other defenses within their discipline. A semester hour is the unit of AU Audit Students who successfully complete academic credit representing one P Pass the departmental honors research hour of lecture class or three hours (grade of 70 or above with program will graduate “with honors” of laboratory work each week for an no hours credited in cases in the major field. academic semester. If a class meets where a student has exceeded three times each week, the credit the allowed number of Course Audits earned is three semester hours. excused absences in a general Registered students may audit As exceptions to the above education course. Approval courses, subject to permission procedure, during the optional May of instructor required.) and requirements imposed by the period of off-campus study and the instructor. If a record of the audit is to summer sessions, classes meet more The grade point average (GPA) appear on the transcript, the student often and for longer intervals to cover is based solely on work attempted must fulfill attendance requirements the material necessary to qualify for at Presbyterian College and is for the course. However, a course the semester hours of credit. determined by dividing the total may not be converted to audit nor A student earns quality points, quality points earned by the number may an audit course be converted to along with semester hours, by of semester hours for which the either graded or pass/fail status after successfully completing a course with student has registered (grades of “WP,” the end of the drop/add period. a grade of “D” or better. The number “W,” “I,” “P,” “S,” “U,” and “AU” are of quality points per semester hour is not included in this calculation). Academic Class Loads as follows: The minimum number of Academic Honors semester hours a regular student Superior Latin Honors: Students who earn must take during any one semester to A 4 quality points a minimum of 60 semester hours of remain in school is 12. The normal A– 3.7 quality points credit here and have a cumulative GPA load per semester is 12 to 18 hours. Good of at least 3.75 on all courses taken Additional hours may be B+ 3.3 quality points at PC and elsewhere and 3.75 on PC taken with the following overload B 3 quality points courses are graduated summa cum limitations: B– 2.7 quality points laude; those with 3.60 but less than Satisfactory 3.75, magna cum laude; and those 19 hours—2.80 GPA previous C+ 2.3 quality points who average 3.30 but less than 3.60, semester C 2 quality points cum laude. 20 hours—3.00 GPA previous C– 1.7 quality points Dean’s and President’s Lists: semester Poor and Unsatisfactory Students enrolled in 12 or more hours 21 hours—3.30 GPA previous D+ 1.3 quality points for graded credit with no grades of “I” semester D 1 quality point or “U for the fall or spring semester F 0 quality points are included on the Dean’s list with 22 No student will be given credit are considered in classification and Final Examinations e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P for more than 21 semester hours sometimes affect eligibility for aid. A final exam schedule will be in one semester. This total includes Classification is updated twice during published each semester by the Office correspondence, extension, and audit the fall and spring semesters, shortly of the Provost, and instructors shall courses. before mid-term and at the end of announce the final examination To graduate in four years a student the semester. policy for each course at the beginning must successfully complete an average of the semester. At the discretion of of slightly more than 15 hours per Grades the instructor, exams may be given semester. Faculty members will report at other times which do not conflict grades to the Registrar’s office at mid- with the exam schedule. Instructors Pass/Fail Option term and at the end of the term for may allow individual students to During their junior and senior years, each student and for each course in take exams at any time which is students may elect to take up to a which the student is enrolled. Grades mutually agreeable to student and total of nine hours of courses on a are available via the PC web site. instructor. However, no final exam pass/fail basis. This excludes courses Mid-term grades reported for may be taken by a student outside of prescribed for the student’s major each course shall be “S” for work the period covered by the final exam program and courses in the major equivalent to a grade of “C-” or better, schedule without permission from field. No more than two courses may “D” for work below “C-” level, and the Provost. be taken on a pass/fail basis in any “F” for failing. For pass/fail courses, At the end of each semester, one semester. Pass/fail courses shall grades of “S” (satisfactory) and “U” all instructors must give a not be included in “hours attempted.” (unsatisfactory) shall be reported. comprehensive written examination Grades received in courses taken pass/ Final grades in regular courses of up to three hours duration or fail do not earn quality points, are not shall be “A,” “A-,” “B+,” “B,” “B-,” require a culminating project. These used in the grade point ratio, and are “C+,” “C,” “C-,” “D+,” or “D” for final examinations and culminating not used in the calculation of honors, work rated as passing or better; projects shall count at least 20% of etc. In addition, general education “WP” if the student withdrew with a the total semester grade. Exceptions requirements may not be satisfied on passing grade during the first seven may be made with prior approval a pass/fail basis. weeks of the semester; “WF” if the of the department and the Provost. A course previously taken for a student withdrew with a failing grade In addition, an instructor, subject grade may not be repeated as a pass/ during the first seven weeks of the to the approval of the department, fail course. In addition, a course may semester; or “F” for a failing grade if may exempt or establish other not be converted to pass/fail status nor the student did not withdraw during requirements in lieu of a final may a pass/fail course be converted to the first seven weeks. For pass/fail examination for students with a grade graded status after the end of the drop/ courses, grades shall be “S” for work of “A” in a given course. add period. Grades of “WP” or “WF” equivalent in quality to a grade of No required tests shall be given on will be given in the case of withdrawal “C-” in regular courses and “U” for the last five calendar days preceding during the first seven weeks of a pass/ work below this level. Grades of final exams. This does not include fail course. “WP” or “WF” will be given in the quizzes, lab tests, or research papers. case of withdrawal during the first Classification seven weeks of a pass/fail course. Incomplete Grades Students are classified according With the exception of an A student who fails for reasons to the number of hours completed incomplete grade, a grade once beyond his or her control to complete and the number of CEP events recorded by the Registrar shall not the requirements for a course attended. To be classified as a be changed without the approval of before the end of the semester sophomore, a student must have the chair of the department and the shall, upon recommendation of the earned 28 semester hours and have Provost. professor involved and the approval attended a minimum of 10 CEP Students who are granted a of the Provost, receive a grade of events (5 lecture and 5 performance); withdrawal from school or from a “I” (incomplete). An “I” may be for junior rank, 60 hours and 20 course before the end of the term converted no later than the end of CEP events; for senior rank, 90 shall be given grades of “W” as the fourth week of the next semester hours and 30 CEP events. Students appropriate. See page 35 for more in residence by the completion of all receiving financial aid or scholarships information. required work. A grade of “I” which should be aware that CEP credits 23 has not been converted within this 10-week session at PC or elsewhere. senior standing. Hours earned in time shall be recorded as “F” unless an Laboratory courses may bring these these readings cannot be used to meet extension of time is approved by the to 7 and 14 hours, respectively. requirements for the major. Provost. A grade of “I” which has not Students on academic probation Research in certain departments been satisfactorily converted within or suspension will not receive any is offered for students with a GPA of one calendar year will automatically academic credit for courses taken at 2.50 (or higher if specified). Research become an “F.” other institutions during the time of projects are normally open only to suspension or probation. majors. Residence Requirements Seminars are regularly offered by Candidates for a Presbyterian Research, Internships, and various departments of the College. College degree must earn a minimum Other Special Courses The requirements for these courses of 48 semester hours while regularly Students may enroll in selected are individually listed. enrolled at the College. This must readings, research, internships, Special Projects are open to include the last 24 semester hours. directed studies, and special sophomore, junior, or senior students In addition, students are required to projects. These courses have specific who have a GPA of 2.25. All projects complete at least one-half of their requirements and are usually limited must be approved by the Provost. major and minor work in residence at to juniors and seniors. A maximum PC. However, students who lack not of nine hours of directed study, Special Topics Courses more than two courses to complete internships, selected readings, research, Special topics courses are those the requirements may, upon approval and special projects may be counted that cover subject matter that is not of the Provost and the major advisor towards graduation. part of the regular curriculum. A (where courses are in the major A directed study requires a special topics course must have the field), complete such requirements minimum GPA of 2.25 with course prior approval of the department and at another regionally accredited approval by the Provost prior to the the Provost and may be offered twice. four-year institution. An exception to semester in which it is taken. Each Students may enroll in and receive this rule also may be allowed by the directed study will culminate in a credit for an unlimited number of Provost when courses necessary for research paper or its equivalent and is special topic courses as long as any graduation are not currently offered normally open to departmental majors prerequisites or other requirements at Presbyterian College. with junior or senior standing. are met. Internships require a minimum Academic Credit Transferred GPA of 2.00 at the time of applications Correspondence Courses From Other Colleges (or higher if specified by the Students may receive credit If academic work taken at another department in which the internship for correspondence courses only if college while the student is enrolled at is taken ). Students are limited to a a conflict would prevent or delay PC is to be accepted as credit toward a maximum of six hours credit for all graduation and then only with the PC degree, both the choice of the other internships. Internships are offered prior approval of the advisor and college and the course to be taken must on a pass/fail basis only. A department the Provost. However, no general be approved in writing in advance by may, at its option, allow the pass/fail education requirement may be satisfied the Provost or the Registrar. This hours required in the internships to by correspondence. Correspondence includes summer school work taken count toward its major. A minimum courses shall constitute part of the at another college. of 42 hours of supervised field work student’s academic load for the Courses passed with a grade of is required for each hour of credit semester in which they are undertaken “C-” or better will be entered on the given, and there must be on-going and no more than 6 hours of such student’s permanent record with contact between the on-campus and courses shall be credited towards the the hours passed but not the grade the off-campus supervisors in these degree. earned at the other institution. Hours programs. The student intern is in these courses are credited towards required to keep a log that chronicles Graduation Requirements graduation requirements but are not day-to-day events. The student’s It is the student’s responsibility used in the calculation of the student’s advisor or on-campus supervisor may to ensure that all requirements for GPA. establish additional requirements (i.e., graduation have been completed. A maximum of 6 semester hours paper, presentation etc.). This includes, but is not limited may be earned in an approved summer Selected readings are open to to, completion of required courses, session and 12 hours in an approved students with sophomore, junior, or appropriate cumulative GPA, 24 and attaining the GPA in major Accommodations for Students has one additional semester and e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P coursework, and fulfillment of the with Disabilities both summer sessions to raise the CEP requirements. Although Presbyterian College GPA above the probation level. A does not have a special program student whose GPA for a semester Anticipated Graduates for students with disabilities, the falls below 1.20 may, at the discretion Students will be allowed to college makes every reasonable of the Admissions Committee, be “march” at commencement if they effort to accommodate students with suspended from the college. A are two courses (maximum of eight disabilities and to assist them in freshman on probation for a second hours) and/or two CEP events short obtaining an education. All students consecutive term (i.e., fall and spring) of the graduation requirements, (including those with learning must attend summer school at PC provided that they have met all other disabilities and/or attention-deficient in order to raise the GPA above the requirements for graduation. disorders) must take the required probation level. If the student does not courses for a B.A. or B.S. degree. attend summer school at PC, he/she Requirements for Delayed The Office of the Provost is subject to suspension at the end of Graduation will assist students with learning the second session of summer school. Students who fail to graduate with disabilities to become aware of the Other students have one calendar year, their entering class will remain subject accommodations that the college after being placed on probation, to to the general education graduation is able to provide. If a student has raise the GPA above the probation requirements of that class and a disability that affects academic level. Failure to do so will result must fulfill the major requirements performance, he/she should inform in suspension from Presbyterian applicable at the time the major is Provost’s office in writing of the College. declared. disability as well as the nature Students suspended at the end of its effect on his/her academic of the fall semester may not attend Repeat performance. Contact the Office of during the spring semester. Students A student may improve the the Provost for more information and suspended at the end of the spring cumulative GPA by repeating courses. to apply for accommodations. semester may not attend the summer Courses taken at PC must be repeated sessions or the fall semester. Students at PC in order to improve the GPA. Probation and Exclusion suspended at the end of the summer When such action is taken, the original Satisfactory progress toward a session may not attend during the fall grade will remain on the transcript, degree is encouraged through the semester. Students suspended for a but the number of hours passed and academic probation regulations. The second time are subject to permanent the quality points will count only from minimum academic level rises as suspension. the last time the course is taken. If more hours are attempted. Any student suspended under the a student repeats a course and earns Student records are evaluated at academic probation regulations may a lower grade than the prior grade, the end of each semester and at the appeal the action to the Admissions only the grade from the repeated end of the second session of summer Committee that considers each course will be recognized. This may school. Probation levels are based on request on individual merit and the affect the student’s GPA and whether total hours attempted at all colleges student’s probability of ultimate graduation requirements are fulfilled. attended. However, hours transferred academic success. A student who fails a course that is into PC are not used in computing The student on academic or required for graduation three times the cumulative GPA. Honor Code probation or suspension must successfully complete that will not receive any academic credit course before he/she can take any Hours Academic for courses taken at other institutions. Attempted Probation Level other courses at Presbyterian College This rule may be waived, for due cause, only by the Provost. (i.e., the course may be repeated on 0-31 hours Below 1.5 GPA the fourth, fifth, etc., try; however, no 32-61 hours Below 1.75 GPA Students who have been suspended other courses may be taken until the 62 or more Below 2.00 GPA for any of the above reasons may apply student passes the repeated course.) for readmittance after the period of A student who fails to meet these suspension is over by submitting an standards is placed on academic application to the Admissions Office. probation. A freshman or transfer These students will be in competition student placed on academic probation with other regular students for at the end of the first semester at PC admission. 25 Withdrawal and Leave of reapply in order to return to the announced. The student’s advisor Absence College; however, the student must and instructor in the class will be Withdrawal from College: A notify the Provost in writing of his/ consulted by the Absence Committee student who wishes to withdraw her intention to do so at least one as part of the appeals process. Rulings from the College during a semester month prior to the beginning of the of the Absence Committee may be may do so only with the approval term in which he/she plans to return. appealed to the Provost. of the Provost in consultation with Normally, a leave of absence will not When an absence is unavoidable, the Vice President for Student Life. be granted for more than two terms. students should notify their professors, Withdrawals will only be granted when Students who have been absent in advance when possible, by telephone necessitated by serious circumstances from the College voluntarily or email to make them aware of their (e.g., illness). In these cases, a grade or involuntarily for medical or absence and to coordinate any missed of “W” will be recorded for all courses psychological reasons, including work. Students should be prepared to that have not been completed at the those granted a leave of absence, or offer medical or other documentation time of withdrawal. a partial withdrawal, will be required to substantiate the need for their The student should contact either to provide medical or psychological absence. the Office of the Provost or the Office clearance acceptable to the College for Student Life to initiate withdrawal before being allowed to return to the Readmission procedures. Students who stop College. Except for those granted a leave of attending classes or leave the College absence, all students who have been without following the appropriate Class Attendance Policy: absent from the College voluntarily procedures will receive grades of “F” Each academic department will or involuntarily for one or more in their course work and jeopardize set and administer its own absence terms or parts thereof and who desire their opportunity to return in the policy; therefore, students should readmission for a subsequent term future. read carefully the absence policy as shall submit the customary application Students who are granted a described in each professor’s course for admission with such supporting withdrawal must apply for readmission syllabus. Students whose absences documents as may be required by the and will be in competition with other exceed the number allowed may be Admissions Committee and shall be students for space. dropped from the class with a grade of in competition with other applicants Withdrawal from a Course: In “F.” A student who forfeits credit for a for admission at that time. addition to the normal reasons for general education course by exceeding withdrawing from a class (refer to the allowed number of absences may, The Honor Code “Registration” on page 21), a student with the permission of the instructor, There is, within any community, may, at any time during a term, continue in the course and receive a the need for a set of regulations that withdraw from individual courses grade of “P” upon completion of the guides the actions of the individuals due to medical or psychological course with a grade of 70 or higher. within that community in their reasons if approved by the Provost Hours for which a student receives relationships with each other. At a in consultation with the appropriate a grade of “P” shall not be included, college, these relationships may be medical/psychological professionals. for statistical purposes, in “Hours divided into two general categories: A grade of “W” will be assigned Attempted,” shall not count as hours academic and co-curricular. The for courses dropped due to such toward graduation, and shall not carry first pertains to all of those activities reasons. quality point value. Subject to these involved in the instructional program Leave of Absence: A student may limitations, the grade of “P” shall within the classroom, laboratories, request a leave of absence in advance be considered as satisfying general etc., under the direct supervision of of a semester. This request must be education requirements. the faculty and the Provost’s Office. approved by the Provost. The student A student may appeal a penalty The second involves all other activities must present evidence to show that imposed as a result of excessive that occur in the residence halls, on such a leave of absence is justifiable. absences to the Absence Committee. the playing fields, in social life, etc. Normal justification will include Appeals must be submitted within Full details of the Honor Code medical and psychological reasons, 48 hours of the time of notification are included in The Blue Book, a copy family and financial circumstances, of an imposed penalty. In the event of which is given to each individual etc. an appeal is filed, the student should student who enrolls at Presbyterian A student who is granted a leave continue in the course until the College. All students are expected of absence will not be required to decision of the committee has been to sign a matriculation pledge that 26 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P states their agreement to abide by the Pre-Pharmacy Specialty Area Grade Levels regulations included in this code. Students may obtain at PC those Early Childhood Pre-K to Grade 3 The Honor Code contains most courses necessary for admittance English Grades 9-12 of those items that directly pertain to to a pharmacy school that accepts Mathematics Grades 9-12 the academic life of the College: lying, students at the third-year level. Middle School Grades 5-8 cheating, plagiarism, and stealing. Because various pharmacy schools Music Grades K-12 Non-academic infractions involving have slightly different requirements assault and vandalism fall within the for admission, students and their Science/Biology Grades 9-12 purview of the Code of Conduct. All college-assigned advisors should Social Studies Grades 9-12 students are pledged to abide by the ascertain the specific requirements of Spanish Grades K-12 regulations of this code. Faculty and the schools of their choice and then staff commit themselves to support develop an appropriate schedule of Title II reports submitted to the students in enforcement of the courses. the U.S. Department of Education Honor Code. Failure to enforce the document 100-percent summary pass Honor Code is itself a violation of the Pre-Law rates on Presbyterian College program code. Admission to law school does completer required examinations. not require any specific course The full Title II report is available on of study. Departments offering the College’s web site. Pre-Professional Programs programs developed as pre-law A variety of programs offers the training are: economics and business Engineering Dual-Degree Presbyterian College student a solid administration, English, history, and Programs academic base on which to pursue a political science. An interdisciplinary Students may combine study professional education. minor that includes courses designed in liberal arts with further study in for a concentration in pre-law (but is an engineering discipline under the Pre-Theological not intended to be a pre-law program) cooperative dual-degree programs A pre-theological student should is shown on page106. Each program Presbyterian College has with Auburn, schedule at least six hours of Greek and gives students a broad background Clemson, of South may be advised to major in religion. upon which to build formal legal Carolina, and Vanderbilt Universities. The student also should take as many training. These five-year arrangements permit hours of English, history, psychology, students to spend their first three years and sociology as possible. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at PC completing general education Students interested in entering a requirements and participating in Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental veterinary medicine program will be the physics major program. The Students must adhere to a rigorous assigned a special advisor who will remaining two years are spent at schedule to prepare for medical and help them arrange their courses at Auburn, Clemson, , dental schools and for post-graduate PC to fulfill the specific requirements or Vanderbilt studying in the chosen admissions tests administered during of the veterinary medicine school of engineering discipline. Upon the junior year at PC. Interested their choice. completion of the program, the students should consult with the student is awarded the B.S. degree in pre-medical/pre-dental advisor at Teacher Education and physics from PC and the engineering their earliest opportunity. Certification degree from Auburn, Clemson, South The Presbyterian College Teacher Carolina or Vanderbilt. Students Pre-Allied Health Sciences Education Program is accredited should consult the registrar at one Students interested in careers in by the National Council for the of these institutions for clarification allied health professions often spend Accreditation of Teacher Education regarding transfer work. two or three years at PC and then (NCATE). Presbyterian College offers transfer to a medical university or programs of study leading to teacher Study in Forestry and other professional school to complete certification in the following specialty Environmental Studies the training in such fields as nursing, areas: Presbyterian College offers a radiologic technology, physical program in the fields of forestry and therapy, and medical technology. environmental studies in cooperation with the Duke University School of Forestry and Environmental Studies. 27 Students who elect this program must Study Abroad to summer to allow students in complete at least three years in an Presbyterian College offers a different disciplines an opportunity approved curriculum at Presbyterian variety of opportunities for students to participate in the program. College. Upon completion of the first interested in a semester abroad. semester of the junior year with a Direct enrollment agreements with Hansard Program minimum GPA of 3.00, application overseas universities and cooperative The Hansard Society for may be made to the Duke School of agreements with other American Parliamentary Government in Forestry and Environmental Studies. institutions allow students to study London, England, offers scholarships Applications are considered on a in the United Kingdom, France, to qualified students who may competitive basis. After admission Germany, Austria, Spain, Mexico, study for a semester or a year in an to Duke, the student attends two , Japan, Australia, and New internship program. Many students academic years to complete the Zealand. Students who wish to in the Departments of History and master’s degree. With the satisfactory study in a program that has not Political Science are successful in completion of the first year of the yet been approved by Presbyterian obtaining these positions. professional program at Duke and College may work with the Director the submission of the first year’s of International Programs to obtain May Period (Fleximester) record, the student is awarded approval and ensure appropriate Presbyterian College offers the baccalaureate degree from credit toward their major and toward special programs of study in various Presbyterian College. Interested graduation. locations during the optional May students should contact the pre- The College has developed period. These programs are developed forestry advisor early in their college active exchange relationships with by faculty members to provide off- career. Abo Akademi in , Han Nam campus educational experiences to University in South Korea, and enhance the student’s education at Karlsruhe University of Education in PC. Special Programs Germany under which PC students In recent years these programs For Presbyterian College students, may study at these universities and have included studies in the Caribbean, the college experience is not limited students from Abo, Han Nam, and the Western Plains, Galapagos Islands, to the classroom. Special programs Karlsruhe study at PC. Australia, Western Europe, Vietnam, ensure that students obtain the most Guatemala, and Mexico. from their learning opportunity. Washington Semester Program Honors Program Students may also spend a Highly motivated students with Collaborative Programs semester at American University in above average abilities may also PC has developed collaborative Washington, DC. The Washington undertake a departmental honors educational programs to enhance semester allows students to participate research program during their junior students’ experiences of being global in an academically challenging and/or senior year. Students who citizens. Presbyterian College and internship in the DC area as part successfully complete this project , a historically black of their coursework for the term. will graduate with honors in their college located in Orangeburg, South For more information contact the major field. See page 25 for more Carolina, have developed programs Office of Career Services and Student information. that allow students from both Programs schools to learn about the cultural Honors Day Symposium differences and similarities that PC-at-Oxford Program Presbyterian College honors the each school brings to its educational Each summer, students and research and creative endeavors of programs. Similarly, PC and Guizhou faculty travel to the United Kingdom students by inviting them to take part University in China have established as participants in the PC-at-Oxford in an interdisciplinary undergraduate a collaborative program to expand group. The group lives at one of the scholarly conference. The annual the global awareness of students and Oxford colleges, and each student Honors Day Symposium offers faculty through academic and cultural member participates in one or two students an opportunity to share the exchanges. courses over a three-week period. The results of their scholarly efforts with students receive academic credit for the Presbyterian College community. the courses that vary from summer The symposium occurs on the day of the Honors Day Convocation; 28 both events honor outstanding Since 2003, the Russell Program— the Basic Course. Previous military e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P academic work being completed by in cooperation with The New York experience or completion of JROTC PC students. Past symposiums have Times, , may be accepted by the Professor of included literary, humanist, and and PC—has made copies of these Military Science in lieu of some or scientific presentations and posters two national newspapers available all of the Basic Course requirements. from students of all disciplines and free throughout the academic Attendance at the Leadership Training all years. year to students, faculty, staff, and Course may also be used as credit for visitors. Many faculty members the Basic Course. PC Summer Fellows (PCSF) have utilized one or both of these The Advanced Course is limited The summer fellows program is papers in classroom instruction and to contracted Cadets or students designed to enhance the academic discussion. who have completed the Basic experience of PC students by Presbyterian College consolidates Course requirements and are actively providing them with opportunities its co-curricular programming in seeking to be a contracted Cadet. to work with faculty during the technology with that in media under Advanced Course Cadets attend the summer. The program is intended the aegis of the Russell Program. 30-day Leadership Development and for motivated students to gain Complementing the yearly Arnold Assessment Course at Fort Lewis, research experience with direct faculty Symposium in Media is an annual Washington, during the summer mentoring. Students experience Lanier Symposium in Technology. between junior and senior years. the process of research as a creative The Lanier Symposium honors Additionally, Advanced Course intellectual activity in a living learning Campbell B. Lanier, a distinguished Cadets assume leadership positions environment. friend of the College. on campus in which they plan, lead, and evaluate training for other Russell Program Reserve Officers’ Training Corps Cadets. A concern that PC students (ROTC) Both men and women may enroll recognize and understand the The Army ROTC program at in ROTC, contract with the U.S. influence and responsibilities of Reserve Officers’ Training Corps Army, apply for scholarships, and modern communications media led (ROTC) enter in the commissioning process. to the creation of the Russell Program In order to become a contracted in 1986. The Army ROTC program at Cadet, a student must schedule a Through the Russell Program, Presbyterian College is designed to military physical through the ROTC PC conducts the annual Arnold enhance a student’s college education department with a resulting status Symposium focusing on aspects of the by providing unique training and of “qualified.” The student must also media and society and has brought to practical experience in leadership and meet the minimum physical fitness campus such renowned individuals as management – qualities essential to requirements and have a minimum author and performer Ben Stein, TV success in any career. Upon graduation GPA of 2.00. To earn a scholarship journalist Bill Moyers, legal analyst from PC, contracted Cadets who the student must have a minimum and former prosecutor Christopher have successfully completed ROTC GPA of 2.50. All contracted Cadets, Darden, political commentator and training are awarded a commission whether on a scholarship or not, must best-selling author William Bennett, as a Second Lieutenant in the U.S. maintain a minimum semester and General Wesley Clark, former White Army, U.S. Army National Guard, or cumulative GPA of 2.00 to remain in House Press Secretary Dee Dee Myers, the U.S. Army Reserves. the program. Harvard Professor Cornel West, and To prepare Cadets to become CNN anchor Soledad O’Brien. commissioned officers, the ROTC Summer School and Accelerated The program also involves a media- program combines college courses Program learning center, interdisciplinary in military science and leadership Presbyterian College operates courses, student internships, awards with summer training. The military a summer school divided into competition, and faculty development. science curriculum consists of a two terms of five weeks each. This Russell provides support for campus two-year Basic Course and a two-year schedule enables a student to earn 6 radio station WPCX as well as for Advanced Course. hours of credit for each of these terms student publications. It is made The Basic Course is taken during or 12 hours for the entire session possible by the generosity of Ernest the freshman and sophomore years. (14 hours if a laboratory science and Frances Arnold, trustees of the Students do not incur any military is included). Summer applicants Russell Charitable Trust. service obligation for participation in must meet regular requirements for 29 admission, but registration in this library’s resources and facilities; they on their writing in the center during session does not necessarily imply do so by indicating appropriate use their four years of college. The writing admission to the fall semester. of the library’s resources and facilities center has many reference books and Students who wish to accelerate and specifying the consequences of handouts on aspects of writing such their programs may do so by attending inappropriate use. The right of each as MLA documentation or comma summer school in addition to individual to good library service use. See the writing center web site at attendance during the regular nine- depends in large measure upon a www.presby.edu/writingcenter for month sessions. willingness to respect the rights of more information. others. The Library Academic Advising The library program is conceived The Writing Center The College offers academic as an integral part of the educational The College provides a writing advising to all students, placing the process. It operates on the assumption center to help students become better experience of its faculty at the service that the ability to locate and evaluate writers as they adjust to the demands of students for formal and informal needed information with confidence of college writing and begin writing counseling. is one of the distinctive marks of in their chosen disciplines. Student Before initial registration, each an educated person. By means of tutors and the coordinator work one- student is assigned a faculty advisor formal and informal instruction in on-one with students at any point in who should be consulted whenever a research methods and bibliography, the process of writing papers – from problem arises. The student especially the student is encouraged to progress brainstorming ideas to polishing a needs advice from heavy reliance on textbooks and final draft. Tutors can help by asking (1) before registering for future assigned readings characteristic of the questions as readers, suggesting courses, freshman to the independent work of strategies for revision, and teaching (2) before dropping courses, and the graduate scholar who has learned proofreading skills. The writers (3) when planning a program of how to discover and gain maximum are actively involved in the writing study and selecting a field of benefit from modern information conference, doing the work of revising concentration. resources. and editing. Although the writing Library policies are established center works closely with freshmen in to ensure for all borrowers an equal English composition classes, students opportunity to use and enjoy the in all disciplines may continue to work

30 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

College Cost and Student Aid

Charges for 2008-2009 32 Expenses 33 Scholarships and Student Aid 36

31 COLLEGE COSTS AND STUDENT AID

The cost of a quality college education is a major expense item in the budget of most students’ families. For this reason, Presbyterian College tries to meet the real financial need of any qualified applicant through its program of scholarships, grants, loans and work-study opportunities. Additional information about this program is carried in the section on scholarships and student aid which begins on page49. Hours for the Office of Student Collections cashier’s window in Smith Administration Building are: 9:30-11:30 a.m. and 2:00-4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. When the cashier’s window is closed, payments may be dropped into a secure mail slot underneath the window. Account information is available at www.presby.edu/stuacct.

Expenses listed below are for both semesters.

Charges for 2009-2010 School Year Resident Student Commuter Student

Tuition $26,436 $26,436 General Fee 2,038 2,038 Technology Fee 406 406 Room (Typical Double) 4,080 — Meals - Any 17 Plan 4,265 —

Total Annual Charge (17 Plan) $37,225 $28,880

Some rooms, including single rooms, are charged other rates. The fee varies by type of

room, ranging from $3,248 to $5,792 per year. A schedule of charges is available through the Office of Student Collections and at www.presby.edu/stuacct. Financial aid awards only apply to typical double room rates. Students and parents are responsible for paying any difference on premium alternate room rates. Internet service fees are extra.

Payment of Charges

Resident Student Commuter Student August 14, 2009 17 Plan $18,612.50 $14,440 December 15, 2009 17 Plan 18,612.50 14,440

(See policy for payment of fees on page 34.)

32 Expenses session except books and spending e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P The College is deeply committed The escrow deposit is refundable money. PC reserves the right to to offering each student an excellent to incoming freshmen and transfers increase these rates if such action education while focusing financial only if the student has matriculated becomes necessary. attention on cost containment. and attended classes after September Personal expenses must be Policies and programs are in place 1st for the fall semester and January determined by the individual to ensure that this occurs. Thanks 15th for the spring semester. student. to the generosity of donors – past The escrow deposit is otherwise All full-time single students — and present – no student pays the refundable to returning students except those commuting daily from full cost of a Presbyterian College upon graduation or if the student their family’s residence — are required education. Annual support, together has officially withdrawn and will not to live in college residence halls each with income from endowments, cover return within one year. semester during their enrollment as a significant portion of the cost. PC students and subscribe to a meal Advance Deposits - Returning Students plan. Exceptions to this policy can After the establishment of the $400 This information is correct as of July 1, be granted in extraordinary cases by escrow deposit, upperclassmen will be 2009. Changes in assistance programs the Vice President of Student Life. required annually to pay a non- may result in changes to the following Some senior-only housing is available refundable $300 advance deposit that information. in the Senior Hall, the townhouses, will secure a space in the classroom for and the Scottish Arms Apartments. A Escrow and Advance Deposits the appropriate entrance date for each housing lottery will determine which Freshmen and Transfers semester and in the College’s student seniors will be permitted to live in An escrow deposit will be required housing program. The advance de- these housing options and live off of all incoming students. Students posit will be credited to the student’s campus. upon receipt of their acceptance let- tuition account and will be applied While enrolled in summer school, ter to enroll at Presbyterian College toward tuition and fees for the fall students may be allowed to live for the 2009-2010 academic year are semester or for the spring semester off campus or live on campus. required to pay a non-refundable $400 for students not enrolled for the fall For summer meals, students may escrow deposit. This payment estab- semester. purchase a meal ticket from Sodexho lishes the required escrow deposit that Payment of the advance deposit in the dining hall. will secure a space in the classroom for is used by the College as an indicator During the Fall and Spring terms, the appropriate entrance date for each of the students who are committed to Greenville Dining Hall offers a wide semester and in the College’s student continuing their enrollment. It assists variety of food to suit almost every housing program. The escrow deposit the College in formulating plans for taste. Five separate stations and two will be held over the course of the meeting the needs of the students. self-serve bars provide a mix of food student’s academic career and will be Therefore, students that decide not styles. Many entrees are prepared to applied toward any outstanding fees to return to PC after payment of order and cooked while you watch. and fines that have not been paid the advance deposit will forfeit the The College offers two meal plans. upon graduation or withdrawal from deposit. Most students must select a full plan, the College. At that time if there is a offering 17 meals each week (including credit balance after application of the Living and Dining Accommodations brunch on Saturday and lunch on escrow deposit toward the student’s With the exception of the Scottish Sunday). Students residing in the tuition account, a refund will be Arms apartments, the fee for room College townhouses, the Senior Hall, processed within 45 days. However if rent includes accommodations in and the Scottish Arms Apartments after application of the deposit toward college housing, A/C, heat, lights, have the option of selecting an eight- the student’s tuition account there water, cable, local phone, laundry, meal plan. Student teachers residing still remains an outstanding balance, and janitorial service for common in College housing have the option of payment in full of the outstanding areas. Water, sewer, and trash disposal selecting an eight-meal plan during balance must be received before the are provided to students residing in their semester of student teaching. College will honor any requests for the Scottish Arms. All other utilities Commuters may elect an eight-meal transcripts. The College will also are the responsibility of the student. plan or choose no meal plan and pay withhold a student’s diploma until Apartments are unfurnished. at the door for any meals eaten in the any outstanding balance is paid upon The rates listed on page 32 include all dining hall. graduation. necessary expenses for a nine-month 33 Students on any meal plan are a full refund. Upon re-entering the consequences of non-payment offered “Kilt Cash” that may be Presbyterian College the student will of accounts. All balances are due used in lieu of cash in the Springs be re-assessed the $50 fee. and payable as indicated on the Food Court. The Food Court Directed Study Course Fees: A Online Invoice from the Office of includes a sub shop, grill, yogurt, and schedule for charges for directed study Student Collections found at www. Jazzman’s coffee. Additional Kilt Cash courses is available by contacting the presby.edu/stuacct. The College can be purchased and added to the Office of Student Collections. expects payment or enrollment in student’s ID card in the dining hall. Applied Music Fees: Fees for the payment plan through Edu- applied music lessons are $285 for cational Computer Systems, Inc. The General Fee 0.5 hour credit and $450 for 1 hour (ECSI) by the dates indicated. Pay- The general fee of $1,019 per credit. ment plan payments must be in a semester covers necessary charges Travel Course Fees: Optional current status when students arrive that must be made for certain services courses requiring travel (foreign and on campus for the semester. and items of equipment. It includes domestic) will require additional Students that have not made matriculation, library, laboratory, and charges. These costs, payable at payment or satisfactory arrange- student activities fees. Charges for the time the course is offered, are ment for payment by the first day student activities cover participation subject to change with the world of class will be issued a ‘Notice to in athletic activities, free admission economy. For any off-campus study Vacate’. Enforcement of this notice to all intercollegiate athletic contests or internship for which the student will occur one week after issuance played on the campus, and subscrip- receives Presbyterian College credit, and the student will be required to tion to student publications. This fee is the minimum charge will be tuition leave campus. The student’s regis- required of all commuter and resident and fees charged by Presbyterian tration in classes will be officially students. College. withdrawn; Residence Life will be Course Specific Fees: Each course notified to cancel access to the stu- Technology Fee that requires payment of a specific dent’s assigned room and remove All full-time students will pay a fee related to enrollment in a course the student from the meal plan; $203 per semester “Technology Fee.” will be disclosed in the portion of the and the Financial Aid Office will Part-time students will pay $17 per catalog that describes the course. be notified to withdraw aid funds credit hour up to a maximum of $203 Miscellaneous Fees: Charges awarded the student. Details of per semester. This fee supports the for breakage, special medicines, the tuition and fees payment policy College’s investment in computing emergency transportation, services, are available on the Business Office and technology and its support of and other appropriate items will website. the educational program. be made when and if these charges The College reserves the right occur. These bills will be handled in to charge a finance charge on Special Fees accordance with college policy. outstanding obligations not to exceed Application Fee: An application 18 percent APR. Non-payment of fee of $40 is required with each Policy for Payment of Tuition, financial obligations to the College paper application submitted to Fees, Room and Board can result in referral of accounts to the Admissions Committee for The purpose of this policy is outside collection agencies. Students processing. Online applications are to provide Presbyterian College will be responsible for payment of all $25. students and their families a clear collection costs, including legal fees Orientation Fee: All incoming understanding of the College’s re- that may be required for collection freshmen and transfer students are quirements for payment of tuition, purposes. Also, the collection agencies required to pay a $100 orientation fees, room, board, and other charg- will report delinquent accounts to Fee (subject to change). es that may be posted to the student the major credit bureaus resulting in Diploma, Cap & Gown Fee: A account. The policy establishes the potential damage to the individual’s one-time fee of $50 for diploma, consequences of non-payment of credit rating. cap, and gown will be automatically accounts by the prescribed dead- assessed and billed to each student lines. All statements are due and Annual cost is divided between the upon reaching 90 credit hours or payable as indicated on the online two semesters. upon officially declaring dual-degree invoice from the Office of Student candidacy. A student who withdraws Collections found at www.presby. Online Invoicing and Online Payment Available after paying the fee will receive edu/stuacct. The policy establishes at www.presby.edu/stuacct. 34 Bills are available on-line. Except not be paid through the installment There is no refund applicable after e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P in special circumstances, no paper payment plan. a student has attended 60 percent of bills will be sent. There is an option the semester (i.e., through the ninth to pay either by Electronic Check Returned Check Policy week of the fall semester) The prorated (E-Check) for free or by credit card Students will be charged a $25.00 refund calculation will also apply to all (MasterCard, American Express or fee for any check received in payment financial aid awards to be refunded Discover) for a 2.5% processing fee. of any obligation that is returned by to granting agencies. Students that The site offers payment confirmation the bank. The intentional passing of withdraw in the final 40 percent immediately after the transaction bad checks may result in an Honor period of the semester will receive no is completed. Checks may also be Code violation. refund and no adjustment to charges mailed or submitted in person to will be made. An administrative fee Presbyterian College. To view the Refund Policy of $100 (as allowed by law) will be invoice and make payments at any General refunds (overpayment or assessed on withdrawals. time, you will need the student’s PC excess loan funds) will be disbursed identification number and the last each semester unless a carry forward Withdrawal from a Course or four digits of the student’s social credit form is completed by the Courses security number. student which allow the collection Any full time student who drops office to hold the refund from the fall below full-time (12 hours) to part- Several payment options are offered semester to the spring semester. All time status after the last day for late through Educational Computer refunds will be made payable to the registration and change of courses will Systems, Inc. student and mailed to the permanent be charged tuition, fees, room, and Go to the online application at address except when there is a PLUS board at the full-time rate. Therefore, www.ecsi.net and choose “Are you (Parent Loan) on the account. If no refund will be given. the credit on the account is in excess a student”. Or call toll free at 888- Transcripts 549-3274. of the student loan amount, those refunds will be made payable to the Official transcripts of record are available through the Registrar’s Lump Sum Payment parents and mailed to their address. Office. Special handling (Federal This option is available until August Students that change room or meal Express, USPS express mail, or UPS) 24 for fall 2009 term and January 6 assignments with the permission of requires the payment of a $25 fee. for spring 2010 term. the Office of Residence Life will have A request for transcripts must be ECSI accepts VISA. You may make a adjustments to the corresponding made in writing. No student will lump sum payment with your VISA. charges on their student accounts receive a transcript of credits until all There is a 3.95% processing fee plus based upon the effective date of the charges have been paid or satisfactory $1.00 per transaction. You may change. A refund will be disbursed arrangements have been made with make online payments with Discover, if a credit balance results after the the Office of Student Collections. American Express and MasterCard changes on the student account. Upon notification of any defaulted on the Presbyterian website at www. loan a hold is placed on the account presby.edu/stuacct. Withdrawal from the College Many commitments of the College for release of a transcript. Tuition Payment Plan are based upon the enrollment at Diplomas (monthly installment plan) the beginning of the year. Students Diplomas will be held until any Annual fee - $45.00 and semester are expected, therefore, to be in outstanding balance is paid. Students fee - $35.00. Live customer service attendance for the entire year. that have student loans (Perkins, available during normal business Students who withdraw may receive Stafford, etc.) are required to complete hours. Available plans are 12 Month a partial refund. The first day of an exit interview prior to graduation. Plan (begins in April), 10 Month Plan class will be used for the purpose of Diplomas will be held until the exit (begins in June), Fall Plan (begins computation of refunds. The official interview has been completed. For in June) and Spring Plan (begins date of withdrawal will be established convenience, exit interviews will be in November). Students studying by the Provost according to college available online. abroad are not eligible to participate policy. Refunds will be computed on in the installment plan while abroad. all fees including room and board, Advance and/or Escrow Deposits may and based on a prorated refund calculation required by federal law. 35 Part-Time Students additional funds to purchase meals outside sources of aid, (i.e. from The 2009-2010 charges for all part- off campus during these times. churches, civic groups, businesses, time (less than 12 hours) students are The non-credit auditing fee per etc.). $1,101.50 per credit hour, $22 per course will be $75 for courses of one To help assess the need of semester matriculation fee, and $17 to three credit hours. The summer each student, PC requires the Free per credit hour technology fee. term non-credit auditing maximum Application for Federal Student Aid The non-credit auditing fee per is one 3-hour course and one 1-hour (FAFSA). This application makes course will be $75 for courses of one course. A technology fee of $17 per a standard evaluation of family to three credit hours. A technology credit hour will be charged in addition financial resources and recommends fee of $17 per credit hour will be to the $75 non-credit auditing charge, the amount of aid needed, and charged in addition to the $75 making the minimum charge for any the Federal government approves non-credit auditing charge, making three-credit-hour course audited this approach for the numerous the minimum charge for auditing $126. A $50 laboratory fee per lab student aid programs it is now any three-credit-hour course $126. will be charged for science courses. financing on college campuses. During the fall or spring semesters, Apply online at - fafsa.ed.gov individuals will be limited to a per Withdrawal from Summer Annual review of the recipient’s semester maximum of two 3-hour Session: During the summer session, financial need requires submission audit courses and one 1-hour audit the first day of class will be used of the FAFSA each spring. The course. for the purpose of computation of priority deadline for receipt of the Senior citizens (age 62+) may audit refunds. Refunds will be computed aid application in the Financial Aid a course for a flat fee of $75. Parking on all fees, including room and Office is March 1. stickers are included in per course fee board, based on the prorated refund A candidate for a scholarship or for senior citizens. calculation required by federal law. other financial aid must be accepted The refund will apply for any student for admission to PC to be eligible for Summer Session whose withdrawal date is through consideration. Students may earn a maximum the 60-percent enrollment period PC reserves the right to amend of seven-hours credit in each term in time (through the third week). or adjust an award should a student of the two-term summer school. The prorated refund calculation will receive additional aid from any source, Session I begins in June and Session also apply to financial aid awards including scholarship, loan, or work II begins in July. The 2009 charges: to be refunded to all sources. An on or off campus. Awards may be tuition — $390 per credit hour; administrative fee of 5 percent (as underwritten by funds from any technology fee — $17 per credit hour, required by the law) will be assessed source. and matriculation fee — $20 per term. on withdrawals. Science laboratory courses require Satisfactory Academic Progress a $50 fee; room — $865 per term Satisfactory academic progress is or $965 for a single room per term. Scholarships and defined in the Probation and Exclusion Regardless of hours taken, all students Student Aid section of this catalog on page 25. In are eligible to reside in dormitories. addition to satisfying the minimum Meals: Students may purchase a meal grade requirements, a student must The cost of a college education ticket in person at the Greenville complete a minimum percentage of is a major expense item in most Dining Hall. Checks should be work within an established time frame family budgets. Presbyterian College made payable to Sodexho. Contact of six years (see chart next page) in recognizes this reality with a financial Sodexho at (864) 833-8398 to pay by order to be eligible for financial aid. aid program designed to help those bank card. Meal tickets are optional To retain federal grants, loans, qualified students who need assistance during summer school. Meal tickets and work-study, students must in attending school. for summer will be $196.90 for 30 maintain satisfactory academic Parents are expected to make a meals, $98.45 for 15 meals and $6.75 progress to include time requirements. maximum effort toward underwriting for one meal. Unused punches may be Students who do not may lose Federal the cost. Beyond this point, the College used in a future term. Summer hours Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental offers a variety of scholarships, grants- of operation for the Greenville Dining Educational Opportunity Grants, in-aid, work opportunities, and loan Hall will vary. The dining hall will Federal College Work Study, Federal have limited hours and some days it funds to help defray expenses. The may be closed. Students should bring applicant is also advised to investigate 36 Quattlebaum Honor Scholarship: e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Academic years completed 1 2 3 4 5-6 Awarded to two selected students each Minimum number of credits that year, the Quattlebaum scholarship must be successfully completed 20 44 68 94 122 or more covers the full cost of tuition, room, board, and fees (renewable for up to four years of undergraduate study Stafford Loans, and Federal Perkins period of the semester will receive no at PC with specific GPA renewal Loans refunds and no adjustment to charges requirements). The students selected Satisfactory academic progress will be made. Aid will be returned in as Quattlebaum Scholars not only is monitored on a yearly basis. the following order: will have exhibited exceptional Since the academic standing of academic achievement, but will have a Presbyterian College student is 1. Stafford Loan demonstrated leadership ability and based upon strict criteria set by the 2. Perkins Loan potential and outstanding personal faculty of the college, financial aid 3. PLUS Loan. character. This is the most prestigious satisfactory progress follows the same 4. Pell Grant award offered by Presbyterian College. guidelines. As long as a student is in 5. Supplemental Educational Admissions application must be “good academic standing” and meets Opportunity Grant completed by November 15. the time requirements below, he/she 6. Presbyterian College Grants remains eligible for financial aid. and Scholarships Founders Scholarship: To be A student who does not satisfy 7. State Funds considered for the Founders the guidelines due to special or 8. Private Scholarships Scholarship, students must be extraordinary circumstances may residents of South Carolina, qualify appeal the loss of financial aid in A revised aid award letter will be for the early round of SC Palmetto writing by stating the reasons for sent to the student listing the aid, Fellows Scholarship, and score at least the appeal. The appeal should be that was retained by the student. The 1300 on the SAT or 29 on the ACT. addressed to the Director of Financial Business Office will recalculate the The Founders Scholarship is a $30,000 Aid who will then present it to the charges and refund any overpayment scholarship package with a estimated Appeals Committee for consideration. to the student or parent. four-year value of $120,000 (includes The committee may grant or deny the Students who plan to withdraw any federal and state aid for which the appeal based upon justification of the must notify the Office of the Provost student qualifies). There is a limited circumstances. of their intent. number of awards. Admissions Students who lose federal financial Copies of the Financial Aid application must be completed by aid due to satisfactory progress may Withdrawal Worksheets and examples November 15. receive aid once the delinquent grade of the refund process are available or time frame is rectified. upon request from the Presbyterian Chinese Scholars: Up to 30 incoming College Financial Aid Office. freshmen will be selected for the Policy on Recalculation of Hours Chinese Scholars program. These If a student drops hours after the students will take two semesters of drop/add period, no adjustment is Presbyterian College Chinese Language instruction taught Academic Scholarships made to the charges or the aid for at PC during their freshman year and will complete the foreign language that semester. The scholarship programs requirement by participating in a described below are awarded Policy on Refunds if the third course — competitively to entering freshmen Student Withdraws a Maymester trip to China for an on the basis of academic merit, If a student withdraws from all immersion experience. PC will extracurricular activities, leadership, classes during the first 60 percent contribute $1000 towards the cost of and character. Financial need is not a period of the semester, all aid that is the trip to China. Students interested factor. The selection process includes not earned will be returned to the aid in being considered as Chinese a review of applications, high school program involved. Refunds will be Scholars will be required to submit records, standardized test scores, calculated on a per-diem basis tied to an additional essay. Admissions and, for the Quattlebaum Honor the semester calendar. Students who application must be completed by Scholarship, campus interviews. withdraw during the final 40 percent November 15.

37 Presbyterian Church USA Servant must audition prior to February 20, types of available aid. Each of these Leadership Scholarships: These 2010, to be eligible for the Fuqua awards applies to the undergraduate scholarships (eight awarded each scholarships. The level of scholarship program only and does not apply to year, valued at $5000 each) are given aid in music ranges from $500 to a level the School of Pharmacy. to students who have demonstrated that would assure the coverage of full outstanding community and/or tuition and all music fees. Contact the All merit-based scholarships are church service and are members of a Department of Music offices by email awarded based on a student’s re- Presbyterian Church (USA). Students at [email protected] or by calling calculated GPA using only core will be asked to submit letters of 864.833.8470. academic courses taken in high support from their pastor and/or school. youth advisor for consideration. Southeastern, Dillard-Elliott, Belk, Those students nominated for the and Highlander Scholarships: ROTC Scholarships: There are Outstanding Youth Leader Awards Students earning high academic several different types of scholarships by their church will be considered for achievement will be considered for available. Army ROTC Scholarships these awards. Admissions application scholarships ranging from $5,000 to include full tuition, fees, a book must be completed by November $16,000. Admissions application must allowance, and a monthly living 15. be completed by February 1. allowance. Students also receive room and board from PC as an incentive for Music Scholarships: Scholarships in Leadership Scholarships: PC winning an ROTC scholarship. music are available to all PC students offers numerous scholarships for who are interested in participating in demonstrated leadership abilities and High school seniors applying to PC programs and ensembles offered by the promise ranging in value from $500 may compete for four-year, merit- Department of Music. Scholarships to $10,000. Admissions application based scholarships. Candidates are available for prospective music must be completed by February 1. interested in a four-year scholarship majors, music minors, and students must apply prior to December of who only want to be involved in Minority Leadership Scholarship: their senior year of high school. ensembles such as choirs, bands, Five students will be selected each Applicants can receive assistance from orchestras, bagpipes, and handbells. year for outstanding extracurricular the Department of Military Science The Department of Music offers and leadership accomplishments. in submitting applications. two levels of scholarship support: Admissions application must be The General Music Scholarships are completed by February 1. First year students at PC may apply for available to all PC students and the four-, three and a half-, and three-year Dorothy C. Fuqua Music Scholarships Boys State and Girls State scholarships. Sophomores may apply are available only to students who Scholarships: PC also offers a limited to attend the Leadership Training intend to major in music. To apply for number of awards to attendees of Course at Fort Knox, Kentucky, where any scholarships in music, prospective Boys and Girls State valued at $3,000 they may win a two-year scholarship. students must download or acquire each. Admissions application must be Similar opportunities may also exist the Music Scholarship Application completed by February 1. for juniors and select seniors. that is available at the departmental website, www.presby.edu/music/ PC will match state-sponsored merit All applicants must meet minimum auditions.html, or by calling the scholarships in the form of gift aid (up standards in SAT/ACT scores, GPA, departmental offices. The completed to the amount of $3,000). However, physical fitness, and be medically application is submitted to the some of these may be replaced with qualified by the U.S. Army. More Department of Music and an audition a higher-value scholarship. information may be obtained by will be scheduled for a convenient time contacting the Department of Military during January, February, or March Important note: These scholarships Science at 864.833.8583. (see website for dates and details.) All are usually packaged along with other applicants indicating a possible music types of financial aid and may only major are automatically entered be a part of the total financial aid Endowed Scholarships in the Fuqua Competition while award. Please contact the admissions or Presbyterian College holds in its remaining eligible for General Music financial aid office for more information endowment over 500 scholarship Scholarships. Prospective majors about these scholarships or about other funds. These scholarships have been

38 established by alumni, churches, These grants are based on merit Awards are based on financial need e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P foundations, corporations, parents, and need. The applicant must submit as determined by the South Carolina and friends of the College. They often a letter showing declaration has been Tuition Grants Agency. Students carry the name of the donor or the made to the local church, minister, must successfully complete at least name of someone whom the donor or appropriate church court of the 24 semester hours and continue to wishes to honor. intention to enter a full-time church have financial need to be eligible for Donors of endowed scholarships vocation. renewal each year. have designated the qualifications Child of Church Professional Application is made through the that students must have in order to The College remits annually FAFSA and should be completed by become recipients of the scholarships. the sum of $1,000 to the sons and June 30. Designations include: students with daughters of active ministers and financial need, students demonstrating certified church workers of the SC Teacher Loan outstanding academic ability, students Presbyterian Church (USA). Students who express an inten- studying in specific disciplines, tion to teach may be eligible for student athletes, and students from Church Scholarship Grant a South Carolina Teacher Loan specific geographical areas or specific Each entering PCUSA student to assist them in financing their local churches. Endowed scholarships receives a $1,000 per year grant. college education. The College are administered through the Office financial aid office can supply details of Financial Aid. Church Scholarships of this special program designed to The College’s official listing These scholarships have been attract high-quality students into a of endowed scholarships appears established by Presbyterian churches career of teaching. in the brochure “Champions of for the benefit of students from their Enlightenment.” For a copy of the congregations. Palmetto Fellows brochure, contact the Office of College Eligible students must have a 3.5 Advancement. Presbyterian College Grants GPA, 1200 SAT, and ranking in the The scholarship committee top 6 percent of high school class in awards other grants to students who order to be considered for this $6,700 Other Institutional Programs qualify due to need or outstanding scholarship. Students can apply achievements. Awards are renewable, through their high school guidance office. Students must maintain a 3.0 Athletic Scholarships provided satisfactory progress is GPA and earn 30 hours per academic Athletic scholarships are available maintained. year (fall, spring, and summer terms) for men in baseball, , cross- Campus Work Opportunities in order to remain eligible. country, football, golf, lacrosse, soccer, Many work opportunities are and tennis. Women may receive available on campus through which Palmetto Fellows Enhancement scholarships in basketball, cross- a student may earn funds toward Recipients with at least 30 hours country, lacrosse, soccer, softball, meeting expenses. Jobs include work in and who, as a freshman, earned 14 tennis, and volleyball. the dining hall, library, administrative hours math and/or science and who offices, faculty departments, health are math and science majors will PC Fellows center, student center, maintenance, as receive an additional amount of up to This scholarship and recognition well positions as residence counselors $3,300 for a maximum of $10,000. program honors young men and and receptionists. Palmetto Fellows with at least 30 women who, after the first semester Priority for work opportunities hours but who do not meet the condi- of their junior year in high school, will be given to students having tions above will receive an additional have the highest cumulative averages financial need. amount of up to $800 for a maximum for the previous 2 1/2 years of academic of $7,500. work. Entering freshmen, regardless of PC Fellows who enroll are awarded South Carolina Programs major, will receive a maximum of $500 per year. SC Tuition Grants $6,700. Church Vocation Grants Grants ranging to $3,150 per year Palmetto LIFE Scholarship Financial awards are designated for up to four years may be awarded Eligible South Carolina residents for students preparing for full-time to qualified legal residents of South must meet two of the three criteria in Christian service as ministers or Carolina attending Presbyterian order to receive this $5,000 scholar- directors of Christian education in College. ship: 3.0 GPA on the State Uniform any evangelical denomination. 39 Grading Scale, 1100 SAT or 24 ACT Federal Programs of Student basis. Renewal is based on continuing composite score, or top 30-percent Assistance need. ranking of high school class. Students Additional unsubsidized, or non- can gain eligibility at Presbyterian Pell Grants need, Federal Stafford Loan is also College with an average of 30 hours Awards ranging up to $5,350 per available, up to $2,000. Additional per academic year (fall, spring, and year (determined by a standard needs information is available at the student summer terms) and a 3.0 cumulative analysis formula) may be awarded aid office or www.presby.edu. (collegiate) GPA. To maintain eligibil- to eligible students. These grants are ity, a PC student must maintain a 3.0 based on an individual’s enrollment Federal Parent Loan for collegiate GPA and an average of 30 status and may be paid for full-time, Undergraduate Student earned hours per academic year (fall, three-quarter time, and half-time This program, known as PLUS, spring, and summer terms). Eligibil- attendance. is a federal loan program that allows ity for entering freshmen is based on An application must be submitted parents to borrow up to the cost of the final high school transcript. each year (FAFSA). Awards are attendance per academic year. It is not renewable, provided the student based upon need. Repayment begins LIFE Scholarship Enhancement maintains satisfactory progress and 60 days after disbursement and may be Recipients with over 30 hours and continues to have financial need as extended up to ten years. The interest who, as a freshman, earned 14 hours determined by the U. S. Department rate is fixed (currently 8.5 percent). math and/or science and who are of Education. math and science majors will receive The Pell Grant is an entitlement Federal College Work Study an additional amount of up to $2,500 program. No repayment is required Program for a maximum of $7,500. unless a refund is due as a result of The work study program provides Entering freshmen, regardless of enrollment changes or withdrawal jobs for students with established major, and upperclassmen who do not from studies. financial need who must earn a part of meet the above conditions, will receive their educational expenses. Payments a maximum award of $5,000. Federal Supplemental Educational are made to the student by check each In addition to defining eligible Opportunity Grant month. majors, individual courses must be Awards are made to students The Supplemental Education identified that meet the 14 hours of exceptional financial need who, Opportunity Grant, Perkins Loan, of math and/or science during the without the grant, would be unable and the College Work Study Program freshman year requirement. Please to continue their education. Awards are federal programs administered by note that current interpretation of range from $100 to $4,000 per year, the College. Recipients are selected by the new legislation precludes students depending on need and available the director of student aid based on from ever becoming eligible for the funds. need and available funds. Students enhancements if the 14-hour require- Determination is made by the having the greatest need will receive ment is not met by the end of the College and based upon the results priority for the awards. freshman year. AP credits and dual of the FAFSA. For renewal, students The College must amend or adjust enrollment courses (college courses must maintain satisfactory progress awards based on financial need should taken while in high school) can satisfy and continue to have exceptional the student receive awards, long-term the 14-hour rule. financial need. loans, or work that causes established Entering freshmen for Fall 2008 need to be exceeded. should be prepared to meet the re- Federal Stafford Loan quirements prior to the fall of 2009. Loan amounts range from $3,500 ROTC Scholarships per year to eligible freshmen, $4,500 There are many different types SC Hope Scholarship for sophomores, $5,500 per year of scholarships available on campus. Students who do not qualify for a to juniors and seniors (class status Army ROTC scholarships include full LIFE scholarship may be eligible for a is determined by hours and CEPs tuition, fees, a book allowance, and a SC Hope Scholarship. To be eligible completed) through the Federal monthly living allowance. Students for this one-time grant of $2,800, the Stafford Loan Program. For the also receive room and board from student must have a 3.0 GPA and be a subsidized, or need-based, Federal PC as an incentive for winning a SC resident at the time of high school Stafford Loan, payments of principal ROTC Scholarship. A complete listing graduation and college enrollment. and interest (currently at 5.6 percent) may be obtained by contacting the A student who receives the Hope are deferred until the student is no Department of Military Science. Scholarship can still be awarded a longer enrolled on at least a half-time Candidates interested in a four- LIFE Scholarship later if he/she meets year ROTC scholarship must apply the requirements. prior to November of their senior year 40 in high school. Applicants can receive e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P assistance from the Department of Military Science in submitting four- year applications.

Veteran Benefits Certain armed service veterans and dependents who qualify under federal laws, administered by the US Department of Veterans Affairs, are eligible to receive educational benefits. Information about these programs may be obtained by writing the state or county Veterans Administration office or the PC aid office.

Other Sources of Financial Assistance

Other State Grants Out-of-state students should check with local state agencies to find out the availability of their grant programs.

Vocational Rehabilitation Scholarships Individuals with physical disabilities classified as vocational handicaps may receive financial aid from state departments of vocational rehabilitation. Detailed information is available through the departments of vocational rehabilitation in the student’s home state.

Aid in the Local Community Students are encouraged to seek out and apply for scholarships, loans, and work opportunities other than those available through the College, state, and federal funds. Suggested sources of aid to be explored — but not limited to — are the following: civic clubs, bank trust departments, churches, professional organizations, veterans groups, high school guidance office, family employer, foundations, and community employment.

41 Courses of Instruction Africana Studies 45 Art 46 Biology 52 Chemistry 57 Chinese Studies 60 Digital Animation 61 Economics & Business Administration 62 Education 66 English 71 Environmental Studies 76 Film Studies 77 Fine Art 79 Freshman Studies 81 History 82 International Studies 86 Academic Program REQUIREMENTS 8 Latin American Studies 87 DEPOSIT 10 Mathematics 88 ADVANCED PLACEMENT 10 Media Studies 91 Military Science & Leadership 93 Modern Foreign Languages 95 Music 100 Physical Education 106 Physics & Computer Science 108 Political Science 113 Pre-Law 116 Psychology 117 Religion & Philosophy 121 Sociology 126 Southern Studies 128 Theatre 157 Women and Gender Studies 133 Presbyterian College

42 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

43 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION

Unless specified otherwise, the following courses are offered an- nually. They are numbered to indicate the level at which they are offered. Those intended primarily for freshman have numbers ranging from 100 to 199; for sophomores, 200 to 299; for juniors, 300 to 399; for seniors 400 to 499. Some departments use these ranges to signify area topics or chronological topics. An academic advisor will assist the student in the selection process.

44 Africana studies e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor Charles E. McKelvey, Director Professor T. Booker Ingram Professor Peter H. Hobbie Professor Anita O. Gustafson

Requirements for the Minor in Africana Studies A student who wants to minor in Africana studies must select 18 hours from the following courses: ENGL 319; HIST 382; AFST 201; MUSE 298; PLSC 301; PSYC/SOC 312; RELG/HIST 356; SOC/PLSC 370; SOC 362, 364, or 366; and AFST 458.

Africana Studies (AFST) ENGL 319. American Identities (3) SOC 364. Race and Ethnic Relations (3) AFST 201. Introduction to Afri- A survey of works that address the (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of cana Studies (3) multiple meaning and uses of the the instructor) An examination of term “American” as applied to (or sociological perspectives on majority- An interdisciplinary survey of African kept from) individuals and groups minority relations and of the histories and Africana religion, culture, sci- throughout the history of the United and cultures of particular racial and ence, literature, philosophy, politics, States. Focusing on what it has ethnic groups in the United States, economy, and protest. meant historically to be (or not to including Afro-Americans, Native MUSE 298. Student Fellowship be) an American, this course will Americans, Mexican-Americans, Choir (0.5) explore how groups of Americans Puerto Ricans, Chinese-Americans have experienced life within this and Japanese-Americans. (Alternate Laboratory for the study and country’s borders differently given years) performance of traditional and con- their particular racial, ethnic, class, temporary African-American music. gender, and sexual identities. SOC 366. Social Movements (3) Open each semester to all students. (Alternate years) (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of instructor) A study of the general PLSC 301. African-Americans RELG/HIST 356. The African-American characteristics of social movements. and the Political System (3) Religious Experience (3) Two or more particular movements An overview of the African-American An examination of the African- such as the African-American move- struggle for social, political, and legal American contribution to the ment, Third World national liberation rights; of the constraints upon the religious life of the American people movements, the women’s movement, achievement of these rights; and of from the period of slavery to the and the ecology movement will be the major political actors involved present. Particular emphasis on the discussed. (Alternate years) in this struggle. Special emphasis relationship of African-American will be given to key court decisions, religion to American history and PLSC/SOC 370. Third World legislation, and political movements culture. Underdevelopment and Politics (3) affecting African-American rights (Prereq: PLSC 201 or SOC 201) An and to major electoral breakthroughs SOC 362. Social Inequality (3) examination of the political, economic, in promoting African-American (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of and social factors that have led to the political empowerment. (Alternate instructor) Examination of social present state of underdevelopment years) inequality in American society from in the Third World. Social scientific a sociological perspective. Topics in- theories of underdevelopment and PSYC/SOC 312. Social Psychology (3) clude class divisions, unequal access the role of the political system in (Prereq: PSYC 201 or SOC 201) A to goods and services, means utilized the process of development are study of the relation of the individual to maintain social inequality and analyzed. The particular cases of to the social group. Topics include the dynamics of gender inequality. Central America and East Africa are conformity, obedience, attitudes and (Alternate years) examined. persuasion, aggression, prejudice, and attraction. AFST458. Special Topics See page 24. 45 Art Associate Professor Ralph Paquin, Chair Professor Mark R. Anderson Associate Professor Laura J. Crary

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Art A major in art requires 45 semester hours: six hours in art history (ART 251 and 255); six hours chosen from the following: ART 322, 352, 353, 354, 355, and ART 300; ART 110-111, 120-121, 122-123, 391, 392, 491, and 492; twelve hours of studio art selected from: ART 220-221, 230-231, 232-233, 240-241, 242-243, 244-245, 260-261, 262-263, 270-271, 272-273, 310-311, and 336-337.

The major in art with an art history emphasis requires a total of 45 semester hours to include ART 110, 111, 120, 121, 122, 123, 251, 255, 391, 392, 491, and 492 and 18 hours chosen from ART 256, 257, 352, 353, 354, 355, 458, 300, or PHIL 322.

The minor in art requires 18 hours: 3 hours of basic drawing (ART 110-111); 6 hours in design (ART 120-121 and 122-123); 6 hours selected from ART 251, 255, 352, 353, 354, 355, or ART 300; and 3 additional hours of elective credit in art.

The minor in art history requires a total of 18 semester hours to include ART 251 and 255 and 4 additional art history courses chosen from ART 256, 257, 352, 353, 354, 355, 458, or ART 300.

Art (ART) drawing experiences are required. A 121. Basic 2-D Design Studio (1) materials fee is assessed for this course, (Prereq/Coreq: ART 120) An inde- The Department reserves the right in addition to necessary art supplies pendent studio experience in 2-D to retain at least one example of a purchased by individual students. design. Each student will create a student’s work for its permanent (Studio applications and field trips.) series of projects based on the concepts exhibitions, with student’s approval. presented in ART 120. A materials fee 111. Basic Drawing Studio (1) is assessed for this course, in addition 101. Art Appreciation (3) (Prereq/Coreq: ART 110) An indepen- to necessary art supplies purchased by An introduction to the arts of painting, dent studio experience in drawing. individual students. sculpture and architecture. As a general Each student will create a series of survey course, emphasis is placed both projects based on the concepts pre- 122. 3-D Design (3) on the development of an informed sented in ART 110. A materials fee is A foundations course surveying ma- art vocabulary and on the exercise of assessed for this course, in addition to terials, concepts, and principles of those perceptual and cognitive skills necessary art supplies purchased by visual structure/organization in the which enhance aesthetic experiences in individual students. dimensional world. Through a series the arts. (Lectures, slide presentation, of problem solving projects, readings, field trips and creative applications.) 120. Basic 2-D Design (2) and class discussion, students will gain (Coreq: ART 121) A foundation insight into the basic language of three 110. Basic Drawing (2) course surveying the elements and dimensional design. A materials fee is (Coreq: ART 111) A foundation course principles of visual organization in assessed for this course, in addition to that explores various approaches to two-dimensional art. Perceptual and necessary art supplies purchased by a range of drawing problems from conceptual skills are enhanced through individual students. landscape and still-life to human a series of experimental studio projects anatomy, from rendering to non- focused on composition and color 123. 3-D Design Studio (1) objective abstraction. A variety of wet theory. No previous design experi- (Prereq/Coreq: ART 122) An indepen- and dry media is employed in a series ences are required. A materials fee is dent studio experience in 3-D design. of projects and exercises designed to assessed for this course, in addition Each student will create a series of enhance both eye-hand coordination to necessary art supplies purchased projects based on the concepts pre- and perceptual acuity. No previous by individual students. (Lectures and sented in ART 122. studio applications.) 46 220. Graphic Design (2) 232. Watercolor (2) and studio applications.) (Alternate e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or con- (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent years) sent of instructor; coreq: ART 221) of instructor; coreq: ART 233) Introduction to the foundational An introduction to the materials 241. Sculpture Studio (1) elements that make up good design. and techniques common to the (Prereq/Coreq: ART 240) An Special emphasis given to the creative practice of painting in transparent independent studio experience in process of visual problem solving us- watercolors. A series of works on paper Sculpture. Each student will create ing thumbnails, roughs, and finals. will be created while exploring the a series of projects based on the An historical overview of graphic fundamental nature of the materials. concepts presented in ART 240. A design to provide an adequate con- (Demonstrations, painting on materials fee is assessed for this course, text for student projects. All work location in the landscape, and studio in addition to necessary art supplies will be done by hand to provide a application.) (Alternate years) purchased by individual students. strong understanding of design be- (Alternate years) fore technology skills are added. A 233. Watercolor Studio (1) materials fee is assessed for this course, (Prereq/Coreq: ART 232) An 242. Ceramics I (2) in addition to necessary art supplies independent studio experience in (Coreq: ART 243) An exploration of purchased by individual students. watercolor. Each student will create a basic ceramic processes such as hand (Lectures, field trips, and studio series of projects based on the concepts building, wheel throwing, glazing applications.) presented in ART 232. (Alternate years and firing, with a focus on three in conjunction with ART 232) dimensional design and the history 221. Graphic Design Studio (1) of ceramic forms. A materials fee is (Prereq/Coreq: ART 220) An 234. Landscape Painting (2) assessed for this course, in addition independent studio experience in (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent to necessary art supplies purchased graphic design. Each student will of instructor; coreq: ART 235) An by individual students. (Alternate create a series of projects based on the applied study of landscape painting years) concepts presented in ART 220. A in a variety of media with numerous materials fee is assessed for this course, references to the history of the 243. Ceramics I Studio (1) in addition to necessary art supplies subject. (Demonstration, painting (Prereq/Coreq: ART 242) An purchased by individual students. on location in the landscape and independent studio experience in studio applications. A materials fee ceramics. Each student will create 230. Painting I (2) is assessed for this course, in addition a series of projects based on the (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent to necessary art supplies purchased by concepts presented in ART 242. A of instructor; coreq: ART 231) individual students. materials fee is assessed for this course, An introduction to the theory and in addition to necessary art supplies practice of painting in oils; stressing 235. Landscape Painting Studio (1) purchased by individual students. color and surface in response to (Prereq/Coreq: ART 234) An direct visual observations. This independent studio experience in 244. Ceramics II (2) course covers a range of materials landscape painting. Each student will (Prereq: ART 122 or 242; coreq: and technical skills that are presented create a series of projects based on the ART 245) This art course explores with frequent reference to the broader concepts presented in ART 234. A basic principles and techniques history of painting. A materials fee is materials fee is assessed for this course, of functional and nonfunctional assessed for this course, in addition to in addition to necessary art supplies ceramics while prioritizing a more necessary art supplies purchased by purchased by individual students. profound development of personal individual students. (Demonstration, imageries. Subjects included are: (1) painting on location in the landscape 240. Sculpture (2) glaze formulation, (2) slab, coil and and studio application.) (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or thrown form construction, (3) basic consent of instructor; coreq: ART kiln firing, and (4) contemporary 231. Painting I Studio (1) 241) A study of both additive and ceramic history. A materials fee is (Prereq/Coreq: ART 230) An subtractive approaches to sculptural assessed for this course, in addition independent studio experience in representation in the context of art to necessary art supplies purchased oil painting. Each student will create history and executed in a variety of by individual students. a series of projects based on the media such as clay, stone, plaster, concepts presented in ART 230. A metals, wood and glass. A materials fee 245. Ceramics II Studio (1) materials fee is assessed for this course, is assessed for this course, in addition (Prereq: ART 122 or 242; coreq: in addition to necessary art supplies to necessary art supplies purchased by ART 244) An extended independent purchased by individual students. individual students. (Demonstrations studio experience in Ceramics I. Each 47 student will create projects based on to necessary art supplies purchased by 271. Photography I Studio (1) concepts addressed in ART 244. A individual students. (Demonstrations (Prereq/Coreq: ART 270) An inde- materials fee is assessed for this course, and studio applications.) (Alternate pendent studio experience in black in addition to necessary art supplies years) and white photography. Each student purchased by individual students. will create a series of projects based 261. Printmaking I Studio (1) on the concepts presented in ART 251. Art History Survey I (3) (Prereq/Coreq: ART 260) An inde- 270. A materials fee is assessed for The art of the Western world from pendent tudio experience in relief and this course, in addition to necessary its earliest known examples in intaglio printmaking. Each student art supplies purchased by individual caves of France and Spain up to the will create a series of projects based students. (Alternate years) beginning Resnaissance ideals in art on the concepts presented in ART and architecture of Wester Europe, 260. A materials fee is assessed for 272. Photography II (2) with a brief view of some of the arts this course, in addition to necessary (Prereq: ART 270; coreq: ART 273) of the Islamic world created during art supplies purchased by individual This second course in photography that same era. Examines the way that students. (Alternate years) will focus on advanced black and the visual arts and architecture gives white print photography, color expression to a culture values and 262. Printmaking II: Screenprinting (2) photography, and photo editing. ideas about life, death and spirituality. (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent Through a series of projects involving (Fall) of the instructor; coreq: ART 263) An the camera, darkroom, and computer introduction to the techniques and technology, the student will seek to 255. Art History Survey II (3) processes of screenprinting with an create significant works of art while This course surveys the art of West- emphasis on fine arts applications. simultaneously learning the more ern Europe and the Americas from A materials fee is assessed for this sophisticated processes of advanced the Renasissance through the 20th course, in addition to necessary art photography. A materials fee is century. Particular attention paid to supplies purchased by individual assessed for this course, in addition change in social and cultural institu- students. (Demonstrations and studio to necessary art supplies purchased tions leading to the development of applications.) (Alternate years) by individual students. modernism. (Spring) 263. Printmaking II: Screenprinting 273. Photography II Studio (1) 256. Topics in Latin American Art (3) Studio (1) (Coreq: ART 272) An independent A survey of the art of one region or (Prereq/Coreq: ART 262) An studio experience in advanced country in Latin America, such as independent studio experience in photography. Each student will create Mesoamerican art, art of the Carib- screen printing. Each student will a series of projects based on the bean, South American art, Mexican create a series of projects based on concepts presented in ART 272. A art, or Brazilian art. (Alternate years the concepts presented in ART 262. A materials fee is assessed for this course, in rotation with ART 257) materials fee is assessed for this course, in addition to necessary art supplies in addition to necessary art supplies purchased by individual students. 257. History of Women in Art (3) purchased by individual students. A survey of women’s art production (Alternate years) 280. Art for the Child (3) in Western Europe and the United A study of the child’s creative growth th States from 15 century to present. 270. Photography I (2) in arts and crafts. Designed to (Alternate years in rotation with ART (Prereq: ART 120 or consent of the help the classroom teacher develop 256) instructor; coreq: ART 271) An the creative skills that enhance introductory experience in black instruction in all content areas while 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. and white photographic theory and facilitating a quality art program practice, this course is designed to within the broader context of a general 260. Printmaking I (2) explore the creative use of the camera classroom environment. This class is (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent and cover the technical aspects of film limited to majors in Early Childhood of instructor; coreq: ART 261) An developing, printing, and mount- Education, Christian Education, and introduction to the techniques of ing, while surveying the history of Art. Other students may contact the relief and intaglio printing processes photography. A materials fee is as- art department with a request to be such as woodcut, linocut, etching, sessed for this course, in addition to enrolled on appeal. A materials fee is aquatint and drypoint. A materials fee necessary art supplies purchased by assessed for this course, in addition is assessed for this course, in addition individual students. (Slide lectures, to necessary art supplies purchased demonstrations and studio applica- by individual students. (Lectures and tions.) (Alternate years) studio applications.) 48 282. School Art (3) activities and reflecting on the 308. Graphics Programming and e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent products and processes, students will Animation (3) of the instructor) An exploration of have the opportunity to learn how (Prereq: CSC 241; crosslisted with the methods and materials common studio art practice can help a person CSC 308) This course introduces the to the teaching of art on levels K-12. achieve improved awareness of self student to programming that draws (Lectures and studio applications.) and others, cope with symptoms of 2D or 3D images on the screen. In (Alternate years) stress, more effective deal with the particular, we will study graphics aftereffects of traumatic experiences, packages that enable interactive 291. The Expressive Process: The and more consciously engage in drawing and animation in 2D and Open Studio (3) the process of personal growth and 3D spaces. (Alternate years) This class will explore a selection of ex- development. A materials fee is pressive art practices commonly used 310. Life Drawing (2) assessed for this course, in addition to enhance personal development, (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent to necessary art supplies purchased creativity, and spiritual experience. of the instructor; coreq: ART 311) An by individual students. It will address the devotional and extensive study of artistic anatomy developmental uses of art by people 300. Media and Society (3) and the expressive potential of the seeking an enhanced practice of cre- (Prereq: ENGL 110-111 or equivalent human form. Drawing from the ativity, personal vocation, and social and consent of instructor) A course model and skeleton with a wide array engagement. This course combines dealing with media history, uses, of drawing and painting media. A historical, theoretical, and experi- and values. It will consider such materials fee is assessed for this course, ential learning in an applied studio media as newspapers, magazines, in addition to necessary art supplies format with supplemental lecture, radio, television, recordings, motion purchased by individual students. film, and assigned text presentation. pictures, theatre, music, and the arts (Lecture/demonstrations and studio By participation in expressive arts ac- in regard to how they affect society applications.) (Alternate years) tivities and reflecting on the products and the individual. Students will 311. Life Drawing Studio (1) and processes, students will have an investigate these media and the social, (Prereq/Coreq: ART 310) An opportunity to learn how studio art economic, and historical milieu from independent studio experience in practice can help a person achieve which they emerge as well as the life drawing. Each student will create improved awareness of self and others, aesthetic and ethical values attributed a series of projects based on the develop and enhanced sense of per- to them. The course will use non- concepts presented in ART 310. A sonal responsibility and self efficacy, traditional approaches to the subject materials fee is assessed for this course, while learning to more effectively matter, and active participation by in addition to necessary art supplies deal with setbacks, disappointments, the students will be an essential purchased by individual students. or confusing experiences, overcome element of the course. Enrollment (Alternate years) creative blocks, and more consciously limited. Students will be selected by engage the process of personal growth GPA and faculty interview. and development. A materials fee is 320-321. Graphic Design II and Studio (3) This course offers advanced practices assessed for this course, in addition 307. 3D Modeling and Animation (4) in visual communications with a to necessary art supplies purchased (Prereq: CSC 201 or 241; crosslisted greater emphasis on the final stage of by individual students. with CSC 307) This course explores the creative problem solving method. concepts and methodologies for 292 Expressive Process: Art Therapy (3) The course focuses especially on the creating and exploring 3D graphics This class will introduce students to design studio use of information and animation. This class will concepts of art therapy in the broader technology. An historical overview introduce fundamental 3D theories context of the expressive tradition. of graphic design addresses the and principles of computer modeling It will address the therapeutic and evolving communication needs of and animation. The class will also developmental uses of the art by people major professions in a wide variety explore the history, development, who experience illness, trauma, or of mediums. and theories behind modeling and challenges in living, as well as by people animation. Essential concepts will without trauma or psychopathology 322. Aesthetics (3) be made concrete through a major who seek personal development and (Crosslisted with PHIL 322 and THEA term-long team project in which enhanced psychological and social 322) A consideration of beauty and student teams will develop their own well being. This course combines what various philosophers (such as 3D models that are then used in a theoretical and experiential learning Plato, Aristotle, Hume and Kant) short animation. in lecture and studio formats. By have had to say about it. The class participating in expressive arts will also consider arts forms, such as painting, sculpture, poetry, music 49 and photography to appreciate Western Europe and America during and another major urban art center. the presence or absence of beauty the late 19th and through the 20th Participation required. therein. century. Major modernist movements and avant-garde styles are discussed 392. Junior Seminar (3) 336. Advanced Painting (2) in depth (Alternate years) This is a supervised open-studio and (Prereq: ART 230, 232 or 234; coreq: seminar course with assigned readings ART 337) An exploration of the form/ 355. Modern Art Theory and Criticism (3) and research in contemporary art and content relationship in the practice (Prereq: ART 101 or 255 or consent art historical methodologies. This of painting in a variety of media; of instructor) An examination of the course will build on the work done in this course stresses the synthetic writings of artists and critics of the late the junior project, internship, or study integration of painterly concerns 19th and 20th centuries whose works abroad of the previous semester. Each through the creation of a suite of construct the history of modernism studio major will produce a series of related paintings. A materials fee is in the arts. (Alternate years) related artworks while doing graded assessed for this course, in addition research on an aspect of the art world. to necessary art supplies purchased 370. Photographic Arts (3) Art history students will continue to by individual students. (Studio (Prereq: ART 270 and 272) A project- work on their thesis projects while applications, videotape and slide directed course designed to allow the writing regular critiques of the work lectures.) student maximum freedom to define produced in the studio section of the and develop directions in personal course and preparing assignments 337. Advanced Painting Studio (1) artistic growth through the medium on readings. Mandatory field trips (Prereq/Coreq: ART 336) An advanced of photography. Alternative methods taken each year to New York City independent studio experience in and materials such as pinhole and another major urban art center. painting. Each student will create photograph and medium format Participation required. a series of projects based on the images will be explored. concepts addressed in ART 336. A 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page materials fee is assessed for this course, 371. Web Design (3) 22. in addition to necessary art supplies (Prereq: ART 320 and 321) A course to 442. Directed Studies (1-6).See page purchased by individual students. introduce students to the basics of web site development. Web Design will 24. 352. Renaissance and Baroque Art introduce students to concepts meant 444. Internships. See page 24. History (3) to enhance their critical thinking, (Prereq: ART 251 and 255) A survey analytical, conceptual, and design 446. Readings. See page 24. of art and architecture created in communication skills. Instruction Western Europe between1400 and will be delivered through lectures, 448. Research. See page 24. 1700 AD. Of particular interest are demonstrations, and the hands-on 450. Seminar. See page 24. the roles played by the Reformation manipulation of computers and and Counter-Reformation on the art software. 452. Special Projects. See page 24. production. (Alternate years) 391. Junior Project (3) 458. Special Topics. See page 24. 353. Romantic and Early Modern Art In this course, students will plan, History (3) execute, present, and critique a project 491. Senior Seminar (3) (Prereq: ART 251 and 255) This in studio art or art history selected (Senior art majors only) This survey of art and architecture created in consultation with the art faculty. course aims to focus the student’s in Western Europe and the Americas Studio majors will explore concepts development toward the final senior in the period of 1700-1871. The and experiment with art methods and exhibition or thesis to be presented at development of the independent materials prior to the senior year when the end of the year. The faculty will gallery system and the role of art production focuses on the senior work with each student to develop her academies, leading to modernism exhibit. Art history students will or his individual artistic vision or art movement in the 19th century work on preliminary research for the historical position through regular are emphasized. (Lectures, slide senior thesis. All students will meet individual and group critiques. presentations, field trips.) (Alternate regularly with faculty individually and Because the medium, subject, and years) as a group for direction and feedback. style of the work produced will vary, Students may elect to take this course the principle emphasis will be on the 354. Late Modern and Contemporary in conjunction with an internship or formal concerns and presentation Art History (3) study abroad. Mandatory field trips of the art. These issues will be (Prereq: ART 251 and 255) A survey taken each year to New York City addressed in critiques, reading, and of the art and architecture created in research. Studio majors will strive 50 to integrate ideas of concept, form, e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P and content in the preparation of the artist statement for the final exhibit. Art history students will finalize the research and complete a draft of the final thesis. Mandatory field trips taken each year to New York City and another major urban art center. Participation required.

492. Senior Show (3) (Prereq: ART 491) Studio majors will focus on the preparation of the final exhibition and the presentation of a carefully crafted artist statement. Art history students will revise and refine the thesis for presentation either in a pubic symposium or the Honors Research Symposium in the spring. Critique of ongoing studio work and writing will take place prior to the senior show and/ or symposium. Studio majors will submit a slide portfolio or CD and art history students, a bound copy of the thesis for review by the art faculty. A formal critique will be made of all work submitted. Mandatory field trips taken each year to New York City and another major urban art center. Participation required.

51 Biology Professor James T. Wetzel, Chair Professor Jane P. Ellis Professor John C. Inman Professor Michael O. Rischbieter Professor James D. Stidham Professor Ronald J. C. Zimmerman Associate Professor Troy R. Nash Assistant Professor Stuart Gordon Instructor R. Daniel Hanks

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Biology All students who major in biology must take BIOL 111-111L and 112-112L. If a student has taken BIOL 101 with a grade of “B” or better before declaring the biology major, he/she must take BIOL 112-112L. If a student has taken the general biology sequence 101-101L and 102-102L from PC or its equivalent at another school be- fore declaring the biology major, he/she must pass a qualifying examination given by the biology department. All majors must also take BIOL 198-199, 334, 399, 401, and 24 additional hours in biology. The 24 hours must include at least one course from each of the following areas plus one 3-4 hour elective chosen from any courses offered by the department (excluding internships) for a total of 39-40 hours.

Organismal: BIOL 201, 202, 208, or 306 Plant Biology: BIOL 203, 206, or 312 Cell/Molecular: BIOL 209, 307-307L, 308-308L or 318 Function/Structure: BIOL 302, 303, 304, or 311 Evolution/Ecology: BIOL 207, 212, 314, or 320

Biology majors must also complete the following related courses: CHEM 101-101L, 102-102L, 221-221L; PHYS 121-121L, 122-122L; and MATH 201 or 211, STAT 320, or CSC 201. Pre-professional and pre-graduate school students are strongly advised to take CHEM 222-222L.

A minor in biology consists of 19 hours in biology including BIOL 101-101L and 102-102L or 111-111L and 112-112L are required for the minor. Courses to complete the minor may be selected from any 200-, 300-, or 400-level courses (excluding BIOL 399).

Requirements for Minor in Marine Studies Students who minor in Marine Studies must take any combination of approved coursework or independent studies for a combination of 19 hours (11-13 hours in addition to general courses within a major). Suitable courses within the biological sciences major are: BIOL 201, 216; approved courses taken at The Gulf Coast Research Labora- tory (e.g., Marine Science I; Marine Science II; 3-5 hours of advanced courses such as Marine Policy, Writing in Marine Sciences, Ichthyology, Marine Ecology, or an independent study); approved courses taken at Duke Marine Laboratory; approved transfer courses (e.g., marine courses taken at James Cook University in Australia or other PC-affiliate institutions abroad or courses from established marine programs such as the ); marine-related Maymester courses; special studies in marine science (e.g., on-campus work such as BIOL 442, 444, 448, 452, and 458); research at a specific independent laboratory; studies at the Belle Baruch Marine Lab/ Hobcaw Barony; research at the Gulf Course Research Laboratory; approved interdisciplinary coursework at PC such as CHEM 442.

Requirements for Certification to Teach High School Biology A student who wants to be certified to teach biology in the high school setting must meet the following require- ments for the major in biology: BIOL 111-111L, 112-112L, 198-199, 201 or 202, 203, 209, 302 or 304 or 311, 314, 335, 399, 401, and electives totaling 4 hours. Students must also complete the following related courses: CHEM 101-101L, 102-102L, 221-221L; PHYS 121/121L and 122/122L; and PHYS 211. Students should complete all other courses required for teacher certification and meet the criteria for acceptance into the Teacher Education 52 Program. See Teacher Education and Certification on pages 27 and 65 for more information. e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Biology (BIOL)

101. General Biology I (3)

(Coreq: BIOL 101L) A broad research methods, biochemistry, cell 203. Introductory Botany (4) introduction to fundamental structure and function, genetics, and (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: principles of living organisms evolution. BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent with four major areas studied: of instructor) Intensive review of biomolecules, cell biology, genetics, 112. Principles of Biology II (3) phyla of plant kingdom. Morphology, and development. Students cannot (Coreq: BIOL 112L; prereq: BIOL physiology, reproduction, ecology and receive credit for BIOL 101 if they 111 or consent of instructor) The principles of classification studied in have taken BIOL 111. second semester of the introductory each group. course designed for biology majors. 101L. General Biology Laboratory I (1) Emphases include organismal biology, 206. Taxonomy of Native and (One 3-hr lab weekly; coreq: BIOL anatomy, development, physiology, Economic Plants (4) 101) Laboratory course that and ecology. (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; supplements and expands on topics prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 112L. Principles of Biology Laboratory with consent of instructor) The presented in BIOL 101. Cannot be II (1) classification and identification of taken separately from BIOL 101 (One 3-hr lab weekly; coreq: BIOL 112) common and economically important except by consent of instructor. A laboratory designed to supplement vascular plants with attention given course content of BIOL 112 with 102. General Biology II (3) to ecological associations of native contemporary research methods in (Prereq: BIOL 101 and 101L; Coreq: plants in South Carolina. The cultural the life sciences. Emphases include BIOL 102L) A continuation of topics and economic impact of herbal and systematics, functional morphology, introduced in BIOL 101. Includes a medicinal plants will be examined. physiology, and ecology. survey of human physiology, ecology, and evolution. 198-199. Summer Readings in the 207. Biogeography (4) Biological Sciences (0.5) (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with 102L. General Biology Laboratory II An individual study of selected consent of instructor) Biogeography (1) biological papers and books to be is the study of distributions of (One 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: BIOL completed before a biology major’s organisms, both past and present. 101 and 101L; coreq: BIOL 102) senior year. It is the science that attempts to Laboratory course that supplements describe the patterns and distribution and expands on topics presented in 201. Invertebrate Zoology (4) of species and larger taxonomic BIOL 102. Cannot be taken separately (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: groups. Lecture and laboratory from BIOL 102 except by consent of BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent experiences will complement each instructor. of instructor) Studies of the principal other in an effort to comprehensively phyla of the invertebrates emphasizing explore the ideas, philosophies, 111. Principles of Biology I (3) their increasing complexity of procedures, and techniques involved (Coreq: BIOL 111L) The first of structure, physiology, ecology and in biogeography. a two-semester sequence designed evolutionary relationships. for students wishing to major in 208. Parasitology (4) biology. Emphases include scientific 202. Vertebrate Zoology (4) (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with methodology, biochemistry, cell (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: consent of instructor) This course structure and function, genetics, and BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent provides an in-depth study of parasitic evolution. of instructor) Lectures deal with the organisms during both lecture and 111L. Principles of Biology taxonomy, morphology, ecology, and lab. Lecture topics will focus on Laboratory I (1) evolution of principal vertebrate parasite/host interactions, disease (One 3-hr lab weekly; coreq: BIOL groups. Lab treats ecology, taxonomy, physiology, and current treatments. 111) A laboratory designed to population biology, identification, Lab exercises will introduce students to supplement course content of BIOL and morphology with emphasis on parasite morphology and histological 111 and provide experience in local forms. (Alternate years) examination of infected tissue. contemporary research methods in the life sciences. Emphases include 209. Cell Biology (4) 53 (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with nonmajors. (Alternate years) single cell and the forces that drive consent of instructor; CHEM 102) A such specialization. Lectures center study of the structure and function of 216. Introduction to Marine Biology on development at the cellular level. the eucharistic cell that includes a review and Oceanography (4) The laboratory is primarily concerned of the biological macromolecules (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with with experimental embryology of and chemical processes of the cell. consent of instructor) A study of selected invertebrates and lower The structure and functions of cell the biological, geological, chemical, vertebrates. membranes, cellular organelles, and and physical aspects of the oceans. the cytoskeleton and the processes of Topics studied involve history of 306. Microbiology (4) protein synthesis and sorting, enzyme oceanography, geology of oceans and (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; catalysis, cell movement, the cell ocean basins, chemical and physical prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with cycle, and intracellular signaling are aspects, waves and tide, ocean currents consent of instructor; CHEM 102) included. Lab exercises will include and coastal oceanography, major A study of microorganisms with light and electron microscopy, marine phyla, marine algae, and emphasis on bacteria. Topics include cell fractionation, and cell tissue marine ecology. characteristics of prokaryotes, viruses, culture. immunology, disease, genetics, 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. metabolism, growth, and applied and 212. Evolution (4) environmental microbiology. The (3 hrs lecture weekly, 3 hours lab 302. Comparative Anatomy (4) (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; laboratory emphasizes development weekly; prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with of sterile techniques and provides 102 with consent of instructor) consent of instructor) A comparative students both basic and applied The history and development of study of vertebrate morphology. exercises. evolutionary theory from Darwinism Gross and microscopic anatomy of in the 19th century to the Modern 307. Biochemistry I (3) organ systems will be examined on Synthesis of the 1950’s to the most (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with representatives of the major classes recent concepts and innovations. consent of instructor; CHEM 221 of vertebrates. (Alternate years) Includes references to the influence of and 221L; CHEM 222 is strongly evolutionary thought on 20th century 303. Human Anatomy and Embryology recommended; crosslisted with ideas in science and humanities. (4) CHEM 307) An introductory course (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: in biochemistry. Starting with an 215. Environmental Science (3) BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent overview of the cell, the structure and (Prereq: BIOL 102, BIOL 112, CHEM of instructor; open to juniors or function of amino acids, proteins, 102, or PHYS 122) Designed to show seniors only) The student will gain lipids, membranes, and carbohydrates the student’s relationship to and proficiency in anatomical dissections are covered. The remainder of the dependence on the environment (cat) This course concerns the course involves a detailed discussion and to create an awareness of functional morphology of the various of the bioenergetics and metabolism environmental problems. Areas of organs within the human body and of carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids, study include concepts of ecology, integrates these organ functions into and steroids. Included is a limited population, resources, pollution, systems that serve the needs of the discussion on diseases caused by problems of world hunger, and ethics. human body for growth, maintenance inborn errors of metabolism. (Alternate years) and repair, and reproduction. There will be extensive use of CD-ROM 307L. Biochemistry I Lab (1) 215L. Environmental Science Lab (1) programs for anatomical simulation. (One 3-hr lab weekly; prereq/coreq: (Prereq: BIOL 102, BIOL 112, CHEM (Alternate years) BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent 102, or PHYS 122) A laboratory of instructor; BIOL/CHEM 307; experience that correlates with topics 304. Developmental Biology (4) CHEM 221 and 221L; CHEM 222 is covered in BIOL 215 lecture and (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: strongly recommended; crosslisted is designed to show the student’s BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent with CHEM 307L) Experiments in relationship to and dependence on of instructor; cell biology or genetics amino acid and protein analysis, the environment. Experimentation, is recommended) Suggested for protein purification, membrane field monitoring, field trips to selected junior and senior biology majors. The lipid analysis, carbohydrates and sites, videos, and lectures will bring integrated fields of cytology, genetics, cellular metabolism. Also included the student first-hand knowledge and biochemistry, and anatomy culminate are the techniques of electrophoresis, awareness of environmental problems in the study of development. Students chromatography, spectrometry, and and solutions. This lab is a supplement will examine how complex living cell fractionation. to BIOL 215 and is required of a major systems result from an undifferentiated taking BIOL 215 but optional for 308-308L. Biochemistry II (4) 54 (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly; biochemistry, development, and variation, morphologic parameters e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with environmental physiology. The and their uses, species recognition and consent of instructor; CHEM 221 laboratory portion includes studies evolution, microfossils, evolutionary and 221L; crosslisted with CHEM of transpiration, plant mineral patterns, and biostratigraphy as well 308-308L) The function of enzymes, requirements, plant development, as a survey of the major groups of enzyme catalysis, and enzyme kinetics. tissue culture, photosynthesis, and fossil organisms. Biosynthesis of nucleotides; DNA enzyme activity. structure; the processes of replication, 334. Genetics (4) transcription and translation; DNA 314. Ecology (4) (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; biotechnology; control of gene (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with expression in prokaryotes and prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 consent of instructor; CHEM 102) A eukaryotes; viruses; and oncongenes. with consent of instructor) A study survey of mechanisms and theories of Laboratory exercises will include of the interrelationships of plants heredity and variation with examples enzyme catalysis and kinetics and and animals in their physical and from a group of plants and animals, the techniques of recombinant DNA. biological environments. Structure including humans. The nature of the (Alternate years) and dynamics of the major ecosystems, gene and its expressions are stressed with emphasis on individual behavior, in study of principles of Mendelian 310. Histology (4) populations and communities. Lab inheritance, linkage, mutation, (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; and field work includes studies development, molecular genetics, prereq: BIOL101-102) Emphasis in of natural and polluted systems. behavior, and population genetics. both lecture and lab on structure (Alternate years) Lab work includes techniques and of the various cell types and their analysis of studies in experimental 318. Immunology (4) relationship in formation of tissues crosses, cytogenetics, and molecular (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with and organs of the vertebrate body. genetics, including protein and DNA consent of instructor) Suggested for Some function included as it relates electrophoresis. to and complements structure. junior and senior biology majors. A (Alternate years) study of the principles of immunology. 335. Human Genetics (3) Lecture topics include organs, (Prereq: BIOL 334 or consent of the 311. Physiology (4) cells, and pathways of the immune instructor) The course is designed to (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; response, antigens, antibodies, introduce students who are interested prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with immune specificity, humoral and in future healthcare professions to the consent of instructor; CHEM 102; cellular immunity, development, specific effects of genetic variation one year of organic chemistry and activation and regulation of the on human biology primarily in one year of physics are strongly immune response, and immune settings where clinical problems recommended) A study of the basic disorders. Laboratory exercises include arise due to mutation. Basic genetics functional phenomena of living identification of the components is prerequisite to this course. It is organisms from unicellular through of the immune system, antibody/ the intent of the course to increase multicellular animals emphasizing antigen interactions, immunoassays, both personal and professional the comparative approach. The and mitogenic responses. (Alternate awareness of the role and impact of laboratory portion includes studies years) genetics in healthcare. The course of the following: osmotic phenomena, will review basic genetic principles; 320. Paleontology (4) ionic effects, small animal metabolism, present the molecular aspects of (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with hormones, circulation, respiration, genetic mutations; discuss classic consent of instructor) This course and muscle physiology. and non-traditional inheritance; the provides an in-depth introduction significance of family history and to the principles of paleontology. 312. Plant Physiology (4) pedigree analysis; genetic testing; Lecture topics include models in (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; and the ethical, legal, and social paleontology, taphonomy, systematics prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 implications of the science. Emphasis and classification, morphology, with consent of instructor; CHEM is on what, why, and how to use paleoecology, evolution and extinction, 102; one year of organic chemistry genetic information in the healthcare paleobiogeography, biostratigraphy, is recommended) This course is professions. designed as an introduction into milestone in the history of life, diversity how plant cells function from seed of Phanerozoic Life, and use of index 398. Honors Research (3-6) See page germination to vegetative growth, fossils in rock correlation. Laboratory 24. maturation, and flowering. Topics exercises include fossil preservation, 399. Scientific Writing & Presentation (2) include: water relationships, plant diversity of ancient life, ontogenetic 55 (Required of all junior majors) A major with GPA of 2.5 or better Marine Studies course designed to familiarize the with permission) Independent In today’s competitive world, student with the library resources and research in one of several areas students seek education not only for techniques for conducting a literature utilizing different approaches—a self-enrichment, but also for career search of a scientific topic. Students lab study on-campus or off-campus enhancement. Marine studies can will receive instruction on the style studies at a biological field station fulfill both needs. The Department and mechanics of writing a scientific or marine science lab. Students may of Biology offers courses in marine review article and presenting a short take three-six hours during one science, invertebrate zoology, seminar. or two semesters. Research hours vertebrate zoology and ecology. These cannot be terminal hours for the courses allow the students to have 401. Senior Seminar (2) major. hands-on experiences during field trips (Required of all senior majors; prereq: to the coasts of South Carolina, North BIOL 399or consent of instructor) 450. Seminar. See page 24. Carolina, and the Florida Keys. The Each student gains an in-depth Department of Biology offers marine knowledge of a selected current 452. Special Projects (1-6). See page biology experiences in such diverse topic in biology by conducting an 24. habitats as the Virgin Islands, Puerto exhaustive search of the literature, (Open to students with at least 28 hours Rico, and the Galapagos Islands giving an oral presentation of the credit with 2.25 GPA with permission located 600 miles off the West Coast results of this research, and preparing of department and dean) Special of South America. a written paper in acceptable scientific course projects on demand to include The Department of Biology also form. Instructions in each phase of predominantly off-campus offerings has affiliations with the Gulf Coast study or presentation are given by that will necessitate students being away from campus part of time — may be Research Laboratory at Ocean Springs, the biology faculty. Majors will take graded on regular basis. Mississippi; Duke University Marine the Graduate Record Advanced test in Lab in Beaufort, North Carolina; biology as part of this course. 458. Special Topics (1-6). See page and the Bermuda Institute of Ocean 24. Sciences. Students may enroll in any 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. May include field studies during of the 33 marine courses offered at the May term to give students an these labs for full academic credit at opportunity to study plants and Presbyterian College. During summer 444. Internships. See page 24. animals in a variety of different sessions, students have opportunities All internships in biology are graded habitats: overseas and local field to conduct independent studies, pass/fail and up to 3 hours may count studies; terrestrial and marine engage in research, or undertake toward the major. environmental study on islands special projects at these facilities. such as Puerto Rico, the Virgin Presbyterian College also offers a 446. Readings. See page 24. Islands, the Galapagos of Ecuador, minor in Marine Studies. Courses etc.; fish and wildlife refuges in the taken at these marine stations, as eastern U. S.; or paleobiological 448. Research in Biology (1 to 6) See well as courses offered at several page 24. and ecological studies of the Great international marine laboratories, (Open to junior or senior biology Plains and the desert Southwest. can be applied towards that minor.

56 Chemistry e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor A. Craig Powell, Chair Professor Edward M. Gouge Associate Professor Latha A. Gearheart Associate Professor Walter R. Ott Visiting Assistant Professor Erin B. Crane

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Chemistry Major in Chemistry: Students majoring in chemistry are required to take the following courses.

Chemistry 101-101L, 102-102L, 202L, 221-221L, 222-222L, 311, 312, 380, 398 or 448, 401-401L, 402-402L, 444, 450, and one of the following courses: CHEM 307, 322, 332, 342, or 345; MATH 201, 202, and 301; PHYS 121-121 and 122-122L.

A minor in chemistry consists of 20 hours in chemistry including CHEM 101, 101L, 102, 102L, 202L, 221, 221L, 222, and 222L are required for the minor. The additional 3 semester hours must be selected from CHEM 307, 308, 311, 322, 332, 342,345, or 401.

Chemistry (CHEM)

100. Chemistry: A Human Experience (4) 101L. General Chemistry Laboratory (1) 202L. Qualitative Analysis (1) (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly) (3 hrs lab weekly; prereq/coreq: (One 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: CHEM Using common experience and CHEM 101) The laboratory work 102 and 102L) A lab designed to issues of contemporary human develops the student’s lab technique, emphasize concepts of traditional life (air, water, energy sources, powers of observation, and ability to wet chemical qualitative analyses. A plastics, polymers, and nutrition) draw conclusions as it adds insight to thorough grounding in the separation as points of departure, this the topics introduced in Chemistry and identification of inorganic ions, course will develop fundamental 101. both cations and anions, will be chemical principles and relate those presented. Equilibria concepts will be principles to personal, social, and 102. General Chemistry (3) emphasized throughout the course. environmental concerns. Features of (3 hrs lecture weekly; prereq: CHEM this course are: liberal use of in-class 101 and 101L; prereq/coreq: CHEM 221. Organic Chemistry (3) demonstrations, development of a set 102L) Continuation of the study of (3 hrs lecture weekly; prereq: CHEM of demonstrations that could be used general chemistry with introduction 102 and 102L; coreq: CHEM 221L) A in a classroom, class discussion based of kinetics, equilibria phenomenon, study of carbon-based molecules with in part on assigned media searches, and organic chemistry. an emphasis placed on their structure, and minimization of mathematics stereochemistry, reactions, reaction and theory. 102L. General Chemistry Laboratory mechanisms, and spectroscopy. (1) Coverage of functional groups 101. General Chemistry (3) (One 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: includes alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, (3 hrs lecture weekly; prereq/ CHEM 101 and 101L; prereq/ alkyl halides, and alcohols. Also coreq: CHEM 101L) Designed to coreq: CHEM 102) Once-a-week introduced is multi-step synthesis give a thorough grounding in the lab designed to emphasize concepts involving these functional groups. fundamental principles and theories from CHEM 102 as well as continue The foundation of structure and of chemistry. While stress is laid upon the development initiated in CHEM reactivity prepares students for the class behavior of the elements, 101L. The laboratory work consists understanding other related fields descriptive chemistry and historical of quantitative and qualitative studies such as biochemistry. perspective are not neglected. of equilibria. 57 221L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) of the bioenergetics and metabolism molecular spectroscopy (absorption, (one 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: CHEM of carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids, fluorescence, phosphorescence, 102 and 102L; coreq: CHEM 221) and steroids. Included is a limited raman), electrochemistry Students are introduced to the common discussion on diseases caused by (potentiometry, coulometry, organic laboratory techniques used in inborn errors of metabolism. voltammetry), chromatography setting up, running, and working up (gas, liquid, electrophoresis) and reactions. Also covered are techniques 307L. Biochemistry I Lab (1) mass spectrometry. involving the isolation, purification, (One 3-hr lab weekly; prereq/coreq: and analysis of organic molecules. BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent 322. Inorganic Chemistry (3) Some labs are designed to teach of instructor; BIOL/CHEM 307, (3 hrs lecture weekly; prereq: CHEM techniques while others are used to CHEM 221 and 221L; CHEM 222 is 222 and 222L) A survey of inorganic illustrate material covered. strongly recommended; crosslisted chemistry that includes a study of the with BIOL 307L) Experiments in electronic structure of atoms and the 222. Organic Chemistry (3) amino acid and protein analysis, resultant periodicity of the elements; (3 hr lecture weekly; prereq: CHEM 221 protein purification, membrane an introduction to coordination and 221L) A continuation of CHEM lipid analysis, carbohydrates and chemistry and ligand field theory; and 221 in which aromatic, conjugated, cellular metabolism. Also included a review of the descriptive chemistry carbonyl, and amine functional are the techniques of electrophoresis, of selected main group and first groups are studied in terms of their chromatography, spectrometry, and transition series elements. (Alternate structure, stereochemistry, reactions, cell fractionation. years) and reaction mechanisms. Multi-step synthesis involving reactions covered 308-308L. Biochemistry II (4) 322L. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry in CHEM 221 and 222 reinforces (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly; Laboratory (1) material from CHEM 221. Time prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with (3 hrs lab weekly; prereq/coreq: permitting, biological molecules such consent of instructor; CHEM 221 CHEM 322; offered simultaneously as carbohydrates, nucleic acids, amino and 221L; crosslisted with BIOL with CHEM 322) The laboratory work acids, peptides, proteins, and lipids 308-308L) The function of enzymes, will consist of inorganic synthetic techniques, methods of purification, are discussed. enzyme catalysis, and enzyme kinetics. Biosynthesis of nucleotides; DNA and methods of characterization of 222L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) structure; the processes of replication, inorganic compounds. (one 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: CHEM transcription and translation; DNA 221 and 221L; prereq/coreq: CHEM biotechnology; control of gene 332. Advanced Organic Chemistry (5) 222) A continuation of CHEM 221L expression in prokaryotes and (3 hrs lecture, two 3-hr labs weekly; where students practice their organic eukaryotes; viruses; and oncongenes. prereq: CHEM 222 and 222L) A laboratory techniques on reactions Laboratory exercises will include course in the identification of organic that illustrate material covered in enzyme catalysis and kinetics and the molecules by use of both chemical and the lecture portion of the course. techniques of recombinant DNA. physical methods. 11 pt Lab concludes with students using 342. Spectroscopy (4) techniques covered in CHEM 221L 311. Quantitative Analysis (4) (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly; and 222L in identifying an unknown (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: CHEM 222 and 222L; compound. prereq/coreq: CHEM 202L; MATH 201) An introduction to the theory prereq/coreq: PHYS 122 or 215) The application of spectroscopic 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. and methods of quantitative analysis. Designed to fit the needs of chemistry techniques is the main focus of this 307. Biochemistry I (3) majors, pre-medical students, and course, along with the corresponding (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with biology majors. Although volumetric theoretical background. Course consent of instructor, CHEM 221 methods are emphasized, gravimetric coverage includes methodologies such and 221L; CHEM 222 is strongly and instrumental methods also are as infrared spectroscopy (IR), nuclear recommended; crosslisted with utilized. magnetic resonance spectroscopy BIOL 307) An introductory course (NMR), and mass spectrometry in biochemistry. Starting with an 312. Instrumental Analysis (4) (MS) and how they may be employed overview of the cell, the structure and (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly; as powerful tools in structural function of amino acids, proteins, prereq: CHEM 311; prereq/coreq: determination. The laboratory work lipids, membranes, and carbohydrates PHYS 122 or 215) An introduction will involve the student using these are covered. The remainder of the to instrumental analysis. Topics instruments to elucidate chemical course involves a detailed discussion taken up in class and in lab structures. (Alternate years) normally include atomic and 58 345. Forensic Science (3) 442. Directed Studies (1 to 3). See e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (Prereq: CHEM 222, 222L) An page 24. exploration of forensic techniques Open to juniors and seniors by that would be encountered in a typical special permission. Designed to crime lab: evidence collection, trace allow the student an opportunity analysis (glass, soil, fiber, hair, etc.), for individual study of topics of latent fingerprints, ballistics, arson, special interest. This may range drug testing, blood typing, and DNA from off-campus projects to self- fingerprinting. 11 pt paced study of advanced topics related to the student’s specific 380. Introduction to Research (1) goals. (Prereq: CHEM 102 and 102L) Each student will learn the process of 444. Internships. See page 24. performing searches in the chemical literature. Projects ranging in difficulty 446. Readings. S See page 24. from straightforward to complex will 448. Research (3-6). See page 24. be assigned, culminating in a research proposal for research to be carried out Considerable latitude allowed in during the junior/senior years. choice of subject matter and type of approach. Ordinarily restricted 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 22. to students of unusual promise who wish to undertake suitable research 401. Physical Chemistry (3) problems under staff guidance. Use (Prereq: CHEM 102 and 102L; of library as well as lab required. MATH 202; PHYS 122 or 215) A study of theoretical chemistry, 450. Seminar. See page 24. designed to teach the understanding 452. Special Projects. See page 24. and use of laws of chemistry and physics. Emphasis is placed on 458. Special Topics. See page 24. thermodynamics.

401L. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1) (Prereq: CHEM 102 and 102L; MATH 202; PHYS 122 or 215; coreq: CHEM 401) Selected experiments investigating thermodynamic, statistical mechanical, and kinetic properties of chemical systems. Emphasis is placed on laboratory problem solving in the lab.

402. Physical Chemistry (3) (3 hrs lecture, one 3-hr lab weekly; prereq: CHEM 401; MATH 302) coreq: CHEM 402L Topics include: electrochemistry, chemical equilibria, kinetics, and atomic theory.

402L. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1) (3-hr lab weekly; prereq: CHEM 401 and 401L; MATH 302; coreq: CHEM 402) A theoretical and experimental investigation into the structures of atoms, molecules, and nanoparticles. Special emphasis is placed on molecular spectroscopy. 59 Chinese Studies Associate Professor Roy Campbell, Director Associate Professor Karen S. Kingsbury Assistant Professor David Liu

Requirements for the Minor in Chinese Students who minor in Chinese Studies must complete 18 hours, including CHIN 201, plus 15 hours from the following: CHIN 202; HIST 398, 390, 392; ENGL 343; PLSC352; Introduction to Chinese Studies; and any other appropriate courses approved by the chair of Interdisciplinary Studies Department. No more than two courses from one department may count towards the minor.

CHIN 201-202. Intermediate Chinese HIST 390. Modern China PLSC 332. Politics of Modern (3 each sem ) and East Asia (3) China and Asia (3) A continuation of the study of the Survey of historical developments and With China’s phenomenal economic development since 1978, the impact of Chinese language. politics of China in the 19th and 20th China’s emergence in increasingly felt centuries, particularly in the period around the world. Along with China’s ENGL 343. Modern Chinese Literature since 1949. Briefer treatment of recent rise, Japan remains an economic giant and Film (3) histories and contemporary politics and India is rapidly catching up as a This course surveys the major of Japan and Korea. serious contender for regional economic developments in 20th century Chinese and political supremacy. The first half literature and film, starting in the HIST 392. Family and Gender of this course introduces students to Republican era, then moving through in Chinese History (3) China’s culture, history, politics, economy, This course explores the familial and and foreign relations, and discusses the the Maoist years to the cultural challenges and opportunities brought by resurgence that has followed. Primary gender roles that have dominated China’s rise for the United States. The focus is on social landscapes, the Chinese society since traditional times. second half of the course compares the cultural imaginary, and the depiction Consideration will be given to the politics of China, Japan, and India, and of ordinary people’s lives. (Alternate historical influence of Confucianism, discusses the implications of their regional years) and primary emphasis will be placed rivalry. (Alternate years) on the 20th century intellectuals HIST 389. Traditional China (3) who have sought to reform these Survey of ancient and traditional traditionally conservative elements China up to the impact of the of Chinese society. West in the 19th century. After a brief coverage of pre-historic and ancient developments, particular emphasis will be given to the classical philosophies, the imperial and bureaucratic state, and to the dynastic cycles.

60 Digital animation arts e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Associate Professor Ralph Paquin Associate Professor Page Meeker

Requirements for the Minor in Digital Animation Arts Students interested in a minor in digital animation arts must complete a major in art or computer science. The minor requires courses in art as well as computer science. The art student’s focus will be on the computer science courses re- quired for the minor. Computer science majors will focus on the required art courses to complete the minor.

Art Majors: In addition to the courses required for the major, art majors must take a total of 15 hours as follows: CSC 241, 242, 307, and 308 for the minor in digital animation arts. In addition, the senior project for art majors (ART 491 and 492) must have significant emphasis on animation.

CSC 241-242. Program Design I and II programs up to an intermediate level term-long team project in which (4 each sem) of complexity. Students must receive student teams will develop their own Principles of program design a grade of “C-“ or better in CSC 241 3D models that are then used in a and implementation using a in order to advance to 242. short animation. modern programming language. Fundamentals of procedural CSC 307. 3D Modeling and CSC 308. Graphics Programming and programming, including basic data Animation (4) Animation (3) types, control structures, console (Prereq: CSC 201 or 241; crosslisted (Prereq: CSC 241; crosslisted with and file input/output, subprograms, with ART 307) This course explores ART 308) This course introduces the vectors and/or arrays, recursion, concepts and methodologies for student to programming that draws and pointers. Introduction to creating and exploring 3D graphics 2D or 3D images on the screen. In object-oriented programming, and animation. This class will particular, we will study graphics including objects, classes, member introduce fundamental 3D theories packages that enable interactive data, and member functions. and principles of computer modeling drawing and animation in 2D and Introduction to graphical user- and animation. The class will also 3D spaces. (Alternate years) interface programming. Students explore the history, development, must develop and demonstrate and theories behind modeling and proficiency in writing and debugging animation. Essential concepts will be made concrete through a major

Computer Science Majors: In addition to the courses required for the major, computer science majors must take a total of 24 hours as follows: ART 110, 111, 120, 121, 122, 123, 251, 310, 311; ART 220-221, 230-231, 240-241, or 255; and ART/CSC 307 and 308. In addi- tion, computer science majors must complete a six-hour animation capstone project as well as the software development (CSC 425-426) capstone course.

Students pursuing the minor in digital animation arts are expected to participate in the Senior Show presented each year by the Art Department.

ART 122. 3-D Design (3) 240. Sculpture (2) 110. Basic Drawing (2) 123. 3-D Design Studio (1) 241. Sculpture Studio (1) 111. Basic Drawing Studio (1) 220. Graphic Design (2) 251. Art History Survey I (3) 120. Basic 2-D Design (2) 221. Graphic Design Studio (1) 255. Art History Survey II (3) 121. Basic 2-D Design Studio (1) 230. Painting I (2) 307. 3D Modeling/Animation (4) 231. Painting I Studio (1) 308. Graphics Prog./Animation (3)

61 Economics and Business Administration Professor Suzanne J. Smith, Chair Professor Sam L. Howell Professor Jody W. Lipford Professor Jerry K. Slice Professor Foard H. Tarbert, Jr. Associate Professor Norman M. Scarborough Visiting Assistant Professor, Bruce K. Cole

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Business Administration Students who major in Business Administration with Accounting Concentration must complete a total of 54 hours is required for the concentration in accounting as follows. Courses include ACCT 203, 311, 312, 313, 328; ECON 201*, 202*; BADM 299, 301, 307, 315, 332, 351, 352; STAT 319*; three hours from one of the following: ECON 318, 326 or BADM 308; and two electives chosen from: ACCT 335, 336, 338, 340, and 342. *“D” rule does not apply.

Students who major in Business Administration with Management Concentration must complete a total of 51 hours required for the concentration. Courses include ACCT 203, 204, or ACCT 328; ECON 201*, 202*. BADM 299, 301, 307, 315, 332, 351, 352; STAT 319*; and one elective from BADM 308 or ECON 318 or 326; and four electives chosen from any course offerings above the 200 level with business administration or economics prefixes or ACCT 340. *“D” rule does not apply.

Students who major in Business Administration with Economics Concentration must complete a total of 51 hours required for the concentration. Courses include ACCT 203, 204; ECON 201*, 202*; BADM 299, 301, 307, 315, 332, 351, 352; ECON 310 and 330; either ECON 318 or 326; STAT 319*; plus two additional economics course. *“D” rule does not apply.

Students who minor in Business Administration must complete eighteen hours are required for the minor in business administration. Courses include ACCT 203, ECON 201 and 202, and three business administration courses above the 200 level.

Students who minor in Accounting must complete eighteen hours required for the minor in accounting. Courses include ACCT 203, 311, 312, 328, and two electives chosen from ACCT 313, 335, 336, 338, and 340.

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Economics Students majoring in economics must complete a total of 36 hours of required coursework including ACCT 203, ECON 201, ECON 202, ECON 310, ECON 330, ECON 440, BADM 299, STAT 319, MATH 201 or 211, and any four courses with an ECON prefix above the 200 level or BADM 332 or BADM 351.

Students who minor in economics must complete 18 hours: ECON 201, 202, 310, and 330 plus two additional economics courses.

62 Accounting (ACCT) well as current developments. 340. Federal Income Taxation (3) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (Prereq: ACCT 203 or consent of 203. Principles of Financial Accounting 328. Cost Accounting (3) instructor) Primary attention is given (3) (Prereq: ACCT 203) A study of to the nature and purpose of taxes This course provides an introduction the application of cost analysis to with specific emphasis on the federal to accounting as a device for reporting manufacturing and distribution income tax as it applies to individuals business activities. The underlying problems, including analysis of the and their business activities. principles of accounting for assets, behavioral characteristics of business debt, and owners’ equity are studied costs and a study of principles involved 342. Accounting Information Systems in addition to the preparation in standard cost systems. (3) and interpretation of financial (Prereq: ACCT 311 or consent of statements. 335. Advanced Accounting (3) instructor) This course provides a (Prereq: ACCT 313 or consent of comprehensive study of accounting 204. Principles of Managerial instructor) This course is designed to system basics. Experiential learning Accounting (3) study the application of accounting in computer-based accounting is a (Prereq: ACCT 203 or consent of theory and principles to specialized significant component of the course. instructor; this course should not accounting areas including In addition, this course introduces be taken by students planning to partnerships, equity investments current trends in e-commerce, concentrate in accounting.) This and business combinations, and artificial intelligence, and other course studies the utilization of consolidated financial statements. developments that have a significant accounting information in business In addition, some aspects of effect on the design of accounting management decisions. The topics multinational accounting are systems. covered include cost control and introduced, including accounting reporting, inventory costs and pricing, for foreign currency transactions and 389. Honors Research. See page 24. cost-volume-profit analysis and the translation of foreign currency 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. budgeting. financial statements. The course includes an integrating project 444. Internships. See page 24. 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. that requires the student to utilize accounting knowledge gained from 446. Readings. See page 24. 311. Intermediate Accounting I (3) the major program. (Prereq: ACCT 203) This course 448. Research. See page 24. provides the introduction to the theory 336. Auditing (3) and practice related to the accounting (Prereq: ACCT 311) This course 450. Seminar. See page 24. function and its application to for- studies the principles and practice of 452. Special Projects. See page 24. profit enterprises. Specific emphasis internal and independent auditing, is placed on underlying accounting the criteria for the establishment and 458. Special Topics. See page 24. concepts, the analysis of accounting testing of internal controls, the testing problems and the application of of account balances, application of accounting principles for assets. statistical sampling, and accounting Business Administration information systems. 312. Intermediate Accounting II (3) (BADM) (Prereq: ACCT 311 or consent of the 338. Governmental and Not-for-Profit 299. Computer Applications for instructor) This course continues Accounting (3) Business (2) the in-depth study of financial (Prereq: ACCT 203) The theory and A study of current information accounting concepts and their the practice related to the accounting technology and its application application to liabilities, income tax function in governmental entities are to managerial decision-making. allocation, investments, and revenue covered extensively in this course. The Students gain a working knowledge recognition. emphasis is placed on state and local of basic spreadsheet skills, financial governmental entities. In addition, and statistical analysis, graphical 313. Intermediate Accounting III (3) the theory and practice related to tools, database management, report (Prereq: ACCT 311) This course the accounting function in not- generation, and macro creation. This continues the in-depth study of for-profit entities is also presented. course relies on Excel for Windows to financial accounting practice and These entities include colleges and give students hands-on experience theory to include accounting changes universities, hospitals, churches, with computerized information and error analysis, equity financing, and voluntary health and welfare systems in integrating material from pension liabilities, leases, and analyses organizations. other business courses. of complete financial statements as 63 301. Business Law (3) judgment. We will focus on classic and experiential exercises are used to (Junior standing or consent of and contemporary cases in the ethics involve students in resolving realistic instructor) Designed to give students of business. human resources problems. a comprehensive knowledge of the principles of law pertaining to 322. Industrial/Organizational 344. Principles of Real Estate (3) routine business transactions. Topics Psychology (3) (Prereq: junior status or consent of include sources of contracts, sales, (Crosslisted with PSYC 322) The instructor) This course is designed the Uniform Commercial Code application of psychology to workplace as an introduction to the field of real (UCC), title risk of loss, and product settings, including not only business estate and deals with the following liability. and industry, but also non-profit topical areas: the economic, social, organizations such as hospitals, and legal setting of real estate; 307. Marketing (3) government, and social agencies. Topics brokerage and real estate title transfer; (Prereq: sophomore status) A general include employment recruitment value, price and investment; real estate survey of marketing: consumer and selection, organizational ownership and administration; and behavior, functions, channels, communication, motivation of real estate horizons. and institutions. Special emphasis workers, and performance evaluation. on the integration of marketing Topics are of special relevance to 351. Operations Management (3) fundamentals with decision-making students who at some point in their (Prereq: BADM 299 and STAT 319) through the use of case studies. careers expect to be in managerial An examination of analytical tools or administrative positions within designed to improve quality and 308. International Marketing (3) an organization, be it a business or productivity in manufacturing and (Prereq: BADM 307 or consent of non-profit organization. service operations. Topics include instructor) This course is designed forecasting, inventory management, to give students experience in 325. Managerial Communication (3) scheduling, linear programming, and analyzing the marketing environment (Prereq: C or better in English 110 queuing theory. and applying marketing concepts or 111) A case-based class in which in a foreign context to develop students analyze business problems 352. Strategic Management (3) understanding of both the theoretical and propose persuasive solutions. (Prereq: senior EBA major) A and practical benefits of international Students share leadership in a capstone course entailing study of business. seminar-style class as they strengthen the formulation and implementation writing and speaking skills through of strategies in a wide range of 309. Consumer Behavior (3) peer-evaluated memos, letters, businesses. Emphasis on analyzing (Prereq: BADM 307) Concepts, and reports. The course requires and integrating the functional areas methods, and models used in weekly writing assignments. Limited of business administration. The case understanding, explaining, and enrollment. study method and a term project predicting consumer motivation and offer student the opportunity to apply behavior. Implications for influencing 332. Managerial Finance (3) strategic concepts to “real-world” decisions are highlighted. (Prereq: ACCT 203) Designed to allow situations. the student to apply basic concepts 315. Management and Organizational 353. Small Business Management (3) Behavior (3) of finance to the solution of business problems, especially as they pertain (Prereq: ACCT 203 and ECON An overview of general principles 201) A practical course designed to of management with emphasis to financial decision making; analysis of the financial condition of business enhance the student’s ability to apply on planning, organizing, leading, fundamental managerial techniques and controlling. Topics include firms as a means of recognizing current and long-term financial to the operation of the small business. the evolution of management The focus is on developing strengths thought through current trends in needs; selection of the most feasible actions necessary to secure best and capabilities that are unique management practice. Behavioral to small companies striving for concepts are applied in motivation, possible financing and most profitable allocation of resources. success. Topics include strategic leadership, group dynamics, and management, entrepreneurship, communication. 334. Human Resource Management (3) forms of ownership, franchising, cash flow management, sources of 316. Business Ethics (3) Analysis of current issues and practices funding, business plan development, (Crosslisted with PHIL 316) A in human resource management. and others. Students create a business study of ethical issues in business The course studies the staffing, plan as part of the course. with the aim of strengthening our training, development, motivation, moral discernment and practical and maintenance of employees. Cases 64 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page and environmental resources. Topics and applications. e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P 22. include benefit-costing analysis, intergenerational equity, externalities, 330. Intermediate Macroeconomic 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. public goods, property rights, Theory (3) (Prereq: ECON 201, 202) An advanced 444. Internships. See page 24. valuation of environmental goods, and policy implications. treatment of macroeconomic 446. Readings. See page 24. analysis. 310. Intermediate Microeconomic 448. Research. See page 24. Theory (3) 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page (Prereq: ECON 201, 202) An advanced 22. 450. Seminar. See page 24. 440. Research in Economics, Senior treatment of microeconomics Capstone See page 24. 452. Special Projects. See page 24. analysis. The economic major capstone will 317. Investment Analysis (3) 458. Special Topics. See page 24. provide a culminating experience (Prereq: junior status or consent for economics majors. The course of instructor) Designed to develop will have three main objectives: to in general an understanding of the Economics (ECON) challenge students to understand and investment process and in particular interpret contemporary economic the criteria for investment decision. 201. Principles of Macroeconomics (3) events in the light of the theories they Equity and bond markets are analyzed. The study of basic concepts, national have learned in the prior courses, to Students study problems typical of income determination, and the effects critique current reading in economic those faced by security analysts and of monetary and fiscal policies. literature, and to conduct a research investors. project under a faculty supervision. 202. Principles of Microeconomics (3) The study of microeconomic concepts, 318. International Trade (3) 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. price theory, individual and firm (Prereq: ECON 201, 202) A study of choice, market structures, and the the significance of international trade, 444. Internships. See page 24. distribution of income. its mechanism and its regulation by tariffs, quotas, and governmental 446. Readings. See page 24. 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. monopolies. The international 448. Research. See page 24. economic position of the United 300. Capitalism: Its Foundations and Functions (3) States is discussed and evaluated. 450. Seminar. See page 24. This course will provide students with 326. Comparative Economic Systems 452. Special Projects. See page 24. a thorough understanding of a market (3) capitalist economy by exploring its (Prereq: ECON 201 and 202) A 458. Special Topics. See page 24. moral foundations and functions. comparative analytical and historical Students will read analyze, and discuss study of the principal economic Ayn Rand’s Atlas Shrugged as well as systems important in the modern Statistics (STAT) selected articles. world. Emphasis is placed on the basic 319. Introductory Statistics (4) principals of capitalism and socialism; 304. Money and Banking (3) (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; required the variants of capitalism practiced in (Prereq: ECON 201, 202) A study of of all business administration majors) the United States, Western Europe, the nature and functions of money, the A course dealing with basic statistical and Asia; and the transformation commercial banks, the Federal Reserve concepts and methods: organization process undertaken in Eastern Europe System, and monetary techniques and and presentation of data, probability, and the former Soviet Union. policies. Also considered are other probability distribution, sampling types of banking and certain foreign 327. Economics of Property Rights (3) distributions, simple regression and monetary systems as well as everyday (Prereq: ECON 201 and 202) A study correlation, confidence intervals, and problems of credit, credit instruments, of property rights from philosophical, hypothesis testing. and foreign exchange. historical, and public policy points of view. The course will give special 306. Environmental Economics (3) attention to the implications of (Prereq: ECON 202) This course is a property rights for economic and study of the application of economic other freedoms and for prosperity, concepts to private and public sector making use of contemporary examples decision-making concerning natural 65 Education Associate Professor Debra S. Lee, Chair Associate Professor Anita M. Dutrow Assistant Professor J. Lynn Cresson Assistant Professor Julie Smart

Teacher Education Program Students who plan to pursue a program of studies leading to initial licensure must submit a formal application to the Education Department. Applications should be submitted no later than March 1 of the sophomore year. Students must be admitted to the Education Department to enroll in 300- or 400-level education courses (with the exception of EDMS 341 and EDUC 371). Students who are not admitted to the Teacher Education Program by the end of the sophomore year must submit a request to the department chair to receive permission to take 300- or 400-level education courses. Students not admitted by October 1 of the junior year will be ineligible to enroll in additional 300- or 400-level education courses without the permission of the department chair. Criteria used in determining acceptance into the professional program include: 1. Completed teacher education application, including a successful South Carolina Law Enforcement Division background check as required by the SC Education Department. 2. Completion of 45 semester hours 3. A cumulative 2.5/4.0 GPA (on all PC coursework and all coursework that counts towards graduation) 4. Declared program of study on file the PC Registrar’s Office. 5. Passing scores on all sections of the Praxis I examination, ACT or SAT South Carolina Exemption (scores are to be submitted with the Teacher Education Program application).

The Teacher Education Committee will make the final decision on all admissions to the Teacher Education Program. A letter notifying the candidate of the committee’s decision will be sent by the Education Department. Questions or concerns regarding an applicant’s status may be directed to the Chair of the Education Department.

Once admitted to the Teacher Education Program, candidates are required to complete all required course work and college requirements prior to student teaching. However, in the event there are course-scheduling problems, no more than two courses for a maximum of eight hours may be taken after student teaching is completed, provided the student has met all other graduation requirements. Students are encouraged to check the program requirements and to plan carefully as they develop their plans for obtaining teacher certification. Students should be aware of the off-campus time required during the student teaching experience and must complete all college required CEPs and other college requirements prior to the student teaching semester. Early and frequent consultation with Department of Education faculty is recommended. The Teacher Education Handbook contains additional information and may be obtained from the Education Department.

Education Program Completers The Department of Education will provide recommendation for educator certification to the South Carolina Department of Education upon successful completion of all requirements. A “program completer” is a candidate who has: 1. Completed one of PC’s approved programs of teacher education. 2. Earned an average grade of “C” or higher in clinical practice (student teaching). 3. Earned passing scores on the specialty area examinations as required by the South Carolina Department of Education and requested that the testing agency send official copies of scores earned to the College. 4. Completed all exit requirements. 66 Requirements for the Major in Early Childhood Education e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Students majoring in early childhood education must complete the following courses: ART 280; CHEM 100 or PHYS 203, 205, or 211; EDUC 201, 391, 392, 393; EDEC 303, 305, 306, 311, 312, 313, 408, 409, 410; EDUC 350; GEOG 301 or HIST 337; MUSC 307; PHED 310; PSYC 201, 212, 303; EDUC 371, SOC 364 or SOC 360.

Requirements for the Major in Middle School Education A student who wants to teach at the middle school level will earn a B.S. in Middle School Education with a concentration in two of the following areas: Language Arts, Math, Science, and Social Studies. The following professional courses are required of all students, regardless of area of concentration: EDUC 201, 350, 391, 392, 393, 440; EDMS 340, 341, 342, 410, 411, 412; PSYC 201, 213, 303. Additional professional courses and courses specific for each area of concentration are listed below.

Concentration in Language Arts: Additional Professional Courses: EDMS 400. Teaching-Area Required Courses: ENGL 110, 111, 219, 313, 341; one from ENGL 201, 202, 203, 206, 207, or 209; one from ENGL 210, 323, or ART 300; one from ENGL 322, 324, 334, 338, 341, 343, 345, or 347.

Concentration in Social Studies: Additional Professional Courses: EDMS 401. Teaching-Area Required Courses: GEOG 301 or 302; History 121, 122, 211, 212; PLSC 201 or 202.

Concentration in Math: Additional Professional Courses: EDMS 403. Teaching-Area Required Courses: MATH 201, 202, 208, 210, 221, 309. It is crucial that prospective middle school education majors planning a concentration in math take math 201 and MATH 221 no later than their sophomore year.

Concentration in Science: Additional Professional Courses: EDMS 402 Teaching-Area Required Courses: BIOL 101-101L and 102-102L; one from BIOL 203, 215-215L, or 314; one from BIOL 207, 212, 320, or PHYS 211; one from CHEM 101-101L or 250; one from PHYS 121-121L or 205.

Requirements for Secondary Education Certification in Biology, English, Social Studies, or Mathematics In order to teach in a secondary school setting, a student will major in the teaching area of interest (i.e., biology, English, history*, or mathematics) and will minor in secondary education. Students for all teaching areas should check with the Department of Education to determine specific requirements for their area of interest. *Students who want to be certified to teach social studies in the high-school setting must meet the requirements for the major in history. Student minoring and needing Certification in Secondary Education must complete the following courses in order to complete the program: EDUC 201, 371, 391, 392, 393; EDSD 301, 302, 400, 401, 402, 403; PSYC 213.

Requirements for Certification in Spanish or Music Students interested in teaching music education (instrumental or vocal) for grades K-12 or Spanish education for grades K-12 should check with the Music or Modern Foreign Language Department to determine specific requirements for the selected teaching area.

67 Education (EDUC) Seminars include EEDA, culturally 305. Science Methods and responsive teaching, service learning, Materials for Young Children (3) 102. Teacher Cadet (3) health, safety, and legal issues, This course focuses on the content, This course is a study of the history, assessment, etc. methods, and materials for teaching development, organization, and practices science to young children (Pre-K of preschool, elementary, and secondary 440. Capstone Seminar in Education: through 3rd grade). Teacher education This course is open to high Ethnic Studies for Educators (3) candidates will use early childhood school students only. (Prereq: admission to the Teacher science standards, developmentally 201. Introduction to Education (3) Education Program or consent of appropriate pedagogies, and a variety Extensive treatment of the social, department chair) This course uses of assessment strategies in designing, political, economic, and philosophical a seminar format in which students implementing, and evaluating science influences that have shaped American engage in discussion, conduct original experiences in early childhood education will be covered in this research, and present their findings settings. Classroom management course. in both oral and written reports. The strategies, safety considerations, capstone stresses students’ skills in family and community connections, 202. History of Education (3) analysis and research. and the use of technology will also The evolution of educational theories be addressed. and philosophies with particular 442. Directed Studies (1-3). See page emphasis on their impact upon 24. 306. Social Studies Methods and educational developments in the Limited to junior and senior Materials for Young Children (3) United States. departmental majors and students (Prereq: EDEC 303 and senior status) in teacher certification programs. This course focuses on the content, 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. Designed to allow the student to methods, and materials for teaching pursue a topic of special interest. social studies to young children (Pre-K 350. Literacy Technology and through 3rd grade). Teacher candidates Instruction (3) 444. Internships. See page 24. will use early childhood social This course is designed to assist teacher studies standards, developmentally candidates with the necessary skills 446. Readings. See page 24. appropriate pedagogies, and a variety to develop instructional practices of assessment strategies in designing, that will allow them to incorporate 448. Research. See page 24. implementing, and evaluating technologies successfully into their 450. Seminar. See page 24. integrative social studies experiences classrooms. Projects might include in early childhood settings. Classroom web pages, web quests, computer- 452. Special Projects. See page 24. management strategies, family and based grade books, newsletters, book community connections, and the use making, etc. 458. Special Topics.See page 24. of technology will also be addressed. A minimum grade of “C” is required. 371. Meeting the Needs of All Early Childhood Education Learners: Exceptional and Diverse (3) An examination of current research (EDEC) 310. Literature for the Young Child (3) and practices related to diverse student This course will provide a survey of 303. Early Childhood populations to include race, ethnicity, literature for children, acquaintance Education Curriculum (3) with outstanding authors and language, gender, exceptionalities, This course will provide an overview of socio-economic status and cultural illustrators in the field and genres of types of programs for young children literature, experiences in evaluating differences. Emphasis is placed with emphasis on the history of early on factors that influence learning, and selecting appropriate literature childhood education, current trends, for children, and techniques for instructional strategies, assessment and issues. Other areas of focus will and interventions. presenting literature to children and include analysis of classroom design, integrating it across the curriculum. 391, 392, 393. Practicum (1, 1, 1) selection of appropriate materials (Prereq: Acceptance into Teacher for young children, instructional 311. Reading Methods and Materials for Young Children (3) Education Program; grade of “C” planning, guidance, developmentally This course will provide undergraduate or higher in each practicum course) appropriate assessment, referral students content knowledge and The three practicum experiences sources, modifications for children experiences in developing a literacy comprise the fieldwork component with disabilities, and parent/home program for young children, of the Teacher Education Program. relationships and communication. ages birth to eight years (or third Fieldwork totals over 100 hours grade). The content will focus on and is conducted in school settings.

68 language development; cultural 408 (Observation/Assessment) and practices in the middle school e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P and linguistic diversity; appropriate 409 (Planning) are explored. A minimum grade of strategies for fostering emergent 410 (Teaching) Directed Teaching in Early Childhood “C” is required. literacy; appropriate formal leaning Education (3, 3, 6) experiences in reading, writing, (Prereq: senior status and successful 342. Interdisciplinary Connections through Reading and Writing (3) speaking and listening; and varied completion of all requirements for The focus of this course is the active assessment strategies. Students will clinical practice) Provides for directed engagement of students as readers study various methods of primary and closely supervised performance and writers across the content areas. grade instruction, including but of student teachers in the full range of Students evaluate texts and learn not limited to, phonics; language duties of classroom teachers. Regular ways to make reading and writing experience; literature-based, shared- seminars and personal conferences more meaningful for middle-level book experience; and the writing are an integral component of the learners. A minimum grade of “C” process. Students will also have course. opportunities to engage young is required. children in literacy activities through 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. 398. Honors Research (3-6). See pg. 22. field-based experiences. A minimum Limited to junior and senior grade of “C” is required. departmental majors and students 400. Middle School – Language Arts in teacher certification programs. Methods (2) 312. Math Methods and Materials Designed to allow the student to (Prereq: EDMS 341, 342; senior for Young Children (3) pursue a topic of special interest. Students will be provided content status) A study of content-specific methodology for middle-level knowledge and experiences for 444. Internships. See page 24. developing a mathematics program language arts. The course focuses for young children, ages birth to 446. Readings. See page 24. on planning, instruction, assessment, eight years (or third grade). The teacher resources, technology, and content will focus on development 448. Research. See page 24. classroom climate. Teacher candidates will work with middle-level language of mathematical concepts during 450. Seminar. See page 24. preoperational and concrete arts students, classes, teams, and teachers and will use middle-level operational stages, inquiry approach to 452. Special Projects. See page 24. mathematics, use of concrete materials language arts standards. to teach mathematics concepts, 458. Special Topics. See page 24. 401. Middle School – communication of mathematics ideas Social Studies Methods (2) through speaking and writing, and the Middle School Education (Prereq: EDMS 341, 342; senior integration of mathematics with other (EDMS) status) A study of content-specific curriculum areas. Students will also methodology for middle-level social have opportunities to engage young 340. Teaching Adolescents (3) studies. The course focuses on children in math activities through Middle-level teacher candidates learn planning, instruction, assessment, field-based experiences. about the educational implications teacher resources, technology, of the developmental period of and classroom climate. Teacher 313. Developing Readers and Writers (3) early adolescence. The focus is candidates will work with middle- (Prereq: EDEC 311, EDMS 342) The learning about and applying models level social studies students, classes, content focuses on effective pedagogy of effective teaching, learning, and teams, and teachers and will use for early and fluent readers and schooling for this age group. The role middle-level standards, pedagogy and writers; developmentally appropriate of middle level teachers on the healthy assessments. literacy materials and experiences; development of young adolescents is cultural and linguistic diversity; discussed. 402. Middle School – and diagnosis and remediation Science Methods (2) for struggling readers and writers. 341. Middle School Philosophy and (Prereq: EDMS 341, 342; senior Candidates will have the opportunity Organization (3) status) A study of content-specific to engage early and fluent readers and This course will explore the historical methodology for middle-level science. writers in literacy activities through perspective of middle schools and The course focuses on planning, field-based experiences. examine current trends and issues in instruction, assessment, teacher middle-level schooling, curriculum, resources, technology, and classroom 398. Honors Research (3-6). See pg. 22. and research. Effective programs climate. Teacher candidates will work with middle-level science students,

69 classes, teams, and teachers and will structure, curriculum development, departmental majors and students use middle-level science standards, and social influences that shape in teacher certification programs. pedagogy, and assessments. American “secondary” education as Designed to allow the student to they affect the classroom teacher. pursue a topic of special interest. 403. Middle School – 302. Methods and Materials of High Math Methods (2) School Teaching (3) 444. Internships. See page 24. Limited to those students seeking (Prereq: EDMS 341, 342; senior 446. Readings. See page 24. status) A study of content-specific the professional teaching certificate. methodology for middle-level math. A consideration of current theories, 448. Research. See page 24. The course focuses on planning, methods, and materials of secondary instruction, assessment, teacher school instruction including the 450. Seminar. See page 24. resources, technology, and classroom development of instructional practices 452. Special Projects. See page 24. climate. Teacher candidates will work and materials appropriate for the secondary school and familiarization with middle-level math students, 458. Special Topics. See page 24. classes, teams, and teachers and will with curriculum materials. Activities use middle-level math standards, and topics are individualized according pedagogy, and assessments. to the teaching programs of those Special Education / Learning enrolled. Sections EDSD 302A-J are Disabilities (SPED) 410. Middle School offered, reflecting teaching candidate (Observation/Assessment) major program areas. A minimum 391, 392, 393. Practicum (1,1,1) 411 Middle School (Planning) grade of C is required. 412 Middle School (Teaching) 415. (Observation/Assessment). Directed Teaching in Middle-School 398. Honors Research (3-6) See page 416. (Planning). See page 24. Education (3, 3, 6) 24. 417. (Teaching). (Prereq: senior status and successful Directed Teaching in Special Education completion of all requirements 400 (Observation/Assessment) (3, 3, 6). for clinical practice) These courses 401 (Planning) provide for directed and closely 402 (Teaching) supervised performance in the full Directed Teaching In Secondary School Education (3, 3, 6) range of duties of a middle-school (Prereq: senior status and successful teacher. Conducted in cooperating completion of all requirements middle schools and accompanied by for clinical practice) A program of conferences and seminars. Students supervised observation and teaching observe, assess, plan, and teach. A in cooperation with selected secondary minimum grade of “C” is required to schools in which opportunities are receive the College’s recommendation provided for the student to practice for certification. the skills of teaching. A minimum 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. grade of “C” is required to receive the College’s recommendation for 444. Internships. See page 24. certification.

446. Readings. See page 24. 403. Reading in the Secondary School (3) 448. Research. See page 24. Required for certification in all 450. Seminar. See page 24. secondary areas. Emphasis placed on methods and techniques that 452. Special Projects. See page 24. teachers can use to teach the content area comprehension. 458. Special Topics. See page 24. 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. Secondary Education Limited to junior and senior Certification (EDSD)

301. Principles and Philosophies of Education (3) Analysis of the organizational

70 English e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Associate Professor J. Justin Brent, Chair Professor G. Terry Barr Professor Lynne M. Simpson Professor H. Dean Thompson, Jr. Associate Professor Karen S. Kingsbury Assistant Professor Margaret T. McGehee Instructor Jerry J. Alexander Visiting Instructor Robert E. Stutts

Requirements for the Major and Minor in English Students majoring in English must complete 33 hours above the ENGL 110-111 level, including three courses selected from ENGL 201, 202, 203, 206, and 207; ENGL 219, 350, and 420. Elective courses in English to complete the major must include at least two 300- or 400-level literature courses before 1900 and one 300- or 400-level literature course after 1900.

Students majoring in English with emphasis in creative writing must complete 33 hours above the 110-111 level, including three courses selected from ENGL 201, 202, 203, 206, and 207; ENGL 219, 350, and 420; and nine hours from the following: ENGL 215, 216, 398, or 410. Elective courses in English to complete the major must include at least one 300 or 400 level literature course before 1900 and one 300 or 400 level literature course after 1900.

Students minoring in English must complete 18 hours, including ENGL 110-111; either ENGL 201, 202, 203, 206, or 207; and at least one other 300- or 400-level literature course.

Students minoring in English with emphasis in creative writing must complete 18 hours, including ENGL 110- 111; either ENGL 201, 202, 203, 206, or 207; and ENGL 215, 216, and 410.

Requirements for Certification to Teach High School English A student who wants to be certified to teach English in the high school setting must meet the following requirements for the major in English: 33 hours above the ENGL 110-111 level, including three courses selected from ENGL 201, 202, 203, 206, and 207; ENGL 219, 313, 350, 381, and 420; and either ENGL 213 or 310. Elective courses in English to complete the major must include at least one 300- or 400-level literature course before 1900 and one 300- or 400-level literature course after 1900. Students should complete all other courses required for teacher certification and meet the criteria for acceptance into the Teacher Education Program. See Teacher Education and Certification on pages 33 and 87 for more information.

English (ENGL)

109. Composition (3) 110. Composition and World Literature 111. Composition and World Literature II (3) (Required of students whose I (3) (Required of all students; prereq: preparation in writing needs (Required of all students) Students will ENGL 110) A detailed exploration of strengthening; offered on a pass/fail develop proficiency in composition selected genres. Possible topics include basis only; successful completion of through a thematic study of works Introduction to Film, Introduction 109 required for 110) The course that may be selected from ancient to to Autobiography, Introduction consists of intensive reading and modern world literature. to the Novel, Introduction to the writing with formal instruction in Short Story, and Introduction to the grammar and mechanics. Graphic Novel.

71 English 110-111 are prerequisites for all 209. African American Literature (3) count toward the major) A study of upper-level English courses. This course will survey literary and an involvement in the creative production by process of writing fiction. Extensive 201-202. Survey of English Literature from the mid-eighteenth century to reading of contemporary short stories (3 each sem) the late twentieth century. Essays, and novels. All students will write Individual works by major writers autobiographies, speeches, poems, several pieces of fiction. Honest but from the entire body of British novels, short stories, plays, songs, and tactful criticism of fellow students’ literature are studied critically in films will allow us to see the multiple work will be expected from each chronological order, with some ways in which African Americans have student. attention to backgrounds and put into words and made senses of their characteristics of respective literary experiences with in American society 219. Studies in Linguistics (3) periods. First term: English literature across the centuries. But such works (Required of all English majors) A from Beowulf to 1798. Second also help us in understanding and survey of the history of the English term: the literature from 1798 to the coming to terms with significance of language, an introduction to modern present. race (as well as class, gender, sexuality, theories of English grammar, and a and religion) in American’s past and rigorous review of usage rules for 203. Survey of World Literature I (3) present. This course may count written English. This course surveys world literature towards fulfillment of the Southern from the origins of writing to the Studies and/or Africana Studies 220. Writing Tutor Practicum (1) early 17th century. Periods covered Minor(s). (Prereq: consent of instructor; include ancient Mesopotamia, selection as a writing center tutor; classical Greece, early India, Tang 210. Introduction to World Cinema (3) offered on a pass/fail basis and may not China, and late medieval and early (Crosslisted with THEA 210 and be counted toward the English major) Renaissance Western Europe with FILM 210) A survey of the important A practical course in how to help special emphasis on the relations genres, theories, techniques, and others with writing through a writer- between post-medieval Western international movements of film centered approach. Students will discourse and Islamic, African and history. Representative films from study methods for effective tutoring New World Cultures. Key themes the silent era to the present, and from in writing with actual experience in include morality, mortality, and America to Europe and Asia, will be the writing center. action; mythic treatment of tribal covered. (Alternate years) relations; gender and power and 258. Special Topics (3). See page 24. the relations between religion and 213. Literary Methods (3) literature. (Alternate years) An introduction to scholarship in the 305. Eighteenth Century Poetry and English discipline, covering such areas Prose (3) 206. Survey of American Literature I (3) as genres, terms, and theories; research (Prereq: A 200-level literature A survey of American literature methods; and various writing forms course or consent of instructor) from the Age of Faith to the Age of (including critical analyses, annotated An examination of the chief works Reason to the Romantic Age with bibliographies, and documented of Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson, emphasis on the essays, poems, essays). (Alternate years) and others against the background and fiction of Emerson, Thoreau, of eighteenth century society and Hawthorne, Melville, and Whitman. 215. Creative Writing: Poetry (3) thought. Collateral reading; term A communication and evaluation of (Only one course, 215 or 216, may project. ((Alternate years) the history of ideas revealed in early count toward the major) A study of American literature and relevant and an involvement in the creative 306. Poetry and Prose of the Romantic Period (3) today. process of writing poems. Extensive reading of modern and contemporary (Prereq: A 200-level literature 207. Survey of American Literature II (3) poems as models of the craft. Students course or consent of instructor) A discussion and evaluation of will write free verse and traditional An examination of the chief poems the history of ideas in America forms. Honest but tactful criticism and essays of Blake, Wordsworth, from the Civil War to the present, of fellow students’ poems will be Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, including readings from Mark Twain expected from each student. Short Lamb, Hazlitt, Wollstonecraft, and De and Emily Dickinson to Louise essays on contemporary poetry will Quincey. Collateral reading; critical essays and analyses. (Alternate years) Erdrich and August Wilson. Realistic, be required. naturalistic, existentialistic, modern, and contemporary thought and 216. Creative Writing: Fiction (3) literature will be studied. (Only one course, 215 or 216, may

72 310. Introduction to Literary Theory and 320. Silent Film (3) 326. Practicum in the Writing Center (1) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Criticism (3) A survey of film’s formative years, (Prereq: ENGL 220 may be taken more A survey of major works of literary from the Edison kinetoscopes of the than once for credit. The course will theory and criticism, beginning with 1890s to the international flowering be offered on a pass/fail basis and may classical criticism and ending with of the 1920s, focusing on thematic not be counted toward the English contemporary theory. Organized by trends, development of genres, major.) A practical course in helping historical period, the course traces and increasing complexity of film other students with writing through a the evolution of critical practices, grammar. Directors whose works writer-centered approach. The course emphasizing the interconnectedness of we will study will include Griffith, includes mentoring beginning tutors, literature and theory while developing Eisenstein, Vidor, Lang, Chaplin, tutoring writers, and working on awareness of diverse methods of Murnau, Gance, and von Sternberg. projects in the Writing Center. interpretation. (Alternate years) (Alternate years) 329. The Victorian Age (3) 313. Adolescent Literature (3) 322. Women’s Literature (3) (Prereq: A 200-level literature A survey of adolescent literature A critical study of American and course or consent of instructor) An (including print and nonprint media) British women writers, which may examination of the chief writers and and informational materials suited examine the following themes: myths their work against the background of to the use of junior and senior high of the female, the woman artist, nineteenth century life and thought, school students. Attention given to the female bildungsroman, love and including Tennyson, Browning, reading interests and needs of the friendship, communities of women, Arnold, Ruskin, Carlyle, Mill, the adolescent. Also considered is the women and war, women’s place in Rossettis, Morris, Wilde, and others. relation of the teacher to the school the nation, and female spirituality. Critical essays and analyses. (Alternate library program or media center and (Alternate years) years) current trends in teaching with books. (Alternate years) 323. Film and American Culture (3) 332. Advanced Writing (3) A study of the way in which social, A study of the advanced rhetorical 314. Southern Literature (3) political, economic, and cultural strategies that inform a variety (Prereq: ENGL 206 for English majors forces in America have influenced or of writing styles, with particular and minors or SOST 205 for Southern been depicted by or in American film. emphasis on academic writing. studies minors; crosslisted with SOST Selected directors whose films will Students will write several essays, 314) A survey of significant Southern be viewed include Griffith, Chaplin, revise them regularly, and assemble writing from Colonial days to the Hitchcock, Altman, Levinson, a final portfolio of their best written present. Particular attention will be Tarantino, and others. (Alternate work. (Alternate years) paid to the writers of the twentieth years) century. (Alternate years) 334. Southern Women’s Writings (3) 324. Women’s World Literature (3) This course examines how modern 317. Chaucer (3) A complement to ENGL 322. An and contemporary women writers A study of the works of England’s first introduction to women’s literature represent and imagine the south in major poet, with special attention written by artists from across the their texts — and, in doing so, how to the Canterbury Tales. The course globe (including Africa, the Middle they illuminate the dynamic of race, will include collateral readings about East, Asia, and Latin America) that ethnicity, gender, class, and sexuality sources for Chaucer’s work and the focuses on texts composed after 1900. within twentieth - twenty-first cultural milieu of fourteenth century (Alternate years) century southern society. This course England. (Alternate years) can count towards fulfillment of the 325 Renaissance Poetry and Drama (3) Southern Studies and /or Women’s 318. Topics in Medieval Literature (3) An application of Renaissance Studies minor(s). (May be taken more than once for intellectual history to the study of the credit) A survey of significant works overreacher and the Petrarchan and 336. The American Renaissance (3) from the medieval period, excluding Ovidian love traditions in 16th and (Prereq: ENGL 206) A comprehensive Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales. The 17th century English poetry and non- survey of the literary flowering course will focus on one unifying Shakespearean drama. (Alternate of 1850-1855 that produced the theme, such as Arthurian Literature, years) transcendentalist poetry and prose Medieval Romance, Women in of Emerson, Thoreau, and Whitman the Middle Ages, et. al. (Alternate and the novels of Hawthorne and years) Melville. (Alternate years)

73 338. American Identities (3) 347. Southern Jewish Literature (3) M. Amis, Fowles, Flannery O’Connor, A survey of works that address the This course examines works by Bellow, and Barth. (Alternate years) multiple meaning and uses of the Jewish authours who are natives or term “American” as applied to (or transplants to the American South 371. Modern Poetry (3) kept from) individuals and groups but who, in either cases, consider the A survey of modern British and throughout the history of the United South their home. This “braided” American poets, with particular States. Focusing on what it has community -- Jews, Christians, attention to W.B. Yeats, T.S. Eliot, and meant historically to be (or not to Southerners, Americans -- helps Robert Frost. Collateral readings and be) an American, this course will us understand the South to be far selected analyses. (Alternate years) explore how groups of Americans less homogeneous than otherwise have experienced life within this imagined. Selected authors covering 381. The Teaching of Composition (3) country’s borders differently given an array of literary genres Uhry, Beginning with a brief review of their particular racial, ethnic, class, Kushner, Greene, and Mirvitz. This grammar, the course introduces gender, and sexual identities. course can count towards fulfillment future secondary English teachers to (Alternate years) of the Southern Studies minor. (Fall, composition theory and the teaching Alternate years even years) of writing. Students will gain practical 341. Postcolonial Literature and Film experience in working individually (3) 350. Shakespeare (3) with students and grading essays. This course investigates the theory (Required of English majors; (Alternate years) and practice of cultural production crosslisted with THEA 350) A critical (focusing on literature and film) study of representative histories, 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page in regions of the world that, in the comedies, tragedies, and romances, 22. mid-20th century, gained political with emphasis on Shakespeare’s independence after years of colonial development as a dramatic artist. 402. Studies in Literature (3) rule. Selections will be made from (Open to Juniors and Seniors with theorists like Fanon, Said, Spivak, 356. Modern and Contemporary Drama consent of instructor) An intensive Chow, and Bhaddha; and from films (3) study of the works of a major fiction and literature from Africa, Asia, (Crosslisted with THEA 356) This writer or of selected works by a group Latin America, and the Caribbean. course explores the influence of realism, of related fiction writers. (Alternate years) naturalism, expressionism, and finally absurdism on contemporary drama, 410. Creative Writing: Seminar (3) 343. Modern Chinese Literature and while paying particular attention to (Open to students majoring in English Film (3) American and British playwrights. with the emphasis in creative writing (Crosslisted with FILM 343) This (Alternate years) only; Prereq: ENGL 215-216 or course surveys the major developments consent of instructor) An intensive in 20th century Chinese literature and 361. The English Novel to 1900 (3) study of the process of creative writing film, starting in the Republican era, A study of the English novel from for advanced students. Students will then moving through the Maoist years its emergence in the eighteenth work on large-scale, individual writing to the cultural resurgence that has century through its eminence in the projects (poetry portfolio, short-story followed. Primary focus is on social nineteenth century, including such collection, novel, screenplay, etc.), landscapes, the cultural imaginary, novelists as Fielding, Richardson, as well as read extensively in their and the depiction of ordinary people’s Austen, the Brontës, Dickens, Eliot, chosen genre. Honest but tactful lives. (Alternate years) Hardy, and others. (Alternate years) criticism of fellow students’ work in class workshops will be required from 345. Holocaust Literature (3) 365. The Modern British and American each student. (alternate years) This course will examine the Novel (3) intentional destruction of European A critical survey of the development 420. Senior Capstone in English (3) Jews through a varity of literary of the novel in the twentieth century, (Required of English majors during forms: Memoir, fiction, poetry, and focusing on major authors. The their senior year; may be taken in film. Selected authors include Levi, reading list is determined from the junior year if necessary or with Spiegelmam, Loginski, Applefeld, following authors of the Modern consent of department; and consent and Borowski (Fall, Alternate years Period: Forster, Joyce, Conrad, Woolf, of instructor required) Readings odd years) Lawrence, Faulkner, Hemingway, in literature selected by the English and Fitzgerald. Post WWII and faculty. Course uses a seminar postmodern authors represented may format in which students engage in include Ellison, Morrison, Pynchon, discussion, conduct original research on a topic of their choice, and present 74 to the class their findings in both e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P oral and written reports. Stresses students’ skills in analysis, research, and communication.

442. Directed Studies (3). See page 24. Open only to English majors who have completed at least nine additional hours in English above the freshman level. Readings and research on a topic proposed by the student and approved by the Department of English.

444. Internships (1-3). See page 24. (Prereq: 12 hours of English above ENGL 110-111, including ENGL 219; open to English majors only; offered on a pass/fail basis and may not be counted toward the English major; a student may not earn more than six hours in internship programs in English.) Internships in publishing, journalism, and related fields must be approved by the student’s advisor and the departmental faculty. The student’s work will be closely supervised in the firm where the internship is undertaken, and weekly written reports must be submitted to the faculty supervisor.

446. Readings. See page 24.

448. Research. See page 24.

450. Seminar. See page 24.

452. Special Projects. See page 24.

458. Special Topics. See page 24.

75 Environmental studies Professor John Inman, Director Professor Jerry Slice Associate Professor James Thompson Assistant Professor Brett Bebber

The Minor in Environmental Studies requires 18 hours: BIOL 215 and 215L plus 15 hours of approved coursework or independent studies chosen from BIOL 201, 202, 206, 207, 216, and 314; ECON 306; and PHIL 317.

BIOL 201. Invertebrate Zoology (4) explore the ideas, philosophies, and coastal oceanography, major (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: procedures, and techniques involved marine phyla, marine algae, and BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent in biogeography. marine ecology. of instructor) Studies of the principal phyla of the invertebrates emphasizing BIOL 215. Environmental Science (3) BIOL 314. Ecology (4) their increasing complexity of (Prereq: BIOL 102, BIOL 112, CHEM (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; structure, physiology, ecology and 102, or PHYS 122) Designed to show prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with evolutionary relationships. the student’s relationship to and consent of instructor) A study of dependence on the environment the interrelationships of plants BIOL 202. Vertebrate Zoology (4) and to create an awareness of and animals in their physical and (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: environmental problems. Areas of biological environments. Structure BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with consent study include concepts of ecology, and dynamics of the major ecosystems, of instructor) Lectures deal with the population, resources, pollution, with emphasis on individual behavior, taxonomy, morphology, ecology, and problems of world hunger, and ethics. populations and communities. Lab evolution of principal vertebrate (Alternate years) and field work includes studies groups. Lab treats ecology, taxonomy, of natural and polluted systems. population biology, identification, BIOL 215L. Environmental Science Lab (Alternate years) and morphology with emphasis on (1) local forms. (Alternate years) (Prereq: BIOL 102, BIOL 112, CHEM ECON 306. Environmental Economics 102, or PHYS 122) A laboratory (3) BIOL 206. Taxonomy of Native and experience that correlates with topics (Prereq: ECON 202) This course is a Economic Plants (4) covered in BIOL 215 lecture and study of the application of economic (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; is designed to show the student’s concepts to private and public sector prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 relationship to and dependence on decision-making concerning natural with consent of instructor) The the environment. Experimentation, and environmental resources. Topics classification and identification of field monitoring, field trips to selected include benefit-costing analysis, common and economically important sites, videos, and lectures will bring intergenerational equity, externalities, vascular plants with attention given the student first-hand knowledge and public goods, property rights, to ecological associations of native awareness of environmental problems valuation of environmental goods, plants in South Carolina. The cultural and solutions. This lab is a supplement and policy implications. and economic impact of herbal and to BIOL 215 and is required of a major medicinal plants will be examined. taking BIOL 215 but optional for PHIL 317. Environmental Ethics (3) nonmajors. (Alternate years) What matters? Why does it matter? BIOL 207. Biogeography (4) And what should we do about it? (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with BIOL 216. Introduction to Marine This course will survey the challenges consent of instructor) Biogeography Biology and Oceanography (4) that environmental concerns present is the study of distributions of (Prereq: BIOL 112 or BIOL 102 with to traditional ethical theory and organisms, both past and present. consent of instructor) A study of practice. In particular, we will explore It is the science that attempts to the biological, geological, chemical, the relation of human and non- describe the patterns and distribution and physical aspects of the oceans. human value, as environmental issues of species and larger taxonomic Topics studied involve history of (such as global warning and species groups. Lecture and laboratory oceanography, geology of oceans and extinction) intersect with human experiences will complement each ocean basins, chemical and physical problems (such as poverty, population other in an effort to comprehensively aspects, waves and tide, ocean currents growth, and economic development). (Alternate years) 76 Film studies e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor, Chad Helms, Director Professor Terry Barr Professor Connie Colwell Professor Mark Cox Professor Dean Thompson Associate Professor Karen Kingsbury Assistant Professor Julie Meadows Assistant Professor Clinia M. Saffi

Requirements for the Minor in Film Studies 18 hours are required for the minor in film studies, including ENGL/FILM/THEA 210 and five other courses from the following: ENGL 323, ENGL 320, ENGL 341, ENGL 343FREN 322, GERM 420, HIST 392, HIST 397, ART 300, PORT 324, and SPAN 318.

FILM 210. Introduction to World SPAN 318. Political Violence and Selected directors whose films will Cinema (3) Culture in Latin America (3) be viewed include Griffith, Chaplin, (Crosslisted with ENG 210 and THEA The Twentieth Century saw Latin Hitchcock, Altman, Levinson, 210) A survey of the important America preoccupied by the struggle Tarantino, and others. Only one genres, theories, techniques, and over socialism and communism. course 211 or 323 may count toward international movements of film This course will examine cultural the major. (Alternate years) history. Representative films from representations of this struggle the silent era to the present, and from through film and short stories. PORT 324. Contemporary Brazilian America to Europe and Asia, will be Films will have subtitles and short Film (3) covered. (Alternate years) stories will be available in English (Crosslisted with SPAN 324) This and Spanish. Students will be able course focuses on the development of ART 300. Media and Society (3) to receive credit for the course in Brazilian film from precursors of the (Prereq: ENGL 110-111 or equivalent English (ENGL 318) or Spanish “Cinema Novo” movement of the 1950s and consent of instructor) A course (SPAN 318). and 1960s to the recent resurgence in dealing with media history, uses, Brazilian cinematography since the and values. It will consider such ENGL 320. Silent Film (3) late 1990s. media as newspapers, magazines, A survey of film’s formative years, radio, television, recordings, motion from the Edison kinetoscopes of the FREN 322. Introduction to French pictures, theatre, music, and the arts 1890s to the international flowering Cinema (3) in regard to how they affect society of the 1920s, focusing on thematic A survey of the history of French and the individual. Students will trends, development of genres, cinema from the silent era to the investigate these media and the social, and increasing complexity of film present day. Important genres, economic, and historical milieu from grammar. Directors whose works theories, and techniques from all which they emerge as well as the we will study will include Griffith, periods will be covered. Emphasis will aesthetic and ethical values attributed Eisenstein, Vidor, Lang, Chaplin, be placed on the most representative to them. The course will use non- Murnau, Gance, and von Sternberg. French cinematographic schools and traditional approaches to the subject (Alternate years) auteurs throughout history, including matter, and active participation by the Truffaut and the nouvelle vague and students will be an essential element ENGL 323. Film and American Malle and the cinéma engagé. of the course. Enrollment limited. Culture (3) Students will be selected by GPA and (Prereq: ENGL 110-111) A study faculty interview. of the way in which social, political, economic, and cultural forces in America have influenced or been depicted by or in American film.

77 ENGL. 341. Postcolonial Literature LAST 350. Latin American Cinema (3) HIST 397. Violence and Terror in and Film (3) (Prereq: SPAN 300 or permission of Modern History (3) This course investigates the theory the instructor; crosslisted with SPAN This course will pursue a comparative and practice of cultural production 350) This course focuses on the examination of violence and terror in (focusing on literature and film) development of Latin American film modern history. The class will explore in regions of the world that, in the in the major filmmaking countries: the use of violence and terror in mid-20th century, gained political Brazil, Mexico, Angentina, and Cuba. modern conflicts as well as the means independence after years of colonial The course explores the nature of through which marginal political and rule. Selections will be makde from film itself, contextualizing cinematic religious groups (Irish Republican theorists like Fanon, Said, Spivak, production with historic, social, and Army, PLO, and al Qaeda) have used Chow, and Bhaddha; and from films aesthetic tensions in the construction violence and terror to call attention and literature from Africa, Asia, of Latin American identity. to their respective causes. Latin America, and the Caribbean. (Alternate years) GERM 420. German Film and HIST 392. Family and Gender in Society (3) Chinese History (3) (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent of FILM 343. Modern Chinese Literature This course explores the familial and and Film (3) instructor) This course will study a gender roles that have dominated (Prereq: ENGL 110-111; crosslisted representative selection of German- Chinese society since traditional times. with ENGL 343) This course surveys language films from the early 20th Consideration will be given to the the major developments in 20th century up to recent works. They historical influence of Confucianism, century Chinese literature and film, will be discussed in connection with and primary emphasis will be placed starting in the Republican era, then the contemporary social and political on the 20th century intellectuals moving through the Maoist years developments in the German- who have sought to reform these to the cultural resurgence that has speaking countries. (Every three traditionally conservative elements followed. Primary focus is on social years) of Chinese society. landscapes, the cultural imaginary, and the depiction of ordinary people’s lives. (Alternate years)

78 Fine Art e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Associate Professor Ralph Paquin Professor Lesley Preston Professor Mark R. Anderson Associate Professor Laura J. Crary Associate Professor Miriam Ragland Assistant Professor Cristian C Bell

Major in Fine Arts with an Art Emphasis: The major in fine arts with an art emphasis requires 22 semester hours in art (ART - list below) above the 101 level plus nine semester hours elected from theatre (THEA - page 132) above the 120 level. In addition, each major must comply with the departmental portfolio review policy and present an independently produced work in the senior year.

Art (ART) Full descriptions listing on pg 46 273. Photography II Studio (1) 110. Basic Drawing (2) 280. Art for the Child (3) 111. Basic Drawing Studio (1) 282. School Art (3) 120. Basic 2-D Design (2) 291. The Expressive Process: The Open Studio (3) 121. Basic 2-D Design Studio (1) 292 Expressive Process: Art Therapy (3) 122. 3-D Design (3) 300. Media and Society (3) 123. 3-D Design Studio (1) 307. 3D Modeling and Animation (4) 220. Graphic Design (2) 308. Graphics Programming and Animation (3) 221. Graphic Design Studio (1) 310. Life Drawing (2) 230. Painting I (2) 311. Life Drawing Studio (1) 231. Painting I Studio (1) 320-321. Graphic Design II and Studio (3) 232. Watercolor (2) 322. Aesthetics (3) 233. Watercolor Studio (1) 336. Advanced Painting (2) 234. Landscape Painting (2) 337. Advanced Painting Studio (1) 235. Landscape Painting Studio (1) 352. Renaissance and Baroque Art History (3) 240. Sculpture (2) 353. Romantic and Early Modern Art History (3) 241. Sculpture Studio (1) 354. Late Modern and Contemporary 242. Ceramics I (2) Art History (3) 243. Ceramics I Studio (1) 355. Modern Art Theory and Criticism (3) 244. Ceramics II (2) 370. Photographic Arts (3) 245. Ceramics II Studio (1) 371. Web Design (3) 251. Art History Survey I (3) 391. Junior Project (3) 255. Art History Survey II (3) 392. Junior Seminar (3) 256. Topics in Latin American Art (3) 398. Honors Research (3-6). 257. History of Women in Art (3) 442. Directed Studies (1-6). 258. Special Topics (1-6). 444. Internships. 260. Printmaking I (2) 446. Readings. 261. Printmaking I Studio (1) 448. Research. 262. Printmaking II: Screenprinting (2) 450. Seminar. 263. Printmaking II: Screenprinting Studio (1) 452. Special Projects. 270. Photography I (2) 458. Special Topics. 271. Photography I Studio (1) 491. Senior Seminar (3) 272. Photography II (2) 492. Senior Show (3) 79 Major in Fine Arts with a Theatre Emphasis: The major in fine arts with a theatre emphasis requires 24 semester hours in theatre to include THEA 120, 220, 221, 223, 227, 401, and two additional theatre courses numbered 200 and above plus nine hours in art (ART page 46) and/or music (MUSE page100). With permission of the departmental advisor, other theatre courses may be substituted for one or two of the designated courses if, in the opinion of both student and advisor, the substituted courses would be in the best interest of the student. Students who major in fine arts with a theatre emphasis are also required to complete 40 hours of production work per semester for two semesters.

Theatre (THEA) Full descriptions listing starting on page 132 326. Dance Ensemble (1) 210. Introduction to Theatre (3) 327. Scenography Studio: Set Design (3) 210. Introduction to World Cinema (3) 328. Scenography Studio: Lighting Design (3) 220. Theatre History I (3) 329. Scenography Studio: Costume Design (3) 221. Theatre History II (3) 340. Scenic Art (3) 223. Fundamentals of Acting (3) 350. Shakespeare (3) 224. Movement Styles (3) 356. Modern and Contemporary Drama (3) 227. Introduction to Scenography (3) 356. Junior Capstone (1) 258. Special Topics (1-6). 398. Honors Research (3-6). 290. Theatre Production Laboratory (1 each sem) 401. Play Directing (3) 321. Period Style for the Theatre (3) 442. Directed Study (1-6). 322. Aesthetics (3) 444. Internships in Theatre (1-6). 323. Acting II (3) 448. Research. 324. Ballet I (3) 450. Seminar. 325. Modern Dance I (3) 452. Special Projects (3-6). 458. Special Topics. 460. Capstone Experience (2)

80 Freshman Studies e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

Freshman studies courses are taken in fulfillment of the Freshman Experience requirement in the general edu- cation program. See page19.

Freshman Studies (FRST)

105. Freshman Seminar (1) 110. Introduction to Inquiry (3) An interdisciplinary course designed specifically for A team-taught interdisciplinary course designed freshman and new students to emphasize critical thinking, specifically for freshman and new students to emphasize communication, and small group experiences. Topics will critical thinking, communication, and small group vary from semester to semester but may include such subjects experiences. Topics will vary from semester to semester as The Creation, music, terrorism, consciousness, etc. but may include subjects of interest in the areas of sociology, art, history, etc. Faculty will serve as initial academic advisor to students in the course.

81 History Professor Richard R. Heiser, Chair Professor Anita O. Gustafson Associate Professor Roy B. Campbell Associate Professor Michael A. Nelson Assistant Professor Brett M. Bebber Assistant Professor Stefan W. Wiecki

Requirements for the Major and Minor in History Students majoring in history must complete 30 hours in history above HIST 121 and 122. Required courses include HIST 211-212, one course in area studies (HIST 380, 382, 383, 384, 386, 389, 390, 392, or 397), and one seminar course (HIST 450) to be taken during the junior or senior year. The student will consult with the advisor in the selection of elective courses to complete the major in history.

Students minoring in history must complete 18 hours in history above HIST 121 and 122. Courses to complete the minor may be selected from any HIST 200-, 300- or 400-level courses.

Requirements for Certification to Teach High School Social Studies Students who want to be certified to teach social studies in the high-school setting must meet the requirements for the major in history plus the following courses: ECON 201 or 202; EDUC 201, 391, 392, 393; EDSD 301, 302, 371, 400, 401, 402, 403; GEOG 301; HIST 377 or 378; PLSC 201 or 202; PSYC 201 or 213; SOC 201 or 207; EDMS 350; 4 History electives and one History course from the following 380,382, 383, 384, 386, 389, 390, 392, 397 . Students must complete all courses required for teacher certification and meet the criteria for acceptance into the Teacher Acceptance Program. See Teacher Education and Certification on pages 33 and 87 for more information.

History (HIST)

Survey Courses 252. Encounters Afar (2) 322. Young America, 1800-1865 (3) Offered during the spring semester, A study of the issues confronting 121. Rise of World Cultures and Ideas (3) this course involves students in an a new nation, including the rise of A study of the emergence and intensive study of a particular city’s democracy, the exploration of the development of great ideas and or region’s history. The course frontier and westward expansion, cultures in the ancient and medieval culminates in a one-week study slavery and the South, benevolence worlds. tour of the designated locale during and reform, and sectionalism and Spring Break. (Extra fees for travel the Civil War. 122. The Modern World (3) may apply.) A study of human history and the 323. Emergence of Modern America, development of modern civilizations, 258. Special Topics (3-6). See page 1865-1920 (3) focusing on the major economic, A study of the evolution of the United diplomatic, military, political, religious, 24. and social components of human activity States from Reconstruction to the since 1500. American Chronological end of the First World War, selected Courses through readings. 211-212. American History (3 each sem) Required of history majors. An 321. History of Colonial and 324. Modern America, 1920-Present (3) account of the political, economic, Revolutionary America, 1600-1800 (3) A study of the development of the military, diplomatic, and social A study of American social and United States from the end of the First development of the United States political history including early World War to present day, selected from the founding of the colonies to European settlement in North through readings. the present. America, issues leading up to the American Revolution, and the establishment of the new nation. 82 Focused Courses interaction of religion and American 367. Modern Germany (3) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P life. This course provides depth to the A study of developments in German 333. American Military History (3) religious and social facets of American history in the 19th and 20th centuries A survey of the military history of history. For history majors and with emphasis on nationalism, the United States from its European minors who prefer to study American unification, Bismarckian and backgrounds to the contemporary history, this course offers a desirable Wilhelminian Germany, World War age. Special attention will be given elective. I, Nazi Germany, and World War II, to the Revolutionary War, Civil War, and the Cold War to German reunion World Wars I and II, Korean War, and 356. The African-American Religious in 1990. Experience (3) Vietnam War. (Crosslisted with RELG 356) An 368. History of Scotland (3) 334. Women in American History (3) examination of the African-American A survey of the history of Scotland This course will introduce students to contribution to the religious life of from earliest times to the 18th century. major themes in American women’s the American people from the period Principle themes of the study include history. It will examine the lives of slavery to the present. Particular how the Scottish interacted with of women as workers, as family emphasis on the relationship of the greater European world and in members, and as active participants African-American religion to particular with England and how in the public arenas of voluntary American history and culture. the Christian tradition developed association and political activism. It culminating in the Presbyterian will further explore the diversity of 357. History of Christianity (3) Church. women’s experiences in terms of race, (Crosslisted with RELG 357) A religion, class, and ethnic identity historical survey of Christianity from 369. History of Ireland (3) while also touching on the lives of its beginnings to the present. Particular A survey of the history of Ireland from specific notable women in American emphasis on the development of the age of St. Patrick to the struggle for history. Christian thought and its expression independence. Principle themes of the in the church. course include religion and culture, 336. United States Diplomatic History colonization and national identity, (3) European Focused Courses and crisis and immigration. A survey of American foreign relations from 1890 to the present. Particular 361. English History to 1688 (3) European Chronological emphasis is given to America’s A survey of English history from pre- Courses emergence as a global power and the Roman Celtic times to the Glorious Cold War. Revolution of 1688. Special emphasis 371. Ancient Western Civilization (3) is placed on the cultural, religious, A survey of the political, social, 337. History of the South (3) and political development of the economic, and intellectual A survey of the history and culture kingdom. development of ancient Western of the South from the period of early civilizations from c. 3500 B.C. to settlement to the present. Special 362. English History Since 1689 (3) c. 500 A.D. Emphasis is placed on attention will be given to the Old The development of the United the contributions of Greco-Roman South, the institution of slavery, Kingdom and the British Empire civilization to the West. the Civil War and Reconstruction, since 1689. Areas of particular the New South, the Civil Rights emphasis are the expanding empire, 372. Early Medieval Europe (3) movement, and the South in the Victorianism, imperialism, and the A survey of the rise of Europe as Modern Era. cultural, religious, and political a center of civilization from the contributions of the kingdom. late Roman period to c. 1300 A.D. with special attention given to the Religious History Courses 366. Modern Russia (3) A study of Imperial and Soviet development of governmental and Russia. Concentration will be religious institutions as shapers of 355. Religion in America (3) Western civilization. (Crosslisted with RELG 355) A survey upon the 19th and 20th centuries, of the American religious experience with emphasis on tsarist autocracy, 373. Late Medieval and Renaissance from colonial times to the present, emerging revolutionary movements, Europe (3) with particular emphasis on the the Bolshevik Revolution, and Soviet A survey of the closing centuries of Union to its dissolution in 1999. Europe’s medieval period, c. 1300 to 1500. Attention will be directed

83 to the crises of the late Middle 383. History of India (3) 397. Violence and Terror in Modern Ages, the cultural revitalization of A survey of the history and culture History (3) the Renaissance, and the beginning of India from ancient times to the This course will pursue a comparative of Europe’s global dominance present with an emphasis on the basic examination of violence and terror through overseas exploration and institutions of Indian life, the influence in modern history. The class will colonization. of British colonialism, and India’s explore the use of violence and experience since independence. terror in modern conflicts as well as 374. Early Modern Europe (3) the means through which marginal A study of Europe from c. 1475 to c. 386. Middle Eastern History and political and religious groups (Irish 1675 and its shift from its medieval Civilization (3) Republican Army, PLO, and al past into the modern era. Among the A survey of Middle Eastern History Qaeda) have used violence and terror topics of study will be the rise of new from the rise of Islam through the to call attention to their respective monarchies, the Reformation and the Iranian Revolution. This course causes. Scientific Revolution. explores the culture and history of the Islamic world with particular 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 376. Enlightenment Europe (3) focus on the evolution and spread of 22. A study of the political and intellectual Islam from the 7th century onward; trends of Europe from the English the rich literary, artistic, and 442. Directed Studies (1-6). See page Glorious Revolution through the architectural heritage of the Islamic 24. Designed to allow the student French Revolution. Also considered World throughout this period; and to pursue a topic of special interest are the effects of these trends on the rise of nationalism/regionalism in under the direction of a history religion, economy, society, and the response to the increasing European department professor. The scope arts. and American presence in this region of the project and the hours to throughout the 20th century. be earned will be determined in 377. 19th Century Europe (3) consultation with the supervising An examination of European society, 389. Traditional China (3) professor. A maximum of six- its institutions and movements, and Survey of ancient and traditional hours credit may be earned in its accomplishments from 1815- China up to the impact of the directed study. 1914. Special emphasis is placed West in the 19th century. After a on such topics as Nationalism, brief coverage of pre-historic and 444. Internships. See page 24. Social Darwinism, and Imperialism, ancient developments, particular 446. Reading. See page 24. especially in Great Britain, France, emphasis will be given to the classical and Germany. philosophies, the imperial and 448. Research. See page 24. bureaucratic state, and to the dynastic 378. 20th Century Europe (3) cycles. 450. Seminar. See page 24. Europe from World War I to the (Students admitted on approval present. The focal point of the course 390. Modern China and East Asia (3) of department; designed for is the destruction of the old European Survey of historical developments and junior and senior history majors) systems by WWI and the various politics of China in the 19th and 20th Readings, discussion, and oral and efforts to replace those systems. centuries, particularly in the period written reports on a topic selected Special attention is given to Germany, since 1949. Briefer treatment of recent by the department faculty. Italy, and Western Democracies. histories and contemporary politics of Japan and Korea. 452. Special Projects (3-6). See page 24. (Students admitted on Area Studies 392. Family and Gender in Chinese approval of department; designed History (3) for junior and senior history 380. Early Russia (3) This course explores the familial and majors) This course is designed A study of Russia from ancient gender roles that have dominated for the spring and/or summer times through the reigns of the early Chinese society since traditional times. semesters and will normally Romanovs. Particular attention Consideration will be given to the involve student participation in an placed on the influence of non- historical influence of Confucianism, off-campus project. European forces, such as Byzantine and primary emphasis will be placed th and Mongol, and on the development on the 20 century intellectuals 458. Special Topics. See page 24. of Russian institutions and culture. who have sought to reform these traditionally conservative elements of Chinese society.

84 Geography (GEOG) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

301. Geography of the Developed World (3) A survey of the technologically advanced nations emphasizing the resources, cultural characteristics, and economic activities of each region. (Alternate years)

302. Geography of the Less Developed World (3) A regional survey of the less technologically advanced nations emphasizing the problems of economic developments and socio- demographic patterns. (Alternate years)

85 International Studies Professor Mark Cox, Director Professor Booker Ingram Professor Charles McKelvey Associate Professor Roy Campbell Associate Professor Jon Smith Assistant Professor Clinia M. Saffi

Requirements for the Minor in International Studies The minor in international studies consists of a minimum of 18 hours with 6 hours in a modern foreign language (Option IA or IB) or approved study abroad courses and 12 hours from either European or non-Western studies (Option IIA or IIB).

Option IA, Modern Foreign Language: 6 hours chosen from FREN 202, 301, 302, 391; GERM 202, 301, 302; SPAN 202, 301, 302. Other language courses beyond the general education requirement may count toward this option if approved by the advisor, the International Studies Committee, and the Provost.

Option IB, Study Abroad: 6 hours of overseas study, including hours in the student’s major field, subject to approval by the advisor, the International Studies Committee, and the Provost.

Option IIA, Non-Western Studies: 12 hours from the following courses. Courses taken should include a minimum of two of the four areas of African, Asian, Latin American, or Middle Eastern studies.

a. African Studies: HIST 382, AFST 201 b. Asian Studies: HIST 383, 389, 390 c. Latin American Studies: ART 256; HIST 384; LAST 335; SPAN 316, 331, 332 d. Middle Eastern Studies: HIST 386, PLSC 387

Option IIB, European Studies: 12 hours from the following courses with no more than two courses in the same discipline.

ART 352, 353, 354 THEA 220, 221 ENGL 305, 306, 317, 318, 324, 325, 329, 350, 361 FREN 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 410 GERM 321, 322 HIST 361, 362, 366, 367, 376, 377, 378 GEOG 301 ENGL 345 MUSC 360, 361 PLSC 355, 380 SPAN 315, 321, 322

Other courses may count toward the fulfillment of Option IIA or B if approved by the advisor, the International Studies Committee, and the Provost.

86 Latin American Studies e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

Professor Mark Cox, Director Professor Booker Ingram Professor Jon Smith Assistant Professor Clinia M. Saffi

Requirements for the Minor in Latin American Studies Students minoring in Latin American Studies must complete18 hours. Courses required will include the follow- ing: LAST 335, plus any five of the following: ART 256, RELG 280; SPAN 316, 318, 331, 332, 350; PLSC 370; six hours of study abroad.

Latin American Studies (LAST) LAST 335. Introduction to Latin SPAN 318. Political Violence and the process of development are American Studies (3) Culture in Latin America (3) analyzed. The particular cases of An interdisciplinary course that (Prereq: SPAN 202) The Twentieth Central America and East Africa are provides a general overview of the Century saw Latin America examined. historical, political, sociological, preoccupied by the struggle over religious, and cultural development socialism and communism. This course PORT 324. Contemporary Brazilian of Latin America. will examine cultural representations Film (3) of this struggle through film and (Cross listed with SPAN 324) This ART 256. Topics in Latin American Art (3) short stories. Films will have subtitles course focuses on the development of A survey of the art of one region and short stories will be available in Brazilian film from precursors of the or country in Latin America, such English and Spanish. Students will be “Cinema Novo” movement of the 1950s as Mesoamerican art, art of the able to receive credit for the course in and 1960s to the recent resurgence in Caribbean, South American art, English or Spanish (SPAN 318). Brazilian cinematography since the Mexican art, or Brazilian art. (Alternate late 1990s. years in rotation with ART 257) SPAN 331. Survey of Spanish-American Literature I (3) PLSC 458. Special Topics - (Latin RELG 280. Third World Experiences (Prereq: SPAN 202 ) An introduction American Politics: Cuba or Peru) and Seminar (4) See page24. to various genres written from the (Prereq: consent of the instructor; colonial period to modernism. LAST 350. Latin American Cinema (3) maximum enrollment, 8 students) (Alternate years) (Prereq: SPAN 300 or permission of Through experimental learning, the instructor; crosslisted with SPAN readings, discussions, participatory SPAN 332. Survey of Spanish-American 350) This course focuses on the learning activities, writing Literature II (3) development of Latin American film assignments, and study of selected (Prereq: SPAN 202) An overview of in the major filmmaking countries: biblical passages, class participants will the principal literary movements from Brazil, Mexico, Angentina, and Cuba. be stimulated to critical thinking in modernism to the present. The course explores the nature of regard to their own society. The course film itself, contextualizing cinematic includes a week in a Third World PLSC 370. Third World production with historic, social, and country and a weekend at a homeless Underdevelopment and Politics (3) aesthetic tensions in the construction shelter in a large metropolitan area of (Prereq: PLSC 200 or SOC 201; of Latin American identity. the United States. crosslisted with SOC 370) An examination of the political, economic, SPAN 316. Latin American Civilization (3) and social factors that have led to the (Prereq: SPAN 202) A study of Latin present state of underdevelopment American civilization from the in the Third World. Social scientific pre-Columbian era to the present, theories of underdevelopment and including history, geography, politics, the role of the political system in and artistic contributions of the society. 87 Mathematics

Professor Brian D. Beasley, Chair Professor Gregory D. Goeckel Associate Professor Douglas S. Daniel Associate Professor C. Clinton Harshaw Associate Professor Kara L. Shavo

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Mathematics Students who wish to major in mathematics should select an option based on their plans after graduation as follows:

For students who wish to prepare for graduate school or to pursue a mathematically oriented professional career, the following courses are required: MATH 201, 202*, 221*, 301, 302, 305, 307, 309, 311 or 401, 313, 314, 405, 406, 440; CSC 241 or 250.

For students who wish to combine a strong background in mathematics with in-depth study in another area, the following courses are required: MATH 201, 202*, 221*, 301, 302, 305 or 350, 307, 311, 401, 440, and one mathematics elective numbered 300 or higher; MATH 210 or STAT 319; CSC 241 or 250; the minor (or ma- jor) in one of the natural or social sciences, namely accounting, biology, business administration, chemistry, computer science, economics, physics, political science, psychology, or sociology.

For students who want to be certified to teach mathematics in the high school setting, the following courses are required for the major in mathematics: MATH 108, 201, 202*, 208, 221*, 301, 302, 307, 309, 313, 441; EDMS 350; and MATH 210. Students should complete all other courses required for teacher certification and meet the criteria for acceptance into the Teacher Education Program. See Teacher Education and Certification on pages 33 and 87 for more information. Candidates are highly encouraged to consult with their faculty advisor in the Department of Mathematics within their freshman year.

*Math majors must make a grade of “C” or better in MATH 202 and 221.

Students minoring in math must take MATH 201, 202, 221, 301, and 2 additional 3-hour math courses numbered 300 or higher.

It is crucial that prospective Middle School Education majors planning a concentration in math take MATH 201 and MATH 221 no later than their Sophomore year. Please see page 67 for more details.

Mathematics (MATH)

105. College Algebra (3) rational functions, and exponential methods, elementary set theory, and (Offered on a pass/fail basis only; and logarithmic functions. Students basic probability and statistics. does not satisfy the general education who have received credit for a math requirement in mathematics) A course beyond MATH 105 may not 110. Mathematics for the Liberal Arts basic review of algebra designed to take this course. (3) prepare students for more advanced This course will provide a survey courses. This course is reserved for 108. Finite Mathematics (3) of mathematics emphasizing students who have struggled with A study of selected topics from finite problem-solving, critical thinking, algebra in high school. Topics include mathematics: finance (including and quantitative reasoning. Topics equations and inequalities, the annuities), systems of equations, will very and will be chosen by the function concept, inverse functions, applications of matrices, counting instructor. The focus will be on graphs of functions, polynomial and mathematics as encountered in the 88 world and the connections between induction, discrete functions, 24. e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P mathematics and the liberal arts. recurrence relations, algorithms, graph theory, and combinatorics. 301. Calculus III (3) 196. Precalculus (3) (Prereq: MATH 202) A continuation Pre-Calculus is a thorough study 210. Applied Statistics (3) of MATH 201 and 202. Topics covered of topics in mathematics involving (Students may not receive credit will include indeterminate forms, algebra and trigonometry designed for both MATH 210 and either of improper integrals, sequences and to prepare students to progress STAT 319 or 320.) This course is a series, power series, conic sections, into introductory calculus (Mat data-oriented approach it analyzing and curves given by parametric and 201). Topics will include inverse the data by arguing from the sample polar equations with applications functions, right triangle and to the population. Topics include of derivatives and integrals to these unit circle approaches to the numeric and graphical measures of curves. trigonometry, graphs of functions, describing data, density curves, the inverse trigonometric functions, normal random variable, interpreting 302. Calculus IV (3) and trigonometric identities, scatterplots, correlation, least squares (Prereq: MATH 202) The last course solving equations, applications regression, sampling, experimental in the four-course calculus sequence. using the Law of Sines and Law of design, discrete and continuous Topics are multivariate calculus, Cosines, and other algebraic topics. probability models, random including solid analytic geometry; variables, sampling distribution vectors in three dimensions; vector- 201. Calculus I and Analytic Geometry for counts, proportions and sample valued functions, functions of several (3) means, inference about means and variables; partial derivatives; and (Students may not receive credit for proportions, analysis of two-way multiple integrals. both MATH 201 and MATH 211) tables, multiple regression, one- The first of a four-course sequence and two-way analysis of variance, 305. Complex Variables (3) of calculus and analytic geometry. bootstrap methods, nonparametric (Prereq: MATH 221 and 302) This Although topics covered in each of methods, and logistic regression. course is a study of the complex the four courses will vary with the plane and the calculus of functions textbook used, this course includes 211. Calculus for the Social and of a complex variable. Topics to topics from analytic geometry, Biological Sciences (3) be considered include the algebra limits, continuity of functions, the (Students may not receive credit and geometry of complex numbers, derivative, differentiation techniques for both MATH 201 and MATH limits and derivatives of functions for algebraic and trigonometric 211) A one-semester introduction of a complex variable, the Cauchy- functions, and applications of the to the differential and integral Riemann equations, contour integrals, derivative to graphing, maxima/ calculus of algebraic, exponential, Taylor and Laurent series, and minima problems, and related rates. and logarithmic functions with residues. (Alternate years) applications in the social and 202. Calculus II (3) biological sciences, including 307. Linear Algebra (3) (Prereq: MATH 201; math majors business and economics. This is a (Prereq: MATH 202) A study of must make a grade of “C” or better) terminal course and does not prepare vector spaces, subspaces, bases, and A continuation of MATH 201 with the student for MATH 202. dimension with applications to solving the definite integral; applications systems of equations. Also includes of the definite integral in finding 221. Transition to Advanced linear transformations, representation areas, volumes, work, and arc length; Mathematics (3) of linear transformations by matrices, differentiation and integration (Prereq: MATH 202 or MATH 201 eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and of exponential, logarithmic, and with consent of instructor. Math diagonalizing matrices. other transcendental functions; and majors must make a grade of “C” or techniques of integration, including better) This course is a prerequisite 309. Modern College Geometry (3) integration by parts, substitutions, for MATH 305, 307, 309, 311, 313, (Prereq: MATH 202 and 221) A study partial fractions, and tables. and 405 and is required for all math of the axiomatic method, neutral majors and minors. It is designed geometry, plane Euclidean geometry, 208. Discrete Mathematics (3) to prepare a student for advanced and plane hyperbolic geometry. (Prereq: completion of general math courses and will cover concepts (Alternate years) education requirement in and techniques used in studying mathematics) An introduction to logic, proofs, set theory, relations, 311. Mathematical Statistics (3) discrete mathematics. Topics include functions, and cardinality of sets. (Prereq: MATH 221 and 302 or set theory, logic, mathematical MATH 221 and 301 with consent 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page of instructor) A calculus-based 89 introduction to probability with some 401. Differential Equations (3) 441 Senior Capstone in Teaching application to statistics. (Alternate (Prereq: MATH 302 or 301 and Mathematics (1) years) consent of instructor) This course (Prereq: Option III Senior Math includes first and second order Majors; coreq: EDSD 400, 401, 402) 313-314. Abstract Algebra (3 each sem) differential equations and linear The capstone for senior Option III (Prereq: MATH 202 and 221 or consent equations with constant and variable majors will be taken in conjunction of instructor; MATH 313 for MATH coefficients. with student teaching. Students will 314) These courses cover algebraic keep a journal to reflect upon their structures such as groups, subgroups, 405-406. Introduction to Analysis (3 mastery of mathematical knowledge quotient groups, rings, ideals, integral each sem) and their understanding of teaching domains, fields, and polynomial (Prereq: MATH 221 and 302; MATH and learning. The supervising faculty rings and the relationships of these 405 for MATH 406) These courses member(s) will observe and assess structures to the number system. include topics such as the real number the majors’ content knowledge and (Alternate years) system, the completeness property, student teaching. numerical sequences and series, 350. Numerical Methods (3) continuity and uniform continuity 442. Directed Study in Mathematics (1 (Prereq: CSC 250 or 241 and of functions, differentiation, the to 3). See page 24. MATH 202 or consent of instructor; Riemann integral, sequences and Hours and credit arranged to meet the crosslisted with CSC 350) A study series of functions, and metric spaces needs of the student. Open to junior of the use of the computer to solve (Alternate years) and senior departmental majors by mathematical problems of interest to special permission. Subject matter scientists and engineers. Topics include 440. Senior Capstone in Mathematics pertaining to the student’s field of function approximation, numerical (3) interest. differentiation and integration, (Prereq: Option I or II Senior Math systems of linear equations, least- Majors) A seminar for senior Option 444. Internships. See page 24.. I and Option II majors, emphasizing squares fitting, function minimization, 446. Readings. See page 24. and Monte-Carlo methods. Special the application of previous content emphasis is placed on using matrix to the study of new topics. The 448. Research. See page 24. methods where appropriate. Students supervising faculty member(s) will are expected to write several programs facilitate students’ projects, including 450. Seminar. See page 24. both written and oral presentations. illustrating these topics. (Alternate 452. Special Projects. See page 24. years) 458. Special Topics. See page 24. 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 22.

90 Media Studies e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor Terry Barr, Director Professor Mark Anderson

Requirements for the Minor in Media Studies Journalism Track: 18-19 hours are required for the journalism minor in media studies, selected from: ART 300 plus 15-16 hours of journalism taken with the Washington Semester Program. (See the Associate Dean of Ca- reer Services and Student Programs or the Department of English for information on the Washington Semester Program.)

Business Track: 21-24 hours are required for the business minor in media studies: ACCT 203; BADM 307 and 353; ECON 201; ART 300; an internship of 3-6 hours (MDST 444); and three hours selected from ART 220-221, SPCH 201, or BADM 325.

Media Studies (MDST) ART 300. Media and Society (3) writing and speaking skills through (Prereq: ENGL 110-111 or equivalent peer-evaluated memos, letters, ACCT 203. Principles of Financial and consent of instructor) A course and reports. The course requires Accounting (3) dealing with media history, uses, weekly writing assignments. Limited This course provides an introduction and values. It will consider such enrollment. to accounting as a device for reporting media as newspapers, magazines, business activities. The underlying BADM 353. Small Business radio, television, recordings, motion Management (3) principles of accounting for assets, pictures, theatre, music, and the arts (Prereq: ACCT 203 and ECON debt, and owners’ equity are studied in regard to how they affect society 201) A practical course designed to in addition to the preparation and the individual. Students will enhance the student’s ability to apply and interpretation of financial investigate these media and the social, fundamental managerial techniques statements. economic, and historical milieu from to the operation of the small business. ART 220. Graphic Design (2) which they emerge as well as the The focus is on developing strengths (Prereq: ART 110 and 120 or consent aesthetic and ethical values attributed and capabilities that are unique of instructor; coreq: ART 221) to them. The course will use non- to small companies striving for Introduction to the foundational traditional approaches to the subject success. Topics include strategic elements that make up good design. matter, and active participation by the management, entrepreneurship, Special emphasis given to the creative students will be an essential element forms of ownership, franchising, process of visual problem solving of the course. Enrollment limited. cash flow management, sources of using thumbnails, roughs, and finals. Students will be selected by GPA and funding, business plan development, An historical overview of graphic faculty interview. and others. Students create a business design to provide an adequate context plan as part of the course. BADM 307. Marketing (3) for student projects. A materials (Prereq: sophomore status) A general ECON 201. Principles of fee is assessed for this course, in survey of marketing: consumer Macroeconomics (3) addition to necessary art supplies behavior, functions, channels, The study of basic concepts, national purchased by individual students. and institutions. Special emphasis income determination, and the effects (Lectures, field trips, and studio on the integration of marketing of monetary and fiscal policies. applications.) fundamentals with decision-making through the use of case studies. MDST 444. Internship in Media ART 221. Graphic Design Studio (1) Studies (3-6). See page28. (Prereq/Coreq: ART 220) An BADM 325. Managerial Communication Internship in an approved media independent studio experience in (3) studies field: journalism or business. graphic design. Each student will (Prereq: C or better in English 110 Students’ work is closely supervised in create a series of projects based on the or 111) A case-based class in which the organization where the internship concepts presented in ART 220. A students analyze business problems is undertaken and students are materials fee is assessed for this course, and propose persuasive solutions. required to submit weekly written in addition to necessary art supplies Students share leadership in a reports on their work to their faculty purchased by individual students. seminar-style class as they strengthen supervisor. 91 SPCH 201. Public Speaking (3) An introduction to the basic prin- ciples of effective communication. Speeches assigned on various topics and constructive criticism given. Poise and skill in public presentation of speeches emphasized.

92 Military Science and Leadership e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Lieutenant Colonel Shane A. Baker, Chair Instructor Master Sergeant Allan Larson Instructor Sergeant First Class Jason L. Mayfield

Minor in Military Science Students minoring in military science must complete 15 semester hours in advanced military science. Participation in this minor is contingent upon completion of the ROTC basic courses or equivalent training and acceptance as a contracted student in ROTC basic courses or equivalent training and acceptance as a contracted student in the Army ROTC Advanced Course. Required courses include a military history course (300-level or above); SPCH 200, SPCH 201, CSC 201, and PLSC 201, 202, 332, PHIL 203, or PSYC 322

Military Science (MILS) 105. Accelerated Foundation of 205. Accelerated Leadership and Leadership (3-4) Teamwork (3-4) 101. Leadership and Personal (Offered by exception only and with (Offered by exception only and with Development (2) consent of instructor). This course consent of instructor). This course (2 hrs lecture, 3 hours lab weekly). merges MILS 101 and 102 into an merges MILS 201 and 202 into an Students are introduced to the accelerated class. Military obligation accelerated class. Military obligation personal challenges and competencies is incurred due to linkage to follow-on is incurred due to linkage to follow-on that are critical for effective leadership. courses and commissioning. courses and commissioning. Cadets learn how the personal development of life skills such as 201. Innovative Team Leadership (2) 250. ROTC Leadership Training Course critical thinking, goal setting, time (2 hrs lecture, 3 hours lab weekly). (6-8) management, physical fitness, and Explores the dimensions of creative (Requires approval of Professor of stress management relate to leadership, and innovative tactical leadership Military Science; Pass/Fail) officership, and the Army profession. strategies and styles by examining Summer training at Fort Knox, (No military obligation incurred for team dynamics and historical Kentucky that introduces students non-contracted students.) leadership theories that form the basis to Army training. Enrollment is of the Army leadership framework. open to students with no more 102. Introduction to Tactical Cadets practice aspects of personal than 3 semesters of military science Leadership (2) motivation and team building in completed and no prior military (2 hrs lecture, 3 hours lab weekly). the context of planning, executing, experience. Students must have Gives an overview of leadership and assessing team exercises. (No at least 2 years remaining before fundamentals such as setting direction, military obligation incurred for non- graduation. This course may be taken problem solving, listening, presenting contracted students.) in lieu of the basic courses. Camp briefs, providing feedback, and using graduates are eligible for enrollment effective writing skills. Cadets explore 202. Foundations of Tactical in advanced military science. Travel dimensions of leadership values, Leadership (2) pay and salary provided. (No military attributes, skills, and actions in the (2 hrs lecture, 3 hours lab obligation incurred. Contract is context of practical, hands-on, and weekly). Examines the challenges optional.) interactive exercises. Introduces of leading tactical teams in the small unit tactics and techniques. complex contemporary operating 301. Adaptive Team Leadership (3) (No military obligation incurred for environment. This course highlights non-contracted students.) dimensions of terrain analysis, patrolling, and operation orders. Further study of the theoretical basis of the Army leadership framework explores the dynamics of adaptive leadership in the context of military operations. (No military obligation incurred for non-contracted students.) 93 (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab. weekly; prereq: Military Justice, the counseling of 444. Internships. Basic Course or Equivalent Training subordinates, administrative actions, Offered to contracted Cadets only. Approved by Professor of Military and how to manage their career as an Must have prior approval from the Science). Cadets study, practice, Army Officer. Senior cadets train, Professor of Military Science. and evaluate adaptive leadership mentor, and evaluate junior cadets skills as they are presented with while being mentored and evaluated 446. Readings. challenging scenarios related to squad by experienced ROTC cadre. Offered to contracted Cadets only. tactical operations. Cadets receive Must have prior approval from the systematic and specific feedback on 402. Leadership in a Complex World Professor of Military Science. their leadership attributes and actions. (3) Based on such feedback, as well as their (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab. weekly; 448. Research. own self-evaluations, cadets continue prereq: MILS 301-302). Cadets Offered to contracted Cadets only. to develop their leadership and critical explore the dynamics of leading Must have prior approval from the thinking abilities. in the complex military situations Professor of Military Science. of the contemporary operating 302. Applied Team Leadership (3) environment. Cadets examine the 450. Seminar. (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab. weekly; prereq: differences in customs and courtesies, Offered to contracted Cadets only. Basic Course or Equivalent Training military law, principles of war, and Must have prior approval from the Approved by Professor of Military rules of engagement in the face of Professor of Military Science. Science). Cadets face increasingly international terrorism. Cadets also intense situations in order to build explore aspects of interacting with 452. Special Projects. awareness and apply team leadership non-governmental organizations, Offered to contracted Cadets only. skills in leading tactical operations civilians of the battlefield, and host Must have prior approval from the at the small unit level. Cadets review nation support. This course places Professor of Military Science. aspects of combat, stability, and support significant emphasis on preparing 458. Special Topics. operations. They also conduct military cadets for their first unit of assignment Offered to contracted Cadets only. briefings and develop proficiency in using case studies, scenarios, and Must have prior approval from the the operation orders process. The exercises to prepare cadets to face Professor of Military Science. focus is on exploring, evaluating, and complex ethical and practical demands

developing skills in decision-making, of leading as commissioned officers

influencing others, and motivating in the U.S. Army.

team members in the contemporary operating environment. Cadets are 405. Accelerated Leadership, evaluated on what they know and do Management, and Officership (3) as leaders as they prepare to attend (Offered by exception only and with the Leader Development Assessment consent of Professor of Military Course. Science) This course merges MILS 401 and 402 into an accelerated class. 401. Developing Adaptive Leaders (3) Military obligation is incurred. (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab. weekly; prereq: MILS 301-302). Cadets learn the duties and responsibilities of an Army staff officer and apply the military decision making process, the Army writing style, and the Army’s principles of training management during weekly training meetings to plan, execute, and assesses ROTC battalion training events. Cadets study the special trust proposed to Army Officers by the U.S. Constitution and the President of the United States and how Army values and leader ethics are applied in the contemporary operating environment. Cadets learn the Army officer’s role in the Uniform Code of 94 Modern Foreign Languages e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor Mark R. Cox, Chair Professor Constance Colwell Professor Chad W. Helms Associate Professor Patrick D. Kiley Associate Professor Margarita M. Ramirez Assistant Professor Sharon E. Knight Assistant Professor Clinia M. Saffi Visiting Instructor Louis Liu Visiting Instructor YingYing Wang

Requirements for the Major and Minor in French Students majoring in French must take 27 hours in French above FREN 102 or 151, including FREN 201-202, 301-302, 333, 391, 410 and at least one 400-level literature course. Although French courses taken in a study- abroad program may count toward these 27 hours, at least two courses (FREN 333 and one 400-level literature course) must be taken on campus at Presbyterian College.

Students minoring in French must take 18 hours in French above FREN 102 (or 151).

One semester or junior year of study abroad in France is recommended for all majors and minors.

Requirements for the Major and Minor In German Students majoring in German must take 27 hours in German above GERM 102, including GERM 201-202, 301- 302, and at least two literature courses. German courses taken in a study abroad program may be substituted for some of the above courses, subject to approval by the department.

Students minoring in German must take 18 hours in German above GERM 102.

One semester or junior year of study abroad in Germany is recommended for all majors and minors.

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Spanish Students majoring in Spanish must take 27 hours in Spanish above SPAN 102 or 151, including SPAN 201-202, 301-302, and at least two literature courses. Spanish courses taken in a study abroad program may be substituted for some of the above courses, subject to approval by the department.

Students minoring in Spanish must take 18 hours in Spanish above SPAN 102 (or 151) are required for the minor.

One semester or junior year of study abroad in Spain is recommended for all majors and minors.

Requirements for Certification to Teach Spanish Students who want to be certified to teach Spanish in grades K-12 must meet the requirements for the major above plus SPAN 315 and/or 316 or equivalent courses in an approved study-abroad program as well as one literature course emphasizing contemporary writers. It is highly recommended that the student take courses on an approved program in a Spanish-speaking country. SPAN 343 is strongly recommended. Students must also complete all other courses required for teacher certification and meet the criteria for acceptance into the Teacher Acceptance Program. See Teacher Education and Certification on pages 33 and 87 for more information.

95 Requirements for the Major in Modern Foreign Languages

Students who are majoring in modern foreign languages must take a total of 18 hours beyond the 102-level in each of the two languages.

Chinese (CHIN)

101-102. Introductory Chinese (4 each sem) 201-202. Intermediate French (3 each 391. Advanced Grammar and A basic course designed to develop sem) Phonetics (3) speaking, listening, reading, and (Prereq: FREN 102 or 151 or placement (Prereq: 3 hrs at 300 level) A study writing skills and an awareness of the test) A study of French civilization of French grammar, syntax, and Chinese culture. with grammar review, pronunciation, phonetics designed to address the and aural comprehension practice. difficulties encountered by the 201-202. Intermediate Chinese (3 each advanced students seeking to perfect sem ) 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. their mastery of the language. A continuation of the study of the (Alternate years) Chinese language. 301-302. Advanced French Composition and Conversation (3 each sem) 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 442. Directed Studies in Chinese (1-9). (Prereq: FREN 202 or placement 24.. See page 24. test) An advanced course designed to (Prereq: two years of the appropriate develop oral and written proficiency 401. French Literature before 1600 (3) language) Directed independent in French. Continues the acquisition (Prereq: FREN 333) A survey of study in Chinese on a topic approved of language skills through discussions, French literature in the Middle by the department. oral presentations, and essays based Ages and the Renaissance. (Alternate on readings about contemporary years) 444. Internships. See page 24. France. 402. Seventeenth Century French 446. Readings. See page 24. 322. Introduction to French Cinema (3) Literature (3) 448. Research. See page 24. (Prereq: FREN 202) A survey (Prereq: FREN 333) An examination of the history of French cinema of French classicism and the 450. Seminar. See page 24. from the silent era to the present relationship of literature to painting, day. Important genres, theories, architecture and music. (Alternate 452. Special Projects. See page 24. and techniques from all periods years) 458. Special Topics. See page 24. will be covered. Emphasis will be placed on the most representative 403. Eighteenth Century French French cinematographic schools and Literature (3) (Prereq: FREN 333) The history French (FREN) auteurs throughout history, including Truffaut and the nouvelle vague and of the Enlightenment in France through the works of Montesquieu, 101-102. Introductory French (4 each Malle and the cinéma engagé. sem) Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau and A basic course designed to develop 333. Introduction to Literary Beaumarchais. (Alternate years) speaking, listening, reading, and Appreciation (3) (Prereq: FREN 202) An introduction 404. Nineteenth Century French writing skills and an awareness of Literature (3) francophone culture. to the vocabulary and techniques of literary criticism and to the nature of (Prereq: FREN 333) A study of the major literary movements in France 151. Accelerated Introductory French the main literary movements. (4) during the 19th century including An accelerated course for students 343. French Apprenticeship (3) romanticism, realism, symbolism, with previous study of French. (Prereq: FREN 302 and consent of and naturalism. (Alternate years) the department) Students observe Continues the development of 405. Contemporary French Drama and fundamental skills with an emphasis beginning language classes and Poetry (3) on speaking and comprehension. eventually teach segments of the (Prereq: FREN 333) A survey of (Credit cannot be received for both course and prepare audio-visual representative modern French poetry 151 and 102.) materials and tests under the close and theatre. supervision of the first-year teacher. (Alternate years) 96 406. French Novel: Twentieth Century 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 420. German Film and Society (3) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (3) 24. (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent of (Prereq: FREN 333) A study of major instructor) This course will study a authors and new developments in 301-302. Advanced German representative selection of German- the novel during the 20th century. Composition and Conversation (3 each language films from the early 20th (Alternate years) sem) (Prereq: GERM 202 or placement century up to recent works. They will be discussed in connection with 410. French Civilization (3) exam) An advanced course designed to develop skills in oral and written the contemporary social and political (Prereq: 3 hrs at 300 level) A study of developments in the German- French civilization from prehistoric communication in German. Discussions, oral presentations, and speaking countries. (Every three times to the present with emphasis on years) geography, history, social structure, essays based on contemporary texts and artistic contributions of the and tapes. 440. German Literature Capstone (3) society. (Alternate years) (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent of 321. Survey of German Literature I (3) instructor) This course will study 442. Directed Study in French (3-9). (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent of the several major German-language See page 24. instructor) A study of representative literary works from different historical (Open to French majors who have German dramas and novellas of the periods, focusing on the development completed FREN 301-302, 333 and 18th and 19th centuries. (Every three of language, form, and themes in at least six additional hours beyond years) the historical context. (Every three FREN 202) Readings and research on a years) topic approved by the department. 322. Survey of German Literature II (3) (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent of 442. Directed Studies in German (3-9). 444. Internships. See page 24. instructor) A study of representative See page 24. German prose works of the 20th 446. Readings. See page 24. (Prereq: GERM 302) Open to students century. (Every three years) planning to major in German who 448. Research. See page 24. will complete their major with a 343. German Apprenticeship (3) junior year abroad or for students 450. Seminar. See page 24. (Prereq: GERM 302 and consent of taking German as the second foreign the department) Students observe language for a modern foreign 452. Special Projects. See page 24. beginning language classes and languages major. 458. Special Topics in French (1-6). eventually teach segments of the See page 24. course and prepare audio-visual 444. Internships. See page 24. (Prereq: FREN 202) Directed materials and tests under the close 446. Readings. See page 24. independent studies in areas of French supervision of the first-year teacher. civilization or foreign language 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 448. Research. See page 24.. teaching methods on topics approved 22. by the department. 450. Seminar. See page 24. 405. German on the Internet (3) 452. Special Projects. See page 24. (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent of German (GERM) instructor) This course will explore 458. Special Topics in German (1-6). and contrast various German- See page 24. 101-102. Introductory German (4 each language media, both popular and (Prereq: GERM 302) Directed sem) independent study on a topic approved legitimate, and develop critical insight A basic course designed to develop by the department. into their treatment of topics such speaking, listening, reading, and as politics, business, sports, popular writing skills and an awareness of culture, and general culture. (Every German culture. Spanish (SPAN) three years) 201-202. Intermediate German (3 each 101-102. Introductory Spanish (4 each sem) 410. German Civilization (3) sem) (Prereq: GERM 102 or placement test) (Prereq: GERM 302 or consent A basic course designed to develop A continuation of GERM 101-102 of instructor) A study of German speaking, listening, reading, and with increased emphasis on German civilization including geography, writing skills and an awareness of civilization, aural comprehension, history, social structure, and cultural Hispanic culture. and conversation. life. (Every three years)

97 151. Accelerated Introductory Spanish preoccupied by the struggle over 334. Issues in Latin America (3) (4) socialism and communism. This course (Prereq: SPAN 301, 300, or permission An accelerated course for students will examine cultural representations of the instructor) This seminar focuses with previous study of Spanish. of this struggle through film and on issues in Latin America. Possible Continues the development of short stories. Films will have subtitles topics include the representation fundamental skills with an emphasis and short stories will be available in and voice of Latinos/Hispanics in on speaking and comprehension. English and Spanish. Students will be the United States, interventionism, (Credit cannot be received for both able to receive credit for the course in exile and migration, globalism, and 151 and 102.) English or Spanish (SPAN 318). indigenous cultures. With approval of the Modern Foreign Languages 201-202. Intermediate Spanish (3 each 321. Survey of Spanish Literature I (3) Spanish faculty, this course may be sem) (Prereq: SPAN 202) An introduction to taken more than once for credit. (Prereq: SPAN 102, 151, or placement Spanish literature from its beginnings test) A study of Hispanic culture through the 18th century. (Alternate 341. Business Spanish (3) accompanied by a thorough review years) (Prereq: SPAN 202) A course designed of grammar and continued oral-aural to perfect skills in the language and work as well as continued practice in 322. Survey of Spanish Literature II (3) procedures used by the Hispanic writing. (Prereq: SPAN 202) An overview of business world. Includes terminology Spanish literature of the 19th and 20th and methods used in marketing, labor 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. centuries. (Alternate years) relations, international commerce, 300. Introduction to Literary Genres (3) and banking; practice in interpreting 324. Contemporary Brazilian Film (3) and writing for business use; and (Prereq. SPAN 202 or permission of (Crosslisted with PORT 324) This the instructor) An introduction to acquaintance with the history, course focuses on the development of geography, culture, and economic the critical reading and analysis of Brazilian film from precursors of the poetry, narrative, and drama. status of the Spanish-speaking “Cinema Novo” movement of the 1950s nations. and 1960s to the recent resurgence in 301-302. Advanced Spanish Composition and Conversation (3 each Brazilian cinematography since the 343. Spanish Apprenticeship (3) sem) late 1990s. (Prereq: SPAN 202 and consent of (Prereq: SPAN 202) An advanced the department) Students observe 331. Survey of Spanish-American beginning language classes and course designed to develop skills in Literature I (3) eventually teach segments of the oral and written communication (Prereq: SPAN 202 ) An introduction course and prepare audio-visual in Spanish. Discussions, oral to various genres written from the materials and tests under the close presentations, and essays on material colonial period to modernism. supervision of the first-year teacher. from Spanish magazine articles, short (Alternate years) stories, and tapes. 350. Latin American Cinema (3) 332. Survey of Spanish-American 315. Spanish Civilization (3) Literature II (3) (Prereq: SPAN 300 or permission (Prereq: SPAN 202) A study of (Prereq: SPAN 202) An overview of of the instructor; crosslisted LAST Spanish civilization with emphasis on the principal literary movements from 350) This course focuses on the geography, history, social structure, modernism to the present. development of Latin American film and artistic contributions of the in the major filmmaking countries: society. 333. Issues in Spain (3) Brazil, Mexico, Angentina, and Cuba. (Prereq: SPAN 301, 300, or permission The course explores the nature of 316. Latin American Civilization (3) of the instructor) This seminar film itself, contextualizing cinematic (Prereq: SPAN 202) A study of Latin focuses on issues in modern Spain. production with historic, social, and American civilization from the Possible topics include the role aesthetic tensions in the construction pre-Columbian era to the present, of Spain in the European Union, of Latin American identity. including history, geography, politics, globalism, immigration, nationalism and artistic contributions of the and identity, terrorism, post-civil war 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 22. society. generation, gender and sexuality, and the role of the Catholic Church in the 318. Political Violence and Culture in 21st century. With approval of the Latin America (3) Modern Foreign Languages Spanish (Prereq: SPAN 202) The Twentieth faculty, this course may be taken more Century saw Latin America than once for credit. 98 442. Directed Studies in Spanish (3-9). 324. Contemporary Brazilian Film (3) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P See page 24. (Crosslisted with SPAN 324) This (Prereq: SPAN 202) Open to students course focuses on the development of planning to major in Spanish who will Brazilian film from precursors of the complete their major with a junior “Cinema Novo” movement of the 1950s year abroad or for students taking and 1960s to the recent resurgence in Spanish as the second foreign language Brazilian cinematography since the for a modern foreign languages major; late 1990s. readings and research on a topic approved by the department. 442. Directed Studies in Portuguese (1-9). See page 24. 444. Internships. See page 24. (Prereq: two years of Portuguese) Directed independent study in 446. Readings. See page 24. Portuguese on a topic approved by 448. Research. See page 24. the department.

450. Seminar. See page 24. 444. Internships. See page 24.

452. Special Projects. See page 24. 446. Readings. See page 24.

458. Special Topics in Spanish (1-6). 448. Research. See page 24. See page 24. (Prereq: SPAN 202) Directed 450. Seminar. See page 24. independent study on a topic approved 452. Special Projects. See page 24. by the department. 458. Special Topics. See page 24. Portuguese (PORT)

101-102. Introductory Portuguese (4 each sem) A basic course designed to develop speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills and an awareness of Luso-Brazilian culture.(Alternate years) 151. Accelerated Introductory Portuguese (4) An accelerated course for students with previous study of a Romance language, especially Spanish. Continues the development of fundamental skills with an emphasis on speaking and comprehension.

201-202. Intermediate Portuguese (3 each sem) (Prereq: PORT 102 or placement test) A study of Luso-Brazilian culture accompanied by a thorough review of grammar and continued oral-aural work as well as continued practice in writing. (Alternate years)

99 Music Professor J. Porter Stokes, II, Chair Associate Professor Karen W. Buckland Associate Professor Ron A. Davis Assistant Professor A. Christian Elser Assistant Professor Robert W. Howiler Assistant Professor Tim J. Kintzinger Assistant Professor Richard B. Thomas Instructor Jane B. Morlan

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Music Students majoring in music must complete the following requirements: MUSC 103, 103L, 104, 104L, 150, 151, 201, 201L, 202, 202L, 360, 361, and 410; either 303 or 402; either 340, 341, 400, or 401; MUSA 171, 172, 271, 272, 371, 372, 471, and 472; MUSE 290, 293, or 294 each term for a total of eight terms; and a minimum of seven satisfac- tory terms of MUSC 199. Music majors must take at least one course in art, dance, or theatre. This course may be taken to satisfy the general education requirement or as an elective. In addition, these students must pass the second-year review, satisfy the piano proficiency requirement, and complete additional elective hours in music, applied music, or ensembles selected in consultation with a music advisor. A senior capstone project in music is required that may also satisfy the general education capstone requirements.

Students majoring in music with an emphasis in music performance must complete the following requirements: MUSC 103, 103L, 104, 104L, 150, 151, 201, 201L, 202, 202L, 360, 361, 397, 410, and 497 (senior recital/capstone); either 303 or 402; either 340, 341, 400, or 401; MUSA 171, 172, 271, 272, 381, 382, 481, and 482; MUSE 290, 293, or 294 each term for a total of eight terms; and a minimum of seven satisfactory terms of MUSC 199. Music majors must take at least one course in art, dance, or theatre. This course may be taken to satisfy the general education requirement or as an elective. In addition, these students must pass the second-year review and satisfy the piano proficiency requirement. A senior capstone project in music is required that may also satisfy the general education capstone requirements.

Students seeking the music performance emphasis in voice must take: MUSC 175, 176, 177, and 353 as well as a minimum of four terms of minor vocal ensembles

Students seeking the music performance emphasis in piano/organ must take: MUSC 203, 204, 349, and 351 as well as two terms of MUSC 313-314.

Students seeking the music performance emphasis in brass/percussion/woodwinds/strings must take: MUSC 309 and 310; either 303 or 402 (the course not included above); eight terms of small instrumental ensembles; and two terms of MUSC 313-314.

Students majoring in music with an emphasis in sacred music must complete the following requirements: MUSC 103, 103L, 104, 104L, 150, 151, 201, 201L, 202, 202L, 304, 305, 309, 310, 343, 360, 361, 397, 404, 410, and 444 (internship in sacred music); MUSA 171, 172, 271, 272, 371, 372, 471, and 472; MUSE 290, 293, or 294 each term for a total of eight terms; two terms of handbell ensemble; and a minimum of seven satisfactory terms of MUSC 199. Music majors must take at least one course in art, dance, or theatre. This course may be taken to satisfy the general education requirement or as an elective. In addition, these students must pass the second-year review, satisfy the piano proficiency requirement, take RELG 302, and complete a senior capstone course in music that may also satisfy the general education capstone requirements.

100 Students seeking the sacred music emphasis in piano/organ are also encouraged to take MUSC 175, 203, e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P 204, 316, and 318.

Students seeking the sacred music emphasis in vocal/choral are encouraged to take MUSC 175, 318, and 353.

Students minoring in music must take 20 hours in music including MUSC 102, 103, 103L, 104, 104L; MUSA 100 in the primary applied instrument/voice for four semesters; major ensembles (MUSE 290, 293, or 294) for four terms; MUSC 199 for no fewer than four satisfactory terms or as many terms as the student is registered for any music class; and additional hours in consultation with a music advisor.

All music majors must achieve demonstrated competence at an advanced level of technique and performance in at least one applied area. In most cases and in order to meet this requirement, students should study the same instrument/voice for four years. All music students must have a music dictionary during MUSC 150 if they do not already own one. Music dictionaries are available through the PC Campus Bookstore.

Additional Requirements of Music Majors Diagnostic Exams: Diagnostic exams are administered in music theory, music history, performance, and key- board skills.

Piano Proficiency: All music students must take a keyboard diagnostic exam before beginning piano study. After assignment to class or private instruction, students should seek to satisfy the piano proficiency requirements no later than the end of the sophomore year. All music majors must satisfy piano proficiency requirements in order to graduate.

Proficiency in Music Technology and Eartraining/Sightsinging: Proficiency in these two areas currently reside within the music theory sequence (MUSC 103-103L through 202-202L) and upper division music theory (MUSC 303, 402, and 410).

Requirements for Certification to Teach Music Students who want to be certified to teach music in grades K-12 must meet the following requirements for the B.S. in music education: MUSC 103, 103L, 104, 104L, 150, 151, 201, 201L, 202, 202L, 309, 310, 330, 331, 360, 361, 402, and 410; seven terms of MUSA 100; MUSE 290, 293, or 294 each term for a total of seven terms; a minimum of seven satisfactory terms of MUSC 199. Music majors must take at least one course in art, dance, or theatre. This course may be taken to satisfy the general education requirement or as an elective. In addition, these students must pass the second-year review and satisfy the piano proficiency requirement that may also satisfy the general education capstone requirements.

Students must also complete MUSA 171, 172, 271, 272, 371, 372, and 471. For vocal/choral majors, the primary instrument must be voice or piano/organ. If voice, the piano becomes the secondary. If piano/organ, then voice becomes the secondary. For either, one semester of guitar is also required. For instrumental majors, the primary instrument will be chosen from woodwind, string, brass, or percussion. Instrumental majors must take MUSC 313 A&B, 314 A&B to provide a basic performing competency, exposure to methodologies and pedagogies, and teaching experience in all classes of instruments.

Students seeking the B.S. in music education must also complete seven terms of minor ensembles. Vocal/choral majors must include two terms of instrumental ensembles while instrumental majors must include two terms of choral ensemble. Instrumental majors may substitute class or applied voice.

For teacher certification, students must complete EDUC 201, 371, 391, 392, and 393; EDMS 342; PSYC 212 and 213; and appropriate directed teaching courses for the early childhood; middle school; or secondary education level as well as meet the criteria for acceptance into the Teacher Education Program. See Teacher Education and Certification on pages 33 and 87 for more information.

101 Music (MUSC) to develop functional keyboard skills 177. Opera and Music Theatre of sight reading, harmonization, Workshop (1) 100. Fundamentals of Music (3) accompanying, transposition, and (Prereq: MUSC 173-174 or applied Elements and concepts of music improvisation. Required of all music voice lessons; may be repeated) including notation, scales, rhythm, majors. A laboratory for the study and keyboard use, eartraining, and performance of musical excerpts from sightsinging. 115. Guitar Class (1) opera and musical theatre. Introduction to the basic skills of 101. Piano Class for Non-Majors (1) guitar playing with emphasis on 199. Recital Attendance (0) (May be repeated one time) Beginning demonstration and accompaniment Required of all music majors and piano class. Practical instruction in techniques. Commonly used chords minors every semester. A mark of the fundamental techniques of piano and chord progressions and a variety “S” or “U” is given dependent upon playing. of strumming and finger-style fulfillment of attendance at designated performance events. 102. Music Appreciation (3) accompaniment patterns will be studied. An introduction to art music with 201. Intermediate Harmony I (3) illustrations of various types and 150. Introduction to Music I (2) (Prereq: MUSC 104) Part-writing and forms. Open to all students and An introduction to the study of music analysis with applied harmonies and required for those seeking teaching in all its aspects. The course is a modulations. Model compositions in certificates. combination of music appreciation, the style of late Classical and Romantic composers. 103. Beginning Harmony I (3) musical aesthetics, music history, (Prereq: Consent of instructor.) and a study of performance practices and includes a variety of listening, 201L. Intermediate Eartraining/ Reading musical notations, counting Sightsinging I (1) studying, and thinking experiences. rhythms, scales, keys, intervals, triads, Sight reading; melodic and harmonic Students will begin the process of and chord names. dictation with diatonic and applied musical analysis—rhythm, melody, harmonies; and aural identification harmony, form, and texture—and 103L. Elementary Eartraining I (1) of simple forms. Develop basic aural/visual musical will explore the various dimensions skills: scales, chords, and melodies. of musical organization and musical 202. Intermediate Harmony II (3) meaning. (Prereq: MUSC 201) Part-writing and 104. Elementary Harmony II (3) analysis with 19th century chromatic 151. Introduction to Music II (2) (Prereq: MUSC 103) Diatonic part- harmonies, model compositions in (Prereq: MUSC 150) A continuation writing and analysis. the style of late Romantic composers, of Music 150. and exposure to 20th century 104L. Elementary Eartraining II (1) developments. Melodic and harmonic dictation, 173-174. Voice Class (l each sem) (May not be repeated) Group rhythmic dictation, and aural 202L. Intermediate Eartraining/ identification of phrase forms and instruction in the rudiments of singing, Sightsinging II (1) cadences. including tone production, quality, Sight reading; melodic and harmonic breath control, vowel placement, and dictation with chromatic harmonies 107-108. Beginning Piano Class I and diction. Open to all students interested and modal mixture; and aural II in the art of singing. identification of larger forms. (1 each sem) (Prereq: Freshman music major or 175. Singers Diction: Italian and 203. Accompanying I (0.5) English (1) consent of instructor) Elementary (Prereq: Consent of instructor) Accurate pronunciation and clear fundamentals of piano. Students Repertoire for piano with voice or articulation in Italian and English develop functional keyboard skills instrument will be studied. Strongly vocal literature using the International of sight-reading, harmonization, recommended for all keyboard accompanying, transposition, and Phonetic Alphabet. majors. improvisation. Required of all non- 176. Singer’s Diction: Latin, French, keyboard majors who have little or 204. Accompanying II (0.5) no training in piano. and German (1) (Prereq: MUSC 175) Accurate (Prereq: MUSC 203) The practical pronunciation and clear articulation application of skills studied in MUSC 109. Beginning Piano Class III (1) 203. Emphasis will be placed on (Prereq: MUSC 107-108 or consent in Latin, French, and German vocal literature using the International preparation and performance of of the instructor) Students continue secular and sacred music in a variety Phonetic Alphabet. of venues. 102 207. Intermediate Piano Class (1) to provide hands-on experience with formal analysis. Includes conducting e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (Prereq: MUSC 107-108 or consent synthesizers and the world of music experience. of the instructor) Beginning and the Macintosh computer. fundamentals of piano. Students 313-314. Instrumental Techniques continue to develop functional 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. (1 each sem) keyboard skills of sight reading, A laboratory course to give the harmonization, accompanying, 303. Counterpoint (3) student a working knowledge of transposition, and improvisation. (Prereq: MUSC 202) A study of the instruments of the orchestra. Required of all music majors. countrapuntal music and techniques Each semester one course will be from the 15th century through the High offered on one of the principle family 209. Functional Skills for Keyboard Renaissance style of Palestrina and his instruments: woodwinds, brass, and Majors (1) contemporaries, to the Baroque styles percussion. Pedagogical materials, (Prereq: MUSC 103 and 104; for of J. S. Bach and his contemporaries, methods, and practical teaching keyboard majors only) Designed for and into the Romantic era (with exercises. keyboard music majors to develop special emphasis on Beethoven) along their functional keyboard skills. with an exploration of contrapuntal 330. Materials and Methods: techniques in the music of the 20th Elementary-Middle School (3) 212. Music of the World’s Culture (3) century. (Alternate years) This course involves the study A survey of music in relation to its of philosophy, methodology, and cultural context, covering selected 304. Church Music Administration I (3) planning inherent in the teaching of topics in music and culture outside Administrative, organizational, and grades K-8. Students are introduced the European art music tradition, methodological issues in the practice to Kodaly, Orff, Suzuki, and other including European and American of sacred music in the local church or pedagogical systems in order to folk music and African, North parish. (Alternate years) prepare to teach in the eclectic and South American, and Asian environment of the American music music. Focus will be on developing 305. Church Music Administration II (3) classroom. State-adopted texts in skills in listening and analysis and A continuation of Church Music music are used and the student is on understanding differences and Administration I, focusing on the exposed to a wide variety of resources similarities between the musical musical aspects of worship planning available in lesson and curriculum systems and expressions of various and history in reformed and liturgical planning. Students write and execute peoples. traditions. (Alternate years) lesson plans and are introduced to and required to use instruments common 213. American Popular Music (3) 307. Music for Teachers (3) to the public school classroom: piano, A general survey of popular music A course designed to provide early guitar, recorder, and autoharp. in America from the middle of the education and elementary school 19th century to the present time. The specialists with specific musical skills 331. Materials and Methods: Middle- principal popular music genres of and materials. Integration of music High School (3) Musical Theater, Jazz, Country, and into the general classroom is the This course involves the study Rock will be the focus of this course. ultimate goal of the class. of philosophy, methodology, and Composers, performers and perform- planning inherent in the teaching 309. Conducting I (2) ing mediums of these styles will be of grades 6-12. Students study the (Prereq: MUSC 104-104L) A practical discussed within their religious, po- application of the major pedagogical course in basic techniques of litical, and economic context in order systems to middle school and high conducting. Course content includes to gain a greater appreciation for their school music. Specific and intense beat patterns, baton technique, meaning and role in society, and place consideration is given to the direction and analysis. Includes conducting in the development of contemporary and leadership of music ensembles. practice. American culture. Students write and execute lesson plans, are introduced to and required 221. Introduction to Music Technology 310. Conducting II (2) to use instruments common to (3) (Prereq: MUSC 309) A practical the public school classroom, and (Prereq: none but keyboard experience course in the basic technique of use materials and resources that is helpful) An introduction to the conducting choral ensembles. Course reflect a multicultural and global physics of sound, musical synthesis, content includes the study of beat perspective. MIDI, sequencing, and computer patterns, conducting techniques, applications in music engraving and rehearsal procedures, program multimedia. This course is designed building and organization of choral groups, arranging, and stylistic and 103 340. Ancient, Medieval, and 360. History and Literature of Music I: 410. Form and Analysis (3) Renaissance Music (3) Antiquity to 1750 (3) (Prereq: 202 and 202L) Patterns The history, analysis, and aesthetics of (Prereq: MUSC 150 and 151; and processes in music with an composers, styles and techniques from recommended: MUSC 201 and examination of prominent musical antiquity-1600 will be explored. 202) The development of music forms using specific musical examples from antiquity through the end of of each as subject for analysis. 341. Baroque Music (3) the Baroque with an emphasis on Analysis will be performed visually The history, analysis, and aesthetics historical perspectives and theoretical using musical scores and aurally of composers, styles, and techniques concepts will be explored. using musical recordings and live from 1600-1750. performances. 361: History and Literature of Music II: 344. Survey of Sacred Music (3) 1750 to Present (3) 442. Directed Studies (3-6). See page The history of sacred music with (Prereq: MUSC 360) Perspectives 24. emphasis on liturgies, hymns, sacred and concepts introduced in MUSC 444. Internships. See page 24. song, psalmody, and contemporary 360 continue to be developed from the trends and issues. (Alternate years) Classical through the Contemporary 446. Readings. See page 24. periods. 349. Fundamentals of Piano Pedagogy 448. Research. See page 24. I (2) 397. Half Recital (0.5) A study of current trends in piano (Consent of instructor) Enrollment 450. Seminar. See page 24. pedagogy, including the development is concurrent with the appropriate 452. Special Projects. See page 24. of teaching philosophies leading to private applied lessons. Students successful private studio teaching. must perform a recital pre-hearing 458. Special Topics. See page 24. for designated members of the music 349L. Piano Pedagogy Practicum I (1) faculty no more than four weeks and 497. Full Recital (1) (Prereq: MUSC 349) This no less than ten days prior to the recital (Consent of instructor) This course course includes the development for approval of public performance. serves as the vehicle for the senior and use of weekly lesson plans, Copies of the recital program and a recital, part of the Department of personal teaching philosophies, recording are placed into the student Music process of tracking a student’s and proper methodologies for portfolio. performance progress. Enrollment teaching elementary through early is concurrent with the appropriate intermediate students. 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page private applied lessons. Students 22. must perform a recital pre-hearing 350. Fundamentals of Piano Pedagogy for designated members of the music II (2) 400. Classic and Romantic Music (3) faculty no more than four weeks and (Prereq: MUSC 349) A continuation The history, analysis, and aesthetics no less than ten days prior to the of Piano Pedagogy I, this course also of composers, styles, and techniques recital in order to receive permission provides teaching models leading to from 1750-1900. for public performance. Copies of the actual instructional situations. recital program and a recording are 401. Twentieth Century Music (3) placed into the student portfolio. 350L. Piano Pedagogy Practicum II (1) The history, analysis, and aesthetics (Prereq: MUSC 350) A continuation of composers, styles, and techniques of Piano Pedagogy I focusing on of the 20th century. intermediate to advance students. Applied Music (MUSA) 402. Orchestration and Arranging (3) 351. Piano Literature (3) (Prereq: MUSC 103, 104, 201, and Applied music lessons in brass, guitar, An examination of literature from the 202) Investigation and application bagpipes, harpsichord, handbells, Late Renaissance to the present with an of techniques for the use of voices Jazz, organ, percussion, piano, strings, emphasis on historical performance and instruments in composition and woodwinds, composition, and voice practice. (Alternate years) arranging. are available through the Department of Music. See page 34 for information 353. Introduction to Vocal Pedagogy 404. Hymnology (3) regarding special fees for applied and Repertoire (3) A survey of the history of the hymn music lessons. (Consent of instructor) The course as primarily manifested through will cover the basic techniques and its practice in congregational song. 100. Applied Elective Lessons (0.5) principles of vocal pedagogy (Alternate years) Half-hour lesson per week. Open each semester to all college students.

104 110. Applied Elective Lessons (1) semesters of collegiate study in this 293. PC Wind Ensemble (1) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P One-hour lesson per week. Open each instrument/voice. Designed for music A laboratory for the study and semester to all college students. majors but music minors and non- performance of the best literature music majors may study at this level for wind ensemble/symphonic band. 171-172. Applied Music Major--Primary with consent of instructor. Membership is open to all students by Instrument (1 each sem) audition and/or interview. One-hour lesson per week with a 481-482. Applied Music Performance-- minimum of ten hours of practice Primary Instrument (2 each sem) 294. PC Chamber Orchestra (1) taken during the first and second One-hour lesson per week with a A college chamber orchestra that semesters of collegiate study in this minimum of twelve hours of practice rehearses and performs compositions instrument/voice. Designed for music taken during the seventh and eighth of different style periods written majors but music minors and non- semesters of collegiate study in this for string orchestra. Membership is music majors may study at this level instrument/voice. For advanced open to all students who play a string with consent of instructor. music majors only. Consent of instrument. instructor required. 271-272. Applied Music Major--Primary 295. PC Blue Thunder Pep Band (0.5) Instrument (1 each sem) Performs at home football, basketball, One-hour lesson per week with a Music Ensembles (MUSE) and play-off games. Music is primarily minimum of ten hours of practice pop, jazz, and rock arrangements. taken during the third and fourth 260. PC Ringers (0.5) Open each semester to all students semesters of collegiate study in this (Prereq: Consent of instructor) This who play a band instrument. instrument/voice. Designed for music course is the academic vehicle for majors but music minors and non- the training of handbell ringing. Its 296. Chamber Music Ensemble (0.5) music majors may study at this level purpose is to train talented students Laboratories in chamber music with consent of instructor. to serve as performers and directors of performance and study. All students handbell choirs in school, church, and who perform satisfactorily and 371-372. Applied Music Major--Primary independently on their instruments Instrument (1 each sem) community settings through ringing are eligible and accepted, to the limits One-hour lesson per week with a experiences in advanced literature. of usable standard instrumentations. minimum of ten hours of practice 265. PCBhJazz (0.5) Performances for each group are taken during the fifth and sixth (Prereq: Consent of instructor required. semesters of collegiate study in this required) The study of jazz in its many instrument/voice. Designed for music and varied forms is the subject of this 297. Chamber Choir (0.5) majors but music minors and non- course. Literature will be eclectic The chamber choir offers qualified music majors may study at this level and include New Orleans Dixieland, students a choral laboratory and with consent of instructor. Chicago Dixieland, Swing, Bebop, musical experience for advanced vocalists. Members of the chamber 381-382. Applied Music Performance-- Coo, Hard Bop, Third Stream, Free Primary Instrument (2 each sem) Jazz, and Jazz Rock Fusion. choir are chosen annually by One-hour lesson per week with a competitive audition. The ensemble’s minimum of twelve hours of practice 271. Cantare! Men’s Choir (0.5) repertoire depends upon performance taken during the fifth and sixth Open to all PC male students. demands but is always eclectic. semesters of collegiate study in this 276. Armonia! Women’s Chorus (0.5) 298. Student Fellowship Choir (0.5) instrument/voice. For advanced Open to all PC female students. Laboratory for the study and music majors only. Consent of performance of traditional and instructor required. 290. The PC Choir (1 each sem) contemporary African-American (Prereq: consent of instructor) A 470. Composition (1) music. Open each semester to all highly selective choral ensemble students. (Consent of instructor) One- established for the study of sacred and hour lesson per week in applied secular choral literature. Open each composition. semester to all students in the college 471-472. Applied Music Major--Primary by audition. The choir presents on- Instrument (1 each sem) and off-campus concerts each term. One-hour lesson per week with a minimum of ten hours of practice taken during the seventh and eighth 105 Physical Education Professor Richard E. Newman, Chair

Requirements for the Minor in Coaching This program is designed for students who seek to combine coaching preparation with certification to teach in another academic area. The coaching minor concentrates only on materials and studies necessary for the develop- ment of the proper background for students wanting to coach. The coaching minor requires a total of 18 hours beyond the 100-activity courses to include PHED 305, 306, 316, 385/390, and six additional hours in physical education.

Requirements for the Minor in Physical Education This program is offered to students who are majoring in another area and have a special interest in physical education. The physical education minor requires a total of 18 hours beyond the 100-activity courses to in- clude PHED 301, 306, and 316 plus nine additional hours in physical education.

Physical Education (PHED)

1001. Concepts of Physical Fitness (1) 1006. Advanced Life Saving (1) 1012. Basic Yoga (1) Designed to place emphasis on the A more advanced swimming course A course designed to introduce value of physical fitness for everyone. with competency in life-saving students to yoga, a non-traditional Through the use of lecture and techniques. activity that can afford a variety laboratory periods, students will be of health related benefits to its presented the basic fitness factors 1007. Bowling/Badminton (1) participants. as well as means to measure these Designed to provide students a factors. As a result of the course beginning level competency in the 1013. Basic Pilates (1) the student should be able to make two activities. A course designed to introduce intelligent decisions concerning the students to Pilates, a non-traditional value and use of physical activity in 1008. Weight Training (1) activity that offers a variety of health- personal life. Designed to provide instruction in and performance-related components progressive resistance exercise for of total fitness. 1002. Tennis (1) beginning exercise participants. Designed to provide students a 224. Movement Styles (3) beginning level competency in 1009. Intermediate Tennis (1) (Crosslisted with THEA 224) An tennis. (Prereq: PHED 1002 or equivalent) interdisciplinary approach to A course designed to meet the needs movement which incorporates 1003. Golf (1) of students who demonstrate skill yoga, ballet, and modern and jazz Designed to provide students a proficiency above the beginning dance. With a focus on balance beginning level competency in golf. tennis level. and alignment, students develop an awareness of dance through 1004. Basic Swimming (1) 1010. Beginning Social Dance (1) collaboration, ensemble performance, Designed to provide students a A course designed to introduce the and choreography. beginning level competency in basic steps and variations for eight swimming. selected ballroom dances. 225. Basic Wellness (3) A course designed to provide the 1005. Racquetball/Bowling (1) 1011. Non-Contact Karate (1) student with a comprehensive Designed to provide students a A course designed to introduce the introduction to the dynamics of beginning level competency in the concepts and teaching methodology lifetime wellness. The dimensions two activities. of traditional karate, the art of Empty- and concepts for developing and Hand Self-Defense. maintaining a lifestyle of wellness will be presented. This will include study units in nutrition, diet and weight 106 control, stress management, physical and physical education. Students 320. Coaching of Team Sports: e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P fitness, the cardiovascular system, will also learn to adapt instructional Lacrosse (3) hypokinetic disease risk factors, strategies to meet specific needs of This course is designed to examine and personal wellness assessment/ children with disabilities. the techniques, strategies, and tactics responsibility. The course will be of lacrosse. Upon completion of taught on a lecture/lab format. 312. Coaching of Team Sports: Soccer (3) the course, students will have a Instruction in teaching fundamental comprehension of lacrosse and will 301. History, Principles, and techniques and skills involved in be able to implement the techniques, Philosophy of Physical Education and offensive and defensive play, game strategies, and tactics used to coach Athletics (3) strategy, scouting, and practical field this sport. A study of the historical background experience. of the physical education and athletic 324. Sport Psychology (3) programs. It deals with the principles, 313. Coaching of Team Sports: (Prereq: PSYC 201; crosslisted the aims, the objectives, and the Football (3) with PSYC 324) Application of organization of a program of physical Instruction in teaching fundamental psychological principles to various education and athletics. (Alternate years) techniques and skills involved in aspects of sport. Topics include offensive and defensive planning, behavioral principles, motor 305. Coaching Principles (3) game strategy, organization scouting, learning, anxiety and arousal, This course is designed to provide and practical field experience. mental preparation, leadership, team students with a basic foundation that cohesion, audience effects, aggression, is necessary to become successful 314. Coaching of Team Sports: personality, assessment, gender roles, Basketball (3) coaches in any sport. Specifically, youth sport, coaching, and exercise Instruction in teaching fundamental instruction will address content that psychology. targets principles related to coaching, techniques and skills involved in behavior, teaching, and management. offensive and defensive play, game 385. Basic Athletic Training (3) As such, course materials will focus strategy, scouting, and practical court Theory and practice in keeping the on domains 1, 4, 5, and 6 of NASPE’s experience. athlete in superior condition. Studies 2006 National Standards for Coaches. include the use of proper protective (Alternate years) 315. Coaching of Team Sports: Baseball (3) equipment; medical research related Instruction in teaching fundamental to athletics; and the prevention, care, 306. Organization and Administration and proper rehabilitation of athletic of Physical Education and Athletics (3) techniques and skills involved in injuries. (Prereq: PHED 301 or consent offensive and defensive play, game strategy, scouting, and practical field of instructor) A course in the 390. Advanced Athletic Training (3) experience. organization and administration (Prereq: PHED 385) Course is of physical education and athletics. 316. Exercise and Sports Physiology (3) designed to focus on the more Instruction focuses on organization advanced aspects of athletic training. patterns, staff relations, budget and (Prereq: BIOL 101-102) An introductory course focusing on Students will be introduced to finances, facilities and equipment, and specific human anatomy; evaluation other problems confronting coaches the physiological basis of physical activity and sports with emphasis on processes; modality theories and and teachers in their respective application; rehabilitation procedures; areas. exercise physiology, sports physiology, and basic principles of movement. and advanced taping, splinting, and bracing techniques. 310. Health and Physical Activity for This course is primarily designed the Child (3) for individuals planning a minor in (Prereq: EDUC 201 or consent of coaching and/or physical education. instructor) This course provides early childhood and elementary education 317. Coaching of Team Sports: majors with an opportunity to study Softball and Volleyball (3) the overall development of the child so Instruction in teaching fundamental that they can teach and promote health techniques and skills employed in and physical activity in the schools. offensive/defensive play, game strategy, The course will offer experiences practice organization, scouting, and and instructional practices through practical field experiences. observations and teaching of children in preschool through middle school. Curricula areas include health, safety, 107 Physics and Computer Science Associate Professor Wayne A. Smith, Chair Associate Professor Jonathan T. Bell Associate Professor James A. Wanliss Associate Professor M. Paige Meeker Assistant Professor Chad L. Rodekohr

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Physics Students majoring in physics must take CHEM 101, 101L, 102, 102L; CSC 241 or 250; MATH 201, 202, 301, 302, 401; PHYS 121L, 122L, 121 or 214, 215, 216, 302, 303, 311, and 350; plus 9 hours of physics numbered 300 or above. With advisor’s consent, students may count a physics internship (PHYS 444) as a physics elective.

Students minoring in physics must take19 hours in physics including PHYS 121L, 122L, 214, 215, 216; and 6 hours from any 200-, 300-, or 400-level courses (excluding PHYS 203, 205, and 211). In addition, students must take MATH 201, 202, 301, and 302.

Requirements for the Major in Medical Physics Students majoring in Medical Physics must take a total of 74-77 hours are required for the major in medical physics: BIOL 111, 111L, 112, 112L, 311; CHEM 101, 101L, 102, 102L, 221, 221L, 222, 222L; MATH 201, 202, 301, 302, 401; PHYS 121L, 122L, 214, 215, 216, 220*, 416, 458 (Medical Physics); 10 hours of physics electives at or above the 300 level (303 and 311 are recommended).

* MATH 221 and 307 may be taken in lieu of PHYS 220 to meet linear algebra requirement.

PC Requirements for Engineering Dual Degree Program Students participating in this program will be expected to complete all Presbyterian College general education requirements while in residence here. In addition, the following physics major requirements must be completed: CHEM 101, 101L, 102, 102L; CSC 241 or 250; MATH 201, 202, 301, 302, 401; PHYS 121L, 122L, 121 or 214, 215, 216 260, 302, or 303. It is recommended that students also take PHYS 250. Students entering a dual-degree pro- gram should be aware of stipulations from other institutions regarding transfer work, i.e., most institutions do not accept grades of “D” and some do not accept all of Presbyterian College’s general education requirements. (A student who takes MATH 105-106 as a freshman may substitute a course approved by the physics department and taken at Auburn, Clemson, USC, or Vanderbilt for MATH 401.) After earning a minimum of 92 semester hours at PC, students enter an engineering program at Auburn University, , University of South Carolina, or Vanderbilt University and in two years earn a PC degree and an engineering degree from Auburn, Clemson, USC, or Vanderbilt.

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Computer Science Students majoring in computer science must take a total of 42 hours are required for the major to include seven core courses in computer science: CSC 241, 242, 311, 336, 411, 425, and 426. Also required are nine hours of com- puter science courses numbered 300 or above; MATH 201 or 211; MATH 208 or 221; and STAT 319 or 320. The two-course sequence of CSC 425-426 must be taken at PC and cannot be substituted as these courses constitute the capstone course for the major.

Students minoring in computer science must take a total of 18 hours: CSC 241, 242, and 10 hours of other com- puter science courses. Either CSC 223 or 225 may be counted towards the minor but not both.

108 introduction to geologic processes, study will also provide a mechanism e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Physics (PHYS) land forms, rocks, and minerals. to learn how engineers think and how that compares to the thought 121-122. General Physics (3 each sem) 214. Physics with Calculus I (3) processes of a physicist. The ‘lab’ (Prereq/Coreq: PHYS 121L-122L; (Coreq: MATH 201) First of three portion of this class is essentially MATH 106) A first course in courses in a calculus-based physics an ‘Engineering Seminar’ an will physics designed to emphasize sequence. Topics include vectors, laws be devoted to understanding the the experimental laws of physical of motion, conservation principles, field of engineering. In addition to science. Topics to be covered include rotational motion, and gravitation. learning engineering experimental mechanics, heat, wave motion and methods, students will be exposed sound, electricity and magnetism, 215. Physics with Calculus II (3) to the wide variety of engineering optics, and modern physics. (Coreq: MATH 202 Prereq: PHYS disciplines through guest speakers 214 or 221) Continuation of PHYS and field trips. 121L-122L. General Physics Laboratory 214. Topics include thermodynamics, (l each sem) kinetic theory of gases, electric and 302. Heat and Thermodynamics (3) (Coreq: Physics 121-122) These magnetic fields, electric currents, (Prereq: PHYS 122 and MATH laboratory courses expand on the oscillations, and motions of charged 301) This course includes a study of topics covered in PHYS 121-122. particles in fields. thermometry, physical states of matter, Students will perform experiments and calorimetry, heat balance equations, analyze the results based on physical 216. Physics with Calculus III (4) gas laws for real and ideal gases, kinetic law. Cannot be taken separately from (Coreq: MATH 301, Prereq: PHYS 215) theory, cyclical operations and the PHYS 121-122 except by consent of Continuation of PHYS 215. Topics laws of thermodynamics. (Alternate the instructor. include wave motion, electromagnetic years) waves, interference and diffraction, 203. Introduction to Astronomy (4) relativity, atomic particles, and atomic 303-304. Electricity and Magnetism I & This course presents an overview of and nuclear structure. II (3 each sem) the major fields of astronomy. The (Prereq: PHYS 122 or 220 and MATH course begins with a brief history of 220. Methods of Theoretical Physics (3) 401) This course sequence is designed astronomy followed by an in-depth (Prereq: MATH 202) An introduction to introduce the student to the basic discussion of the basic concepts and to mathematical methods that are laws of electricity and magnetism as tools used throughout astronomy. commonly used in advanced physics. they are formulated using differential Topics include history of astronomy, The main topics are vector algebra and integral calculus. Gauss’ law, naked-eye observations, light, and calculus (including divergence, Laplace’s equation, the Biot-Savart telescopes, stars, stellar evolution, black gradient, curl, Stokes’ theorem, line law, Faraday’s law and Maxwell’s holes, galaxies, and cosmology. Some and surface integrals, and curvilinear equations are studied along with the of the lab sessions will be scheduled coordinate systems) and the solution phenomena of polarization, electric in the evening to allow astronomical of boundary value problems involving and magnetic fields, electromagnetic viewing. No previous experience in the wave equation and Laplace’s radiation, and other topics. (Alternate astronomy is expected. equation (separation of variables, years) power series, and special functions). 205. Descriptive Physics (4) Other topics such as complex variables 311. Advanced Mechanics (3) (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly) A and Fourier analysis may be included (Prereq: PHYS 218 and either PHYS course of lectures and demonstrations at the discretion of the instructor. 220 or MATH 401) A course in designed to enable liberal arts students classical mechanics covering the to have a knowledge of the field of 250. Basic Electronics (4) dynamics of system of particles, general physics. Topics will include (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; motion of rigid bodies, and an the study of light and color, sound, prereq: PHYS 122 and MATH 201) An introduction to Lagrange’s equations energy and motion with emphasis introduction to analysis of AC and DC and the Hamiltonian function as placed on conceptual understanding circuits, amplifiers, semi-conductor well as other topics of interest to the rather than problem solving. devices, and instrument systems. advanced physics student. A thorough knowledge of integral and differential 260. Engineering Physics (4) 211. Earth Science (4) calculus is assumed. (Alternate years) (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; (Prereq: PHYS 121, 214 and MATH prereq: one year of laboratory science) 201) The ‘in class’ portion of this 320. Classical Optics (3) Includes a study of the astronomy course will be devoted to the rigorous (Prereq: PHYS 216) An intermediate of the solar system as well as an topic ‘Statics’ which is fundamental to course in light from the viewpoint of nearly all fields of engineering. This both geometrical and physical optics. 109 This is the same course as PHYS (1) walking, running, and jumping; Computer Science (CSC) 301 without the lab component. (2) temperature regulation and (Alternate years) metabolism; (3) flight; (4) respiration 201. Introduction to Microcomputers and circulation; (5) hearing and (3) 350. Advanced Physics Laboratory (2) vision; (6) the nervous system; and (7) This course will introduce the student (Prereq: PHYS 301 and MATH 301) medical diagnostics techniques. to the use of microcomputers with an This course consists of three or four emphasis on productivity software experiments designed to illustrate 415. Quantum Mechanics (3) such as word processing, data base important concepts in quantum (Prereq: PHYS 220 or MATH 401) management, spreadsheets, and mechanics and modern physics A rigorous presentation of the graphics. Selection and evaluation and to introduce the student to fundamental principles of quantum of software and peripherals will be some of the techniques of modern mechanics. Topics include the discussed along with current topics experimental physics research. wave function for a free particle, in microcomputing. No previous (Alternate years) superposition of states, construction computer experience is assumed. and behavior of wave packets, 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 241-242. Program Design I and II 22. the position and momentum representations, general techniques (4 each sem) Principles of program design 400. Plasma Physics (3) for constructing solutions to Schrodinger’s equation, and the time and implementation using a (Prereq: PHYS 303) Its purpose modern programming language. is to expose students to the basic development of quantum-mechanical systems. (Alternate years) Fundamentals of procedural physical principles governing programming, including basic data the solar-terrestrial interactions, 416. Topics in Modern Physics (3) types, control structures, console including space and atmospheric and file input/output, subprograms, weather. Its goal is to emphasize the (Prereq: PHYS 220 or MATH 401) Further development of topics in vectors and/or arrays, recursion, applications of plasma physics to an and pointers. Introduction to understanding of the interplanetary physics of the 20th Century: relativity theory, atomic physics (of both the object-oriented programming, environment and earth’s place in that including objects, classes, member environment, as well as alternative hydrogen atom and multi-electron atoms), nuclear physics, and solid- data, and member functions. energy sources from plasma fusion. Introduction to graphical user- (Alternate years) state physics. This course develops and uses the techniques of quantum interface programming. Students 405. Nuclear Physics (3) mechanics as necessary but not with must develop and demonstrate (Prereq: PHYS 121 and 122; the detail and rigor of PHYS 415. proficiency in writing and debugging MATH 202) An introduction to (Alternate years) programs up to an intermediate level nuclear physics and its applications, of complexity. Students must receive particularly in medicine. Study 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. a grade of “C-“ or better in CSC 241 will begin with the classification in order to advance to 242. 444. Internships. See page 24. of nuclides and their arrangement 250. Computing Methods for Science in nuclear tables. Techniques for 446. Readings. See page 24. and Math (3) exploring the nucleus will be taken Hours and credits arranged to meet (Prereq: MATH 202) Covers techniques up next, along with the associated the needs of the student. Open for numerical calculations, symbolic results, such as the size and shape to juniors and seniors by special mathematical manipulations, and of nuclei, the abundance of nuclei, permission. Subject matter pertaining graphical presentation of results using and different forms of radioactive to the student’s field of interest will spreadsheets, symbolic math packages, decay. The final few meetings will be considered. and procedural programming cover medical applications such languages. (Alternate years) as radioactive tracers and MRI. 448. Research. See page 24. (Alternate years) 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24 450. Seminar. See page 24. 406. Physics in Biology and Medicine 452. Special Projects. See page 24. 305. System and Network (3) Administration (3) (Prereq: PHYS 121 and 122; BIOL 458. Special Topics. See page 24. (Prereq: CSC 231 or 241) This 101 and 102) Applications of course is a broad overview of the introductory physics to the processes process of administering desktop and systems of biology and medicine. and server computers. Operating Topics may include the physics of systems will include Windows, Mac 110 OS X, and Linux. Heavy emphasis particular emphasis to the differences 398. Honors Research (3-6).See pg 22. e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P will be placed on service management and similarities among imperative, and user management in a multi- functional, object-oriented, and 411. Operating Systems (4) user environment. The course will logic paradigms. Students will have (Prereq: CSC 242; recommended CSC also deal specifically with hardware/ hands-on assignments to illustrate 311) This course is an overview of the software installation and support. language design issues and introduce essential components of a modern Other topics will include network them to programming in a variety of operating system whose primary topography (using the OSI model) environments. (Every three years) task is to manage the computer’s and maintenance. (Alternate years) hardware resources. Topics include, 333. Database Processing and Design (3) but are not limited to, process 307. 3D Modeling and Animation (4) (Prereq: CSC 241 or consent of management, memory management, (Prereq: CSC 201 or 241; crosslisted instructor) Introduction to database device management, file systems, with ART 307) This course explores concepts as related to the design and interrupt handling. As time concepts and methodologies for of online information systems. allows, students will have hands-on creating and exploring 3D graphics Topics include data modeling, experience in systems programming and animation. This class will database/database application design by writing a device driver or system introduce fundamental 3D theories and implementation, and data call. Emphasis will be in handling and principles of computer modeling administration. The implementation concurrency inherent in much of the and animation. The class will also of a database using commercially operating system. explore the history, development, available software will be a term and theories behind modeling and project. (Every three years) 420. Network and Web Programming (3) animation. Essential concepts will (Prereq: CSC 242; CSC 332 be made concrete through a major 336. Algorithms and Data Structures (4) recommended) This course is term-long team project in which (Prereq: CSC 242) A thorough designed to introduce the student to student teams will develop their own introduction to the analysis of com- how programs communicate over a 3D models that are then used in a puter algorithms and to advanced network. Particular emphasis is given short animation. techniques for representing informa- to sockets programming, servlets, and tion. Analysis of algorithms involves web services. This class is primarily 308. Graphics Programming and measuring the time and space an algo- a hands-on programming course Animation (3) rithm uses thus providing a method involving a series of programming (Prereq: CSC 241; crosslisted with for comparing algorithms. Common projects designed to practice the areas ART 308) This course introduces the algorithms and data structures are of emphasis. (Every three years) student to programming that draws introduced and analyzed including 2D or 3D images on the screen. In search and sort methods, lists, trees, 425-426. Software Development I and II particular, we will study graphics and graphs. (2 each sem) packages that enable interactive (Prereq: CSC 242; recommended drawing and animation in 2D and 350. Numerical Methods (3) CSC 411) A hands-on introduction 3D spaces. (Alternate years) (Prereq: CSC 250 or 241 and to the basic concepts of software MATH 202 or consent of instructor; development as principles are applied 311. Computer Organization (3) crosslisted with MATH 350) A study to medium-sized software projects. (Prereq: recommended CSC 241) of the use of the computer to solve The larger part of this course is This course introduces the student mathematical problems of interest manifested as a team project that to foundational mechanisms of to scientists and engineers. Topics follows a software development computer architecture including include function approximation, methodology whose result is a Boolean and sequential circuits, numerical differentiation and complete and practical software assembly languages, instruction sets, integration, systems of linear system. Students are introduced internal data representations, and equations, least-squares fitting, to software development tools and essential hardware components that function minimization, and Monte- environments as well as various support operating systems. Carlo methods. Special emphasis development methodologies and is placed on using matrix methods ethics in software development. 328. Programming Languages (3) where appropriate. Students are (Prereq: CSC 241) This course is expected to write several programs 430. Artificial Intelligence (3) designed to introduce the student to illustrating these topics. (Alternate (Prereq: CSC 332 recommended; a variety of programming languages years) CSC 242 required) This course with the goal of studying the design will introduce the student to a wide of languages. This course gives variety of concepts and ideas from 111 artificial intelligence through (1) practice programming exercises; (2) readings from the text and a variety of journals; (3) interactive intelligent agents distributed through the web and other sources; and (4) lively classroom discussions. Using various components of the course, students will conduct critical analysis of current literature and formulate their own arguments to support their view of the discipline. (Every three years)

432. Theory of Computation (3) (Prereq: CSC 332 and MATH 208 or 211) A survey of the mathematical foundations of what can and cannot be computed by introducing various classes of languages and their corresponding computational machines. The major categories of complexity for computation are introduced and analyzed including regular expressions, context-free languages, recursively enumerable sets, and intractable problems. (Every three years)

442. Directed Studies (1-3). See page 24. (Prereq: Juniors and seniors with at least nine hours of computer science credit) Course designed to allow the student to pursue a topic of special interest under the direction of a member of the department.

444. Internships. See page 24.

446. Readings. See page 24.

448. Research. See page 24.

450. Seminar. See page 24.

452. Special Projects. See page 24.

458. Special Topics. See page 24.

112 Political Science e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

Associate Professor Donald R. Raber, II , Chair Professor Booker T. Ingram, Jr. Professor Thomas P. Weaver Associate Professor Jonathan C. Smith Assistant Professor Zihua Liu

Requirement for the Major and Minor in Political Science Students majoring in political science must take the following components: (1) PLSC 201 and 202 (2) PLSC 205 (3) PLSC 440 (4) 21 hours to be selected from political science courses at the 300 level and above (PLSC 300 not included). Within this 21 hours, at least 3 hours must be taken in each of the following subject areas: American Politics (PLSC 301-319) Political Theory (PLSC 322-327) International Relations/Comparative Politics (PLSC 331-387)

Research projects, special projects, and internships will be applied to component (4). Specific course work, both in political science and in other areas, is recommended for students pursuing various interests, i.e., pre-law, public administration, international relations, etc. The student’s academic advisor will work closely with him/her in the selection of the appropriate courses.

The minor in political science requires 18 hours that must include PLSC 201 and 202. The remaining 12 semester hours can be selected from the 300- and 400-level political science offerings.

Political Science (PLSC)

Introductory Level Courses evaluate political science research with to major electoral breakthroughs in an emphasis on the development of promoting African-American political the discipline and an understanding empowerment. (Alternate years) 201. Introduction to Political Science (3) of basic social statistics. Study of the nature of politics 304. American Constitutional Law I (3) and political behavior and of the 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page This course analyzes the institutional important theories respecting the 24. authority of government as it is nature, origin, forms, and ends of the explained in the U.S. Constitution and state and of government. interpreted by important Supreme American Politics Court decisions. Topics will include 202. American Politics (3) judicial review, nation-state relations, Basic course in American politics that 301. African-Americans and the Political System (3) foreign affairs, and economic liberties. stresses the formation, development, An overview of the African-American In addition, this course will also attempt organization, and action of our struggle for social, political, and legal to further the student’s understanding national government, including the rights; of the constraints upon the of the judicial process through insider origin and nature of our federal achievement of these rights; and of accounts and participation in a mock system. the major political actors involved trial. Finally the course material will in this struggle. Special emphasis be used to improve oral and written 205. Introduction to Political Analysis communication skills. (3) will be given to key court decisions, An examination of the different legislation, and political movements 305. American Constitutional Law II (3) techniques used to conduct and affecting African-American rights and This course is designed to provide 113 the student with a basic knowledge reflect on how campaigns fit into include an examination of the major of the major constitutional issues our conception of what it means to factors contributing to conflict regarding the rights of the individual be a democratic society. (Alternate and cooperation in state and local in the U.S. It also explores the years) governmental environment. Constitution and the evolution of American law in such areas as freedom 312. Politics and the Media (3) 317. Interest Groups and Lobbying (3) of expression, political participation, (Prereq: PLSC 201 or 202) This An analysis of interest group equal protection, right to privacy, course examines the way in which development, maintenance, and and criminal procedure. In addition, modern mass media have altered the conduct in the governmental this course will work to improve oral dynamics of democratic politics in process. This course focuses on and written communication skills the United States. More generally, the larger concept of advocacy in a via written assignments and oral the course will analyze the ways that democracy as well as strategic and presentations. (Alternate years) the mass media influence how we tactical decisions that groups must think and act in the political world. make when attempting to influence 306. Parties and Political Behavior In Specific topics include how media government policy. The particular America (3) influence citizenship and democratic case of state legislative lobbying in An analysis of political parties, the governance, how news is made, South Carolina is used to explore party system, interest groups, political and the impact that media have on these two objectives. socialization, political culture, public individuals, political institutions, opinion, voting behavior, and other policy making, and the prospects of 319. Southern Politics (3) aspects of political behavior in the democratic deliberation. (Alternate An analysis of the contemporary United States. (Alternate years) years) politics and governments of the southern states. The course provides 307. Introduction to Public 313. The American Presidency (3) an understanding of political Administration (3) A study of the “central institution” development in each of the former An introductory survey of the of the American political system confederate states and an overview principles, functions, and processes from these and other perspectives: of driving political forces in the of public administration with specific personality and structure in shaping region such as the rise of the GOP, the emphasis on the political aspects and presidential character, the domestic empowerment of African-Americans, environment of bureaucracies and and international presidencies, and the role of southerners in Congress the how and why of policy making evolution of the institution and and presidential selection. Attention within an administrative system. theories about its role, presidential is also given to the prominence of Organizational values, traditions, and election, and federal public personality in the politics of the South. objectives are analyzed. (Alternate administration. (Alternate years) (Alternate years) years) 314. Congress and Legislative 309. Introduction to Public Policy (3) Process (3) Political Theory Analysis of political and organizational A study of the United States Congress processes that influence the and the process by which it operates. 322. American Political Thought (3) formulation and implementation Issues explored include the selection The course will examine the different of public policy. Special attention of members, leadership, budgeting, ways American political thinkers and will be given to the formulation, the role of committees, and executive- activists have envisioned democracy. implementation, and evaluation of legislative relations. Additionally, the Attention will be give to the principles various public policies. Further, the differences between the House and of the Declaration of Independence course is intended to develop some Senate, the development of public and the Constitution as developed skills for the evaluation and design policy, and the changing nature of the by Mason, Jefferson, Madison, and of policies. (Alternate years) process will be explored. (Alternate Hamilton and to the interpretation of years) these principles by such statesmen as 311. Elections and Campaign Management (3) Jackson, Lincoln, Theodore Roosevelt, 316. State and Local Politics (3) Herbert Hoover, and Franklin A study of the American electoral This course will examine selected process and the craft of managing Roosevelt. Other topics will include aspects of the theory, powers, African-American political thought, political campaigns. Special structure, processes of and emphasis will be given to campaign women’s rights, and current liberal- interrelationships between state conservative debate. organization, message development, and local governments in the fundraising, opposition research, and United States. The course will also media relations. The course will also 114 323. Quest for the Ideal (3) 352. Politics of Modern China and Asia various political systems in the e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P This seminar course will focus (3) Middle East. The emphasis is upon upon human efforts to create the With China’s phenomenal economic the evolution of the state system ideal in social and political life. development since 1978, the impact and its contemporary challenges. Participants will read extensively from of China’s emergence in increasingly Topics include nationalism; the the literature of utopia, dystopia, and felt around the world. Along with role of secular and religious forces; satire; examine important historical China’s rise, Japan remains an economics development; regional designs for perfection; and visit economic giant and India is rapidly dynamics and their relationship to accessible intentional communities catching up as a serious contender international politics. in this region. (Alternate years) for regional economic and political supremacy. The first half of this course 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page 324. Classical Political Thought (3) introduces students to China’s culture, 22. An examination of selected political history, politics, economy, and foreign thinkers from the Greek tradition to relations, and discusses the challenges 440. Senior Capstone in Political Science (3) the Renaissance with an emphasis and opportunities brought by China’s This course provides political science on ideas concerning the nature of rise for the United States. The second majors with the opportunity to apply politics and the origins and ends of half of the course compares the what they have learned in political government. (Alternate years) politics of China, Japan, and India, science classes over their college and discusses the implications of their careers to fundamental concepts 326. Modern Political Thought (3) regional rivalry. (Alternate years) The course examines the political of government and political issues ideas and theories of such thinkers as 355. Russia and Eastern Europe (3) of the day as well as examining the Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Marx, and An account of the histories and relationship between the study of Mill that helped shape the modern political cultures and processes of political science and career choice. period of politics. Russia, of other polities of the former These aims will be pursued in a Soviet Union, and of European two-part strategy. First, students 327. Contemporary Political Thought nations previously parts of the will demonstrate the knowledge and (3) “socialist bloc.” Focus upon political skills that they have developed within This course is designed to create a and economic transformation during the major by a standardized exit deeper understanding and interest and since the Gorbachev era. exam, written assignments, and oral in contemporary issues in political presentations/discussions. Second, thought such as neo-liberalism, 370. Third World Underdevelopment the course will expose students to neo-conservatism, nationalism, and Politics (3) the various career paths that are open globalization, theopolitics, and (Prereq: PLSC 201 or SOC 201; to political science majors by guest Islamism. (Alternate years) crosslisted with SOC 370) An lecturers and/or field trips. examination of the political, economic, and social factors that have led to the 442. Directed Studies (1-6). See page present state of underdevelopment 24. International Relations/ Course designed to allow the student Comparative Politics in the Third World. Social scientific theories of underdevelopment and to pursue a topic of special interest the role of the political system in under the direction of a member of 331. International Relations (3) the department. Hours and credit This course is an analysis of the process of development are analyzed. The particular cases of will be determined by the nature of international relations as a political the student’s program of study. A process with emphasis on patterns Central America and East Africa are examined. maximum of six hours of credit may of policy formulation, conflict, and be earned in directed study. cooperation. Selected case studies will 380. West European Politics (3) be used to supplement the theoretical A survey of the political systems, 444. Internships. See page 24. material. parties and contemporary issues of 446. Readings. See page 24. 332. American Foreign Policy (3) Western Europe. The course will also A study of the conduct and content examine the role of the European 448. Research. See page 24. of American foreign policy since the Community (EC) and individual 450. Seminar. See page 24. Second World War including foreign nation states as case studies. (Alternate years) policy formulation, operation, and 452. Special Projects (3-6). See page case studies of implementation. 24. 387. Middle East Politics (3) (Alternate years) This course provides a survey of 458. Special Topics. See page 24. 115 Pre-law studies Associate Professor Donald R. Raber, II , Director

Requirements for the Minor in Pre-Law Studies The intent of this minor would be to familiarize students interested in a legal career with some of the prominent subject areas that they will see in their first year of law school. While a course of study in itself cannot increase a student’s chance of admission, this will expose the student to some of the subjects that will be studied.

24 hours are required for the minor in pre-law studies.

I. Core: 6 courses for a total of 18 hours chosen from: SPCH 201; ACCT 203; BADM 301; ECON 202; PLSC 304; and a law-related internship (PRLW 444) approved by the student’s pre-law advisor.

II. Electives: 2 courses for a total of 6 hours chosen from: BADM 325; ENGL 219; PHIL 205; PLSC 305; SOC 309. SPCH 201. Public Speaking (3) writing and speaking skills through will include judicial review, nation- An introduction to the basic prin- peer-evaluated memos, letters, state relations, foreign affairs, and ciples of effective communication. and reports. The course requires economic liberties. In addition, this Speeches assigned on various topics weekly writing assignments. Limited course will also attempt to further and constructive criticism given. Poise enrollment. the student’s understanding of the and skill in public presentation of judicial process through insider speeches emphasized. ECON 202. Principles of accounts and participation in a mock Microeconomics (3) trial. Finally the course material will ACCT 203. Principles of Financial The study of microeconomic concepts, be used to improve oral and written Accounting (3) price theory, individual and firm communication skills. This course provides an introduction choice, market structures, and the to accounting as a device for reporting distribution of income. PLSC 305. American Constitutional Law business activities. The underlying II (3) principles of accounting for assets, ENGL 219. Studies in Linguistics (3) This course is designed to provide debt, and owners’ equity are studied (Required of all English majors) A the student with a basic knowledge in addition to the preparation survey of the history of the English of the major constitutional issues and interpretation of financial language, an introduction to modern regarding the rights of the individual statements. theories of English grammar, and a in the U.S. It also explores the rigorous review of usage rules for Constitution and the evolution of BADM 301. Business Law (3) written English. American law in such areas as freedom (Junior standing or consent of of expression, political participation, instructor) Designed to give students PHIL 205. Logic (3) equal protection, right to privacy, a comprehensive knowledge of A study of how to analyze, evaluate, and criminal procedure. In addition, the principles of law pertaining to and present arguments. The class will this course will work to improve oral routine business transactions. Topics examine arguments in many fields, and written communication skills include sources of contracts, sales, including law, science, economics, via written assignments and oral the Uniform Commercial Code politics, religion, and philosophy. presentations. (Alternate years) (UCC), title risk of loss, and product The class will also pay attention to liability. the most effective ways to present SOC 309. Criminology (3) arguments. (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of the BADM 325. Managerial Communication instructor) Crime, delinquency, and (3) PLSC 304. American Constitutional Law correction in American society. Police I (3) (Prereq: C or better in English 110 and legal problems. or 111) A case-based class in which This course analyzes the institutional students analyze business problems authority of government as it is PRLW 444. Internship (3) and propose persuasive solutions. explained in the U.S. Constitution Students share leadership in a and interpreted by important seminar-style class as they strengthen Supreme Court decisions. Topics 116 Psychology e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor Jerry D. Frey, Chair Professor Marion T. Gaines, IV Professor Ann B. Stidham Assistant Professor J. Alicia Askew Assistant Professor Brooke C. Spatta

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Psychology A major in psychology is designed to provide students with a sound background in the discipline and to provide the flexibility that enables them to plan for a variety of career options by individualizing the major. Required courses are PSYC 201, 205, 307, 316; STAT 320; PSYC 440; and one course from each of three groups:

Group I: PSYC 212, 213, 214 Group II: PSYC 301, 310, 312 Group III: PSYC 318, 403, 406, 407

Four additional courses in psychology will be selected in consultation with the advisor. Although these may not include PSYC 444 or 448, these two offerings are highly recommended to students who qualify.

Students minoring in Psychology must take 18 hours in psychology including PSYC 201 with the other 15 hours to be selected from any 200-, 300-, or 400-level courses. STAT 320 is not required but may count as one of these five courses.

Additional Program Planning The psychology advisor will work closely with the students to plan a program consistent with his or her career intentions. Several examples of such career options are listed below with suggested electives for students to con- sider.

Graduate Study in Psychology: Two or three courses from each of groups II and III above; courses in natural and computer sciences; and PSYC 444 and/or 448.

Graduate Study in Student Services: PSYC 213 from group I; PSYC 310 and 312 from group II; PSYC 444 and selections from PSYC 303, 311, 402, and 404.

Graduate Study in Social Work: Two or three courses from group I; two or three courses in group II; PSYC 444; the minor in sociology; and selections from PSYC 311, 330, 402, and 404.

Graduate Study in Speech Pathology: Two courses from each of groups I and II; SPCH 200; PSYC 407 and either PSYC 318 or 406 from group III; biology and special education courses; PSYC 444 and/or 448; plus selections from PSYC 305, 402, and 404.

Career in Public Relations and Advertising: Courses from group I; PSYC 312 from group II; PSYC 406 from group III; BADM 225; business courses including marketing; courses in art, music, theatre, and speech; PSYC 444; plus selections from PSYC 310, 322, 404, and 405.

Career in Counseling: PSYC 301 and 310 from group II; PSYC 318 or 403 from group III; PSYC 444 and/ or PSYC 448; PSYC 402 and 404.

Career in Human Resources: PSYC 312 from group II; PSYC 403 or 406 from group III; a business minor; courses in computer science; PSYC 444; and selections from PSYC 322, 402, and 405.

117 Psychology (PSYC) as marriage, parenthood, family, and dynamics, research methods vocations, retirement, and death are and findings, application, and 201. Introductory Psychology (3) discussed. evaluation. Survey of the various topics of study in modern psychology and the different 217. Lifespan Development (3) 311. Personality Development in Young approaches to understanding these (Prereq: PSYC 201) Human Adulthood (3) areas. Topics include sensation, development from birth to old age (Prereq: PSYC 201; PSYC 310 perception, learning, memory, will be explored through the study of recommended) An applied course in motivation, emotion, behavior developmental processes and theories. personality derived from personality pathology, social interaction, and Emphasis is placed on development theories explaining young adulthood. personality. as a life-long process and how these Topics and issues of relevancy in processes affect human behavior. This this life stage are studied in-depth. 205. Experimental Study of Behavior (4) course will include an examination of Increased self-understanding is the (3 hrs lecture, one lab weekly; prereq: all forms of development across the objective. PSYC 201) Experimental, survey, lifespan: physical, cognitive, social, 312. Social Psychology (3) and observational methods of data psychological, moral, and linguistic. collection. Emphasis on the role of (Prereq: PSYC 201 or SOC 201; theories, the logic of hypothesis testing, 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page crosslisted with SOC 312) A study control of variables, correlational 24. of the relation of the individual techniques, and data description to the social group. Topics include and interpretation. Includes student 301. Abnormal Psychology (3) conformity, obedience, attitudes and participation in research projects (Prereq: PSYC 201) Integrative persuasion, aggression, prejudice, and covering a variety of content areas. and multidimensional study of attraction. abnormal behavior. Disorders studied 212. Child Psychology (3) according to diagnostic classification, 315. Psychology of Religion (3) (Prereq: PSYC 201) A study of etiology, and treatment. Includes case (Prereq: PSYC 201 or consent of developmental psychology from studies presented by persons with instructor; crosslisted with RELG conception to adolescence, including disorders. 315) This course focuses on religious theories of child psychology and beliefs, religious feelings, and behavior descriptive characteristics marking 303. Educational Psychology (3) from a psychological perspective. physical, social, and cognitive growth (Prereq: PSYC 201) The principles and Issues of interest include: religious at each period of development. Special procedures of learning psychology development, conversion, the role of attention is given to the cultural applied to education with study of religious faith in promoting health and social forces that influence such topics as variables that affect and well-being in the individual and children and their development. learning, planning, directing, and compassion for others. The secular Field experiences with children are evaluating learning. Attention is value of religion within a society available. directed to contrasting theories and religion from an evolutionary of human learning as applied in perspective will also be explored. 213. Adolescent Psychology (3) educational settings. (Alternate years) (Prereq: PSYC 201) Principles and theories of adolescent psychology, 307. Tests and Measurements (3) 316. Systems and Theories of Psychology (3) including biological, cognitive, social, (Prereq: PSYC 201) A study of the (Prereq: PSYC 201) A study of identity, and moral development. basic theory of testing as it relates the history of psychology and its Attention to topics of current interest to the practices of test construction, development as a science. Emphasis and opportunities for field experience evaluation, and interpretation. on the major schools of thought of the with adolescents. Emphasis on a thorough treatment of the principles of achievement, past century including structuralism, 214. Psychology of Adulthood and aptitude, intelligence, and personality functionalism, behaviorism, and Aging (3) assessment. Gestalt psychology. The effect of (Prereq: PSYC 201; open to sophomores these movements on approaches to and above) A study of the theoretical 310. Theories of Personality (3) contemporary problems is stressed. and research knowledge about physical, (Prereq: PSYC 201) A detailed intellectual, social and personality study of classical and contemporary 318. Physiological Psychology (4) development that takes place from theories of personality. Theories (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: adulthood until death. Several specific studied according to classification, PSYC 201; recommended: BIOL issues of adulthood and aging such place in history of psychology, key 101-102 and minimum of 6 hrs in concepts, personality development psychology) Examines the biological 118 bases of human behavior with 330. Human Sexuality (3) Integrates theories and techniques e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P primary emphasis upon the anatomy, (Prereq: PSYC 201) Sexuality is studied for leading groups in human service physiology, and biochemistry of as a component of human behavior settings. Students participate in the nervous system. The biological including such topics as biologically experiential learning. Limited substrates of motivation, sensation based behaviors, psychosocial enrollment. perception, emotion, and learning are influences, and communication investigated. Also designed to acquaint within relationships. Informed 406. Experimental Psychology: student with research techniques and decision-making is addressed within Cognition (4) subsequent theories that comprise the contexts of respect, responsibility, (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; physiological explanations of and reality with sensitivity to diversity, prereq: PSYC 201 and 205) A study behavior. moral values, and ethics. of human information processing, including a critical examination 322. Industrial/Organizational 361. Drugs and Behavior (3) of attention, pattern recognition, Psychology (3) (Prereq: PSYC 201 and junior memory, thinking, and problem (Prereq: PSYC 201 or ECON status) This course examines basic solving. Emphasis on the evaluation 201; crosslisted with BADM 322) pharmacological principles and of theoretical approaches both in The application of psychology the physiological responses and discussion and in laboratory work. to workplace settings, including behavioral effects of drugs on humans. not only business and industry Considered are the psychological 407. Experimental Psychology: but also non-profit organizations effects, brain mode of action, and Sensation and Perception (4) such as hospitals, government, patterns of use of psychoactive (3 hrs. lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; and social agencies. Topics agents, including stimulants, prereq: PSYC 201 and 205) Survey include employment recruitment sedative/hypnotics, hallucinogens, of the various sensory modalities and selection, organizational marijuana, alcohol, over-the-counter and principles of perception that communication, motivation of drugs, cognitive enhancers, anti- contribute to conscious experience. workers, and performance evaluation. anxiety agents, antidepressants, and Topics include perception of depth, Topics are of special relevance to antipsychotics. color, motion, objects, and illusions students who at some point in their as well as clinical deficiencies careers expect to be in managerial 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page and psychophysics. Lecture or administrative positions within 22. supplemented by lab experiments an organization, be it a business or and demonstrations. 402. Principles and Procedures of non-profit organization. Counseling (3) 440. Psychology Capstone (1) 324. Sport Psychology (3) (Prereq: PSYC 201; PSYC 310 (Senior psychology majors only) (Prereq: PSYC 201; crosslisted recommended; limited to juniors Part of the capstone requirement for with PHED 324) Application of and seniors) Study of theories, all majors who have not completed psychological principles to various principles, and procedures of independent or honors research in aspects of sport. Topics include counseling. Emphasis on dynamics psychology. Students might expand behavioral principles, motor of behavior and communication upon a topic on which they have done learning, anxiety and arousal, skills. Application to human services a term paper for another psychology mental preparation, leadership, team professions class or a paper integrating courses cohesion, audience effects, aggression, from the major with field experience 403. Experimental Psychology: personality, assessment, gender roles, in an internship. A formal oral Principles of Learning and Behavior (4) presentation on the topic will be made youth sport, coaching, and exercise (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly; prereq: psychology. to the entire psychology faculty after PSYC 201 and 205) Theoretical an acceptable paper on the topic has and atheoretical approaches to the 326. Criminal Behavior (3) been accepted. study of classical and instrumental (Prereq: PSYC 201) A study of the conditioning, discrimination learning, antecedents of criminal behavior 442. Directed Studies in Psychology and reinforcement. Includes discussion (1-3). See page 24. and its expression in various forms. of the practical applications of these (Limited to junior and senior Students will be asked to adopt a principles and an opportunity for departmental majors) In-depth study systems approach in which evidence individual investigation. of the literature in an assigned area from psychological, sociological, of psychology closely directed and neurological, cognitive, and behavior 404. Group Dynamics (3) supervised by instructor. genetics research is considered. (2 hrs lecture; 2 hrs lab weekly; prereq: PSYC 201; PSYC 402 recommended) 119 444. Internship in Psychology (3-6). See page 24. (Open to junior and senior departmental majors) Student observation and participation in a psychological field setting approved by the department. Required hours are based on college requirements and include regular class meetings.

446. Readings. See page 24.

448. Research in Psychology (3-6). See page 24. (Limited to junior and senior departmental majors) Empirical research in some assigned area in psychology.

450. Seminar. See page 24.

452. Special Projects. See page 24.

458. Special Topics. See page 24.

Statistics (STAT)

320. Research Statistics (4) (3 hrs lecture, 3 hrs lab weekly) A basic course in statistics with special attention to applications in behavioral, biological, and social science research. Includes organization and presentation of data, measures of central tendency and variability, sampling, regression and correlation, and hypothesis testing to include analysis of variance.

120 Religion and Philosophy e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Associate Professor Robert A. Bryant, Chair Professor Peter H Hobbie Associate Professor James J. Thompson Assistant Professor Julie M. Meadows Assistant Professor Craig A. Vondergeest Assistant Professor Kirk Noland

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Religion Students majoring in religion must take in addition to RELG 101 and 110, 30 additional hours in religion (six of which may be in philosophy). GREK 401-402 may be counted as religion courses. Among the 30 additional hours required, the following should be taken: R-CE 301; RELG 310; three hours selected from the advanced biblical courses (i.e., RELG 313, 322, 330, 332, 333, 343); three hours of philosophy; and three hours selected from the courses dealing with church history or theology (i.e., RELG 302, 355, 356, and 357); RELG 440. Any exceptions to this distribution must be approved by the advisor and the department chair.

Students minoring in religion must take 18 hours in religion courses numbered 200 or above approved by any member of the religion faculty.

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Religion-Christian Education Students majoring in Religion-Christian Education must take in addition to RELG 101 and 110, 15 hours of Christian education courses and 15 additional hours of religion. Required courses in Christian education are R-CE 301, 326, and 440 and two of the following three courses, R-CE 323, 324, and 325. Among the additional 15 hours of religion must be the following: RELG 302, 310; three hours selected from the advanced biblical courses; three hours of philosophy; and three additional hours to be approved by the advisor.

Students minoring in Christian Education must take 18 hours in religion including R-CE 301, 326, and 440 and two of the following three courses, R-CE 323, 324, and 325; and RELG 302.

Students minoring in Christian youth work must take 18 hours in religion including R-CE 301, 324, 326, and 440; RELG 302; and PSYC 213.

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Philosophy Students majoring in philosophy must take 30 hours in philosophy approved by the advisor, including PHIL 205, 301, 302, 304, and 440.

Students minoring in philosophy must take 18 hours in philosophy approved by the advisor, including PHIL 205, 301, and 304.

Religion (RELG)

101. Old Testament Survey (3) 110. New Testament Survey (3) 220. International Mission (3) (Required of all students) A survey of (Required of all students) A survey of An introductory course dealing the Old Testament with attention to the New Testament with attention to with the mission of the Church with the history of the people of Israel, the its expression of the Christian faith emphasis on the international and development of the Israelite faith, and and the historical development of cross cultural aspects of that mission. the composition of the Old Testament its writings. Possible areas of focus include (1) writings. Biblical basis for mission; (2) some

121 historical patterns of mission; (3) Psalms, and the place of the Psalms 320. Introduction to Modern Christian communicating the Gospel to people in the life of the church. Thought (3) of other cultures; (4) some theological (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110) An and moral issues in international 312. Women in the Bible (1) introduction to the major Christian mission such as hunger and justice; (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or theologians of the 20th century. (5) various ways to be involved in consent of instruction) This course Both primary and secondary sources missions today; (6) partnership with will consider the biblical accounts of consulted. national churches. (Alternate years) the origin of women as well as the range and significance of the Bible’s 322. Studies in the Synoptic Gospels (3) 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. portrayal of women. This course is offered in conjunction with the (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110) An 280. Third World Experiences and Women Studies Program. (Alternate examination of Matthew, Mark, and Seminar (4) years) Luke and investigation of selected (Prereq: consent of the instructor; problems in the Synoptic Gospels in maximum enrollment, 8 students) 313. The Old Testament Prophets (3) light of historical-critical research. Through experimental learning, (Prereq: RELG 101) Begins with a (Alternate years) readings, discussions, participatory study of early (pre-literary) Hebrew learning activities, writing prophecy, moving to an examination 330. Pauline Epistles (3) assignments, and study of selected of the literary development of (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or consent biblical passages, class participants will the classical prophetic books. of instructor) An examination of be stimulated to critical thinking in Concentration on prophets of 8th the letters attributed to Paul in light regard to their own society. The course and 7th centuries B.C., especially of their historical contexts with an includes a week in a Third World Isaiah and Jeremiah, with attention emphasis on Romans and Galatians country and a weekend at a homeless to their relevance for modern times. and their relevance for modern times. shelter in a large metropolitan area of (Alternate years) (Alternate years) the United States. 315. Psychology of Religion (3) 332. Hebrews and General Epistles (3) 302. Christian Doctrine (3) (Prereq: PSYC 201 or consent of (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or consent (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or instructor; crosslisted with PSYC of instructor) An in-depth study of consent of instructor) A systematic 315) This course focuses on religious Hebrews and selected general epistles consideration of the major doctrines beliefs, religious feelings, and behavior in their historical contexts along with of the Christian faith with primary from a psychological perspective. consideration of contemporary issues emphasis on the Protestant Issues of interest include: religious related to these documents. (Alternate tradition. development, conversion, the role of years) religious faith in promoting health 333. Johannine Studies (3) 308. Judaism (3) and well-being in the individual and (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or consent (Prereq: RELG 101) An introductory compassion for others. The secular of instructor) An intensive study of overview of the writings, history, value of religion within a society the Gospel and Epistles of John in beliefs, and practices of Judaism. and religion from an evolutionary the light of various modern methods (Alternate years) perspective will also be explored. of research and interpretation. (Alternate years) 310. World Religions (3) Interpretive approaches for the study (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or consent 317. The Pentateuch (3) of Revelation will also be examined. of instructor) An examination of (Prereq: RELG 101) A study of the (Alternate years) the history, teachings, and practices literary, historical, and theological 340. Theory of Religion (3) of the major non-Western religions, issues arising from the first five (Crosslisted with PHIL 340) What including Hinduism, Buddhism, books of the Old Testament. Special is religion? What are its origins and Jainism, Confucianism, Taoism, and emphasis is given to the development what is its future? Is it a source of Islam. of interpretive skills. Attention is also good or evil? This course will explore paid to questions of composition, 311. Introduction to the Psalms (1) contested questions about the nature archaeology, and comparative studies (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110) This of religion and the proper way to between the Bible and the Ancient one-hour course will consider the study it through a survey of various Near East. (Alternate Years) origins of the Hebrew Psalms and the approaches and topics such as theol- various types of Psalms, including an ogy, philosophy, history, psychology, in-depth study of some of the most sociology, anthropology, and cultural important Psalms, the teaching of the studies. Our central questions will be 122 how to assess (a) religious claims and 440. Capstone Seminar in Religion (3) Testament. Emphasis on vocabulary e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (b) claims about religion. (Alternate This research seminar is designed to building, rules of grammar, and years) give religion majors the opportunity to syntax. Regular translation of Greek to identify a timely research topic, hone English and English to Greek required. 343. Contemporary Use of the Bible (3) their research skills, write a significant (Alternate years) (Prereq: RELG 101 and 110 or consent research paper, present their findings of the instructor) What is the Bible? in an open seminar format, and hear 401-402. Advanced Greek (3 each sem) In what sense can it be regarded as formal responses from their peers. (Prereq: GREK 301-302; elective for authoritative? How can it be used Students will draw from their major juniors and seniors) Concentrates on legitimately as a source of present- course work in religious studies and reading selected texts from the New day ethics, preaching, teaching, and across the college’s curriculum to Testament to improve facility with the personal guidance? What is the address a selected topic in a holistic language and understanding of more relationship of the Bible to modern and integrative fashion as both a advanced points of grammar and history and science? These and presenter and respondent. syntax. (May count toward religion similar questions will be addressed major.) (Alternate years) by considering the opinions of 442. Directed Studies (1-3). See page scholars and church leaders of varying 24. perspectives and by critical analysis (Prereq: Consent of instructor and Christian Education (R-CE) of contemporary speeches, sermons, department chair) Independent articles, and popular literature. reading and/ or research in an area 301. Introduction to Christian Education (3) of the student’s special interest. A A survey of the foundational issues 355. Religion in America (3) plan including a statement of the underlying Christian education with (Crosslisted with HIST 355) A survey purpose of the study, a bibliography, an emphasis on biblical, theological, of the American religious experience and the nature of any paper(s) to be philosophical, historical, and from colonial times to the present with written or project(s) to be completed psychological themes. Significant time particular emphasis on the interaction must be approved by the instructor will also be dedicated to curriculum of religion and American life. This and the department chair at start of and design and the selection of course provides depth to the religious the term. curriculum resources. Activities and and social facets of American history. discussions take place against the For history majors and minors who 444. Internships. See page 24. background of observations in a local prefer to study American history, 446. Readings. See page 24. church. this course offers a desirable elective. (Alternate years) 448. Research. See page 24. 323. Christian Education of Children and Families (3) 356. The African-American Religious 450. Seminar. See page 24. (Prereq: R-CE 301 or consent of Experience (3) instructor) An analysis of practices (Crosslisted with HIST 356) An 452. Special Projects. See page 24. and programs in family and child examination of the African-American 458. Special Topics. See page 24. education in the church from a contribution to the life of the American developmental perspective. people from the period of slavery to Emphasis on lesson planning and the present. Particular emphasis on Hebrew (HEBR) the development of teaching skills. the relationship of African-American (Alternate years) religion to American history and 261-262. Biblical Hebrew (3 each sem) culture. (Alternate years) 324. Christian Education of Youth (3) (Elective for upperclassmen) An (Prereq: R-CE 301 or consent 357. History of Christianity (3) introduction to the grammar, syntax, and vocabulary of Biblical Hebrew. of instructor) An analysis of (Crosslisted with HIST 357) A contemporary culture and the role historical survey of Christianity from Designed primarily for pre-seminary students. (Alternate years) Christian education can play in the its beginnings to the present. Particular lives of young people. Emphasis on emphasis on the development of Greek (GREK) program design and the development Christian thought and its expression of teaching skills. (Alternate years) in the Church. Primary and secondary 301-302. Elementary Greek (3 each sources consulted. (Alternate years) sem) 325. Christian Education of Adults (3) (Elective for sophomores, juniors, (Prereq: R-CE 301 or consent 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page of instructor) An analysis of 25. and seniors) Foundational studies of the Hellenistic Greek of the New contemporary culture and the role 123 Christian education can play in politics, religion, and philosophy. sonal identity. (E.g., How do we know the lives of adults and older adults. The class will also pay attention to what we think we know? What is there Emphasis on program design and the most effective ways to present in the world? What does it mean to the development of teaching skills arguments. be a self? What does it mean to be (Alternate years) meaningful? (Alternate years) 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 326. Recreation Leadership in 24. 310. Philosophy of Science (3) Christian Education (3) A study of the nature of science (Prereq: R-CE 301 or consent of 301. Ancient Philosophy (3) with special attention to the history instructor) A study of recreational A study of the Presocratic Philosophers of western science. The class will resources and materials, the philosophy and the major works of Plato and consider the scientific theories and of recreation, and its place in the Aristotle. (Alternate years) methods of Aristotle, Copernicus, church. Emphasis on development Galileo, Newton, and Einstein. It 302. Medieval Philosophy (3) of leadership skills. will also consider the relationships A study of the major philosophers of natural science to other areas such of the Middle Ages, from Augustine 405. Field Work in Christian Education as religion, philosophy, and the social and Boethius through Aquinas and (1.5-3) sciences. (Prereq: R-CE 301 or consent of Ockham, including important Islamic instructor) Supervised field work in and Jewish philosophers of the period. 315. Medical Ethics (3) a church or institution done in the (Alternate years) An introduction to moral issues in area of the student’s interest (youth, modern health care and to ethical handicapped, children, etc.) and 304. Early Modern Philosophy (3) concepts and analytic skills relevant to addressing them. We will focus on approved by the professor. May be A survey of European philosophy from Descartes through Kant with classic cases in the development of completed in one or two semesters medical ethics. or a summer. (Alternate years) special emphasis on epistemology, metaphysics, and questions of 316. Business Ethics (3) 440. Christian Education Capstone: religious belief. (Alternate Years) (Crosslisted with BADM 316) A Program and Leadership Development study of ethical issues in business (3) 305. 19th Century Philosophy (3) with the aim of strengthening our (Prereq: R-CE 301 or consent (Prereq: PHIL 304 or consent of moral discernment and practical of instructor) An analysis of the instructor) A survey of European judgment. We will focus on classic profession of Christian education philosophy from Kant to Nietzsche. and contemporary cases in the ethics and how educational programs and Attention will be given to idealism, of business. leadership are exercised in the church. positivism, utilitarianism, and roots Students will do research projects and of existentialism. 317. Environmental Ethics (3) make public presentations of their What matters? Why does it matter? 306. Continental Philosophy (3) findings. And what should we do about it? (Prereq: Consent of instructor) In This course will survey the challenges this seminar course, students will that environmental concerns present focus on careful reading of some Philosophy (PHIL) to traditional ethical theory and of the pivotal texts of Continental practice. In particular, we will explore 203. Introduction to Ethics (3) philosophy. Through discussion the relation of human and non- A study of what it means to live a good and writing, we will explore the human value, as environmental issues human life, including reflection on major areas of Continental thought: (such as global warning and species questions of good versus evil, right phenomenology, hermeneutics, extinction) intersect with human versus wrong, and virtue versus vice. critical theory, and deconstruction. problems (such as poverty, population In the course of our study, we will (Alternate years) growth, and economic development). explore ethical questions that con- (Alternate years) front us as individuals, as members 308. Analytic Philosophy (3) (Prereq: Consent of instructor) A sur- of society at large, and as members 322. Aesthetics (3) vey of Analytic Philosophy in the 20th of more specific communities. (Crosslisted with ART 322 and THEA and 21st centuries, with an emphasis 322) A consideration of beauty and 205. Logic (3) on the continuity with the history of what various philosophers such as A study of how to analyze, evaluate, Western philosophy. Questions to Plato, Aristotle, Hume, and Kant and present arguments. The class will be discussed include: methodology, had to say about it. The class will examine arguments in many fields, epistemology, metaphysics, language, also consider art forms such as including law, science, economics, mind, freedom, determinism, per- 124 painting, sculpture, poetry, music, and photography to appreciate raised by women in philosophy and e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P the presence or absence of beauty to explore the difference feminist therein. methods make to our approach to philosophical problems. (Alternate 325. Faith and Reason (3) years) A study of the relationship between faith and reason, focusing on how each 398. Honors Research (3-6).See page might complement, contradict, or 24. correct the other. (Alternate years) 410. Philosophy and Music (3) 330. Philosophy of Law (3) What is music? Why is it important? A survey of philosophical This course surveys a number of understandings of law, in theory philosophical approaches to these and in practice. Topics of discussion questions, ranging from Ancient will include the basis of law and legal Greek thought to contemporary reasoning, the moral force of law, and feminist perspectives. theories of rights, responsibilities, and punishment in criminal, civil, 440. Senior Capstone in Philosophy (3) constitutional, and international law. (Senior majors only) In the senior (Alternate years) capstone, students will draw on what they have learned over the course 340. Theory of Religion (3) of the major to research a specific (Crosslisted with RELG 340) What question or topic in philosophy. This is religion? What are its origins research will culminate in a substantial and what is its future? Is it a source paper and a public presentation to the of good or evil? This course will college community. explore contested questions about the nature of religion and the proper 442. Directed Study in Philosophy way to study it through a survey of (1-3). See page 24. various approaches and topics such as theology, philosophy, history, (Enrollment by consent of instructor psychology, sociology, anthropology, and department chairman) and cultural studies. Our central Independent reading and/or research questions will be how to assess (a) in an area of the student’s special religious claims and (b) claims about interest. A plan including a statement religion. (Alternate years) of the purpose of the study, a bibliography, and the nature of 350. Social Philosophy (3) any papers or projects must have A survey of major accounts of the prior approval of the instructor and origins, purposes, benefits, and department chairman. dangers of human social systems. The course will include writings from 444. Internships. See page 24. Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Hobbes, 446. Readings. See page 24. Locke, Rousseau, and others. Special attention will be given to the role of 448. Research. See page 24. imagination in these writings. 450. Seminar. See page 24. 360. Women and Philosophy (3) 452. Special Projects. See page 24. (Prereq: Consent of instructor) How do gender, embodiment, and 458. Special Topics. See page 24. social situation impact philosophical thought? This course introduces students to the writings of major female philosophers from ancient times to the present. Students will be asked to grapple with the questions

125 Sociology Professor Robert H. Freymeyer, Chair Professor Charles McKelvey Associate Professor Carla H. Alphonso

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Sociology Major in Sociology: 30 hours in sociology are required for the major, including SOC 201, 311, 423, and 424. At least one course must be taken in the area of social change selected from the following: Urban Sociology (310), Sociology of Aging and the Life Course (325), World Population Issues (360), or Social Movements (366). At least two courses must be taken in the area of social and cultural variations selected from the following: Sociology of the Contemporary South (303), Social Inequality (362), Sociology of Gender (363), Race and Ethnic Relations (364), and Third World Underdevelopment and Politics (370). Majors must also complete a paper portfolio containing three papers at least one of which must be a research paper with data analysis and at least one must present dif- ferent viewpoints on various issues.

An academic advisor will work closely with the student in the selection of other departmental courses to complete the major. Specific course work is recommended for students pursuing various interests. For example, students interested in social/human services might chose from SOC 206, 302, 303, 309, 310, 325, 360, 362, 363, and 364. Students interested in global studies/international issues might include courses such as SOC 206, 310, 326, 360, 362, 366, and 370. Those wanting to pursue applied administrative or criminal justice positions might want to take 206, 302, 303, 305, 309, 310, 326, 360, 362, 363, and 364. Students planning to pursue graduate studies might include 311, 312, 326, 360, 362, 442, 446, or 448 to pursue studies in an area of interest. Additionally, students pur- suing graduate studies in sociology might want to take an additional statistics course (e.g., STAT 319 or 320).

Minor in Sociology: 18 hours in sociology including 201 are required for the minor. Of the remaining fifteen semester hours, twelve semester hours must be earned in courses numbered 300 or above.

Sociology (SOC)

201. Introductory Sociology (3) Overview of structure and dynamics 302. Marriage and the Family (3) 309. Criminology (3) of human societies. Topics include cul- (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of the (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of the ture, social organization, institutions, instructor) A sociology of the family, instructor) Crime, delinquency, and communities, social stratification, including those in other cultures. A correction in American society. Police population, and social change. functional study of marital problem- and legal problems. 206. Social Problems (3) areas, including sexuality, parenthood, and aging. 310. Urban Sociology (3) Problem areas in our society, including (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of the medical care, poverty and dependency, 303. Sociology of the Contemporary instructor) The human community crime, alcoholism, sexual deviancy, South (3) as unit of social organization. Topics race relations, and environmental (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of include historical development of concerns. (Alternate years) the instructor) An examination cities, development of suburbs, of continuity and change in the urbanism as a way of life, metropolitan 207. Introduction to Anthropology (3) subculture of the American South. dynamics, and urban problems. Study of people as cultural being. Consideration will be given to Consideration of urban areas Includes recent findings of physical regional identity, stereotypes, and throughout the world. (Alternate years) anthropology and archaeology as images and to institutions found in the well as in-depth study of selected contemporary South. Also includes 311. Sociological Theory and Social non-literate societies. discussion of the South’s future as a Policy (3) distinctive region. (Alternate years) (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page 24. instructor) An examination of the

126 major theorists of the classical period inequality in American society from particular cases of Central America e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P of sociology and the major theoretical a sociological perspective. Topics and East Africa are examined. perspectives that have emerged in the include class divisions, unequal access contemporary period. The course to goods and services, means utilized 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page analyzes the social foundations of to maintain social inequality and 22. the various perspectives and focuses the dynamics of gender inequality. 423. Research Methods (3) on the implications of the various (Alternate years) (Prereq: Consent of instructor) theories for social policy. 363. The Sociology of Gender (3) Research methods in the social 312. Social Psychology (3) (Prereq: SOC 201) A sociological sciences including causal analysis, (Prereq: SOC 201 or PSYC 201; analysis of the development and sampling, scale construction, research crosslisted with PSYC 312) A study role of gender in human society. designs, data analysis, and research of the relation of the individual to The course addresses how gender proposals. the social group. Emphasis on social is socially constructured and the 424. Field Inquiry in Sociology (3) factors in perception, motivation, key issues for men and women that (Prereq: SOC 423) Students design emotion, crowd behavior, and emerge in diverse social environments and execute research projects under prejudice. such as the home and workplace and supervision. Introduction to data in educational, religious, and political analysis and computer usage. Final 325. Sociology of Aging and the Life institutions. Course (3) paper must be presented orally. (Prereq: SOC 201) A study of the 364. Race and Ethnic Relations (3) 442. Directed Studies. See page 24. social phenomenon of aging. Special (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of attention is given to social roles of the instructor) An examination of 444. Internships. See page 24. the elderly in the family, economy, sociological perspectives on majority- community, and religion. Further minority relations and of the histories 446. Reading. See page 24. consideration will be given to special and cultures of particular racial and problems facing the elderly such as ethnic groups in the United States, 448. Research. See page 24. health, care giving, and poverty and including Afro-Americans, Native 450. Seminar. See page 24. to exploring the role of the state in Americans, Mexican-Americans, helping older adults. Puerto Ricans, Chinese-Americans 452. Special Projects. See page 24. and Japanese-Americans. (Alternate 326. Sociology of Work and years) 458. Special Topics. See page 24. Occupations (3) (Prereq: SOC 201) A study of 366. Social Movements (3) sociological perspectives on the (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of changing nature and organization instructor) A study of the general of work and the economy within characteristics of social movements. American society and globally. Two or more particular movements Inequalities on the basis of gender, such as the African-American age, race, and social class are explored. movement, Third World national Work structures, types of occupations, liberation movements, the women’s and global capitalism are also movement, and the ecology movement considered. (Alternate years) will be discussed. (Alternate years)

360. World Population Issues (3) 370. Third World Underdevelopment (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of and Politics (3) instructor) Analysis of human (Prereq: SOC 201 or PLSC 201 or population, its size, distribution, consent of instructor; crosslisted structure, and change from the social with PLSC 370) An examination of demographic perspective. Topics the political, economic, and social include fertility, mortality, migration, factors that have led to the present population trends, and population state of underdevelopment in the issues and policies. Third World. Social scientific theories of underdevelopment and the role 362. Social Inequality (3) of the political system in the process (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of of development are analyzed. The instructor) Examination of social 127 Southern studies Margaret McGehee, Director Professor Robert H. Freymeyer Professor Peter H Hobbie Professor Anita O. Gustafson Associate Professor Donald R. Raber, II

Requirements for the Minor in Southern Studies Students must take 18 hours for the minor in Southern Studies, including SOST 205 plus 15 hours from the fol- lowing: ENGL 209, 314, 334, 347; HIST 322, HIST 337, PLSC 301, PLSC 319, HIST/RELG 356, SOC 303, and any appropriate other courses as developed and approved.

Southern Studies (SOST)

SOST 205. Introduction to Southern the Civil War and Reconstruction, RELG 356. The African-American Studies (3) the New South, the Civil Rights Religious Experience (3) An introduction to the culture, movement, and the South in the (Crosslisted with HIST 356) An history, literature, and art of the Modern Era. examination of the African-American South, covering periods from the contribution to the life of the American earliest settlers to contemporary PLSC 301. African-Americans and the people from the period of slavery to times. Political System (3) the present. Particular emphasis on An overview of the African-American the relationship of African-American SOST 314. Southern Literature (3) struggle for social, political, and legal (Prereq: ENGL 206 for English majors religion to American history and rights; of the constraints upon the culture. (Alternate years) and minors or SOST 205 for Southern achievement of these rights; and of studies minors, crosslisted with ENGL the major political actors involved SOC 303. Sociology of the 314) A survey of significant Southern in this struggle. Special emphasis Contemporary writing from Colonial days to the will be given to key court decisions, South (3) present. Particular attention will be legislation, and political movements (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of paid to the writers of the twentieth affecting African-American rights the instructor) An examination century. (Alternate years) and to major electoral breakthroughs of continuity and change in the in promoting African-American subculture of the American South. HIST 322. Young America, 1800-1865 political empowerment. (Alternate Consideration will be given to (3) years) regional identity, stereotypes, and A study of the issues confronting images and to institutions found in the a new nation, including the rise of PLSC 319. Southern Politics (3) contemporary South. Also includes democracy, the exploration of the An analysis of the contemporary discussion of the South’s future as a frontier and westward expansion, politics and governments of the distinctive region. (Alternate years) slavery and the South, benevolence southern states. The course provides and reform, and sectionalism and an understanding of political the Civil War. development in each of the former confederate states and an overview of HIST 337. History of the South (3) driving political forces in the region A survey of the history and culture such as the rise of the GOP, the of the South from the period of early empowerment of African-Americans, settlement to the present. Special and the role of southerners in Congress attention will be given to the Old and presidential selection. Attention South, the institution of slavery, is also given to the prominence of personality in the politics of the South. (Alternate years)

128 Theatre e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

Professor Lesley Preston, Chair Associate Professor Miriam Ragland Assistant Professor Cristian Bell

Requirements for the Major and Minor in Theatre Students majoring in theatre are required to take 42 semester hours, including 24 hours of core requirements and 18 hours of electives. Courses counting towards the major may not be used to fulfill general education require- ments.

Core Requirements: THEA 120, 220, 221, 223, 227, 290 (3 sections),401, 360, and 460. Under special cir- cumstances, the departmental advisor may allow substitutions in the core requirements if the spirit of the original course is met in the substitution.

The major program in theatre leads to a B.A. degree and is designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the role theatre plays in society. Students may emphasize a variety of areas in the general disci- pline of theatre by individualizing the major within the 18 hours of electives. The theatre advisor will work closely with the students to plan a program consistent with their interests. Several examples of such programs are listed below with suggested electives for students to consider. In addition, as part of the requirements for THEA 460, senior students are expected to produce a capstone project that reflects their area of interest.

Students with an interest in theatre history should complete THEA 321, 322, 350, 356, and two additional theatre courses numbered 200 and above. Students considering graduate work in theatre history are advised to minor in English with course work that includes ENGL 310 and ENGL 325.

Students with an interest in acting and directing should complete THEA 224, 321, and 323; SPCH 200; and two additional theatre courses numbered 200 and above. Serious acting students are advised to take voice lessons through the Department of Music and to spend at least one summer pursuing an acting internship.

Students with an interest in scenography and technical theatre should complete THEA 321, 327, 328, 329, and two additional theatre courses numbered 200 and above. Students considering graduate work in design are encouraged to minor in art or add the major in fine arts with an art emphasis, taking courses recommended by the design professor.

Students with an interest in dance and choreography should complete THEA 224, 321, 324, 325, and two addi- tional theatre courses numbered 200 and above. Serious dance students are advised to spend at least one summer pursuing further dance training under the advisement of the dance professor.

Students with an interest in film studies should complete ART 270, 300, THEA 211, ENGL 323, and two additional theatre courses numbered 200 and above. Students interested in film production should consult with their advi- sor about recommended summer/semester abroad programs.

Students with an interest in communications should complete THEA 323, an internship in communications (THEA 444), SPCH 200 and 201, INTD 300, and an English course in creative writing. Students interested in careers or further study in communications are encouraged to pursue the minor in media studies/journalism track.

The minor in theatre requires 18 semester hours. The students must choose six hours from THEA 220, 221, 321, 322, 350, or 356 and twelve hours from THEA 223, 224, 227, 323, 290 (3 semesters), 325, 327, 328, 329, 340, 401, and SPCH 200.

129 Requirements for the Minor in Arts Administration The minor in arts administration requires a total of 22 semester hours and can be completed in one of the following areas: public relations, box office management, house management, art gallery curation, stage management, and other approved areas. Required courses are: ART 220, ACCT 203, and ECON 202; BADM 325 or SPCH 201; BADM 307, 315, or 353; a one-hour seminar in arts administration; a one-hour internship in arts administration; and six hours beyond the general education requirements from any advisor-approved courses in art and theatre.

Theatre (THEA)

120. Introduction to Theatre (3) 223. Fundamentals of Acting (3) experience. Students are graded on A general survey designed to give the This course consists of exercises in the quality of their contribution to beginning student an overview of increasing body and spatial aware- the production process. Instructor the history and practice of theatre. ness, integrating voice and movement, works with each student according to Emphasis given to the history of the and rediscovering a neutral body and his or her level of experience. May be theatre and study of the relationship voice, unencumbered by habitual pat- repeated for credit. of theatre to society, the creative terns. By honing observation skills nature of the theatre, theories of the and encouraging physical develop- 321. Period Style for the Theatre (3) theatre, the relationship of theatre to ment, the actor will be prepared for This course explores the context for the other fine arts, theatre and crafts, character development and scene Greek theatre, Asian theatre, the the- and dramatic literature. study. atre of the Renaissance, Neo-classic theatre, Romantic theatre, early Re- 210. Introduction to World Cinema (3) 224. Movement Styles (3) alistic theatre, and Modern theatre (Prereq: ENGL 110-111; crosslisted (Crosslisted with PHED 224) An including the art and music of the with ENGL 210 and FILM 210) A sur- interdisciplinary approach to move- times, costume history, period move- vey of the important genres, theories, ment which incorporates yoga, ballet, ment and acting style, and related techniques, and international move- and modern and jazz dance. With a cultural history. Teaching methods ments of film history. Representative focus on balance and alignment, stu- will include lecture, discussion, and films from the silent era to the present, dents develop an awareness of dance hand-on experiences. and from America to Europe and Asia, through collaboration, ensemble (Alternate years) will be covered. performance, and choreography. 322. Aesthetics (3) (Crosslisted with ART 322 and PHIL 220. Theatre History I (3) 227. Introduction to Scenography (3) 322) A consideration of beauty and A survey of the history of theatre prac- An introduction to the process of what various philosophers (such as tice and critical theory from ancient designing for the stage, addressing Plato, Aristotle, Hume, and Kant) have times until the end of the eighteenth general principles of design and had to say about it. The class will also century. Emphasis will be placed on text analysis in the movement from consider art forms such as painting, the theatre of Ancient Greece; Medi- dramatic text to theatrical event. sculpture, poetry, music, and pho- eval theatre; Asian theatre; the theatre Emphasis is placed on developing tography to appreciate the presence of the Renaissance in England, Spain, basic communications skills, draw- or absence of beauty therein. Italy, and France; and the English ing, drafting, rendering and model Restoration theatre. Methods of study building, and developing a model for 323. Acting II (3) will include lectures, readings, class text analysis. Students will develop a (Prereq: THEA 223) This course discussions, and group projects. proficiency in and understanding of emphasizes styles of acting related design techniques through lecture, to historic, realistic, post-realistic, 221. Theatre History II (3) discussion, research, and the comple- and contemporary texts. The actor A survey of the history of theatre tion of practical projects. makes inquiry into both textual and practice and critical theory from the psychological considerations faced in nineteenth century to the present day. 258. Special Topics (1-6). See page exploring a character and creating a Emphasis will be placed on the devel- 24. role, emphasizing the demands made opment of style from romanticism by the form and content of each script. through realism to the reactions to 290. Theatre Production Laboratory (1 (Alternate years) realism. Methods of study will include each sem) lectures, readings, class discussions, Practical exploration of the skills and 324. Ballet I (3) and group projects. techniques involved in the theatrical (Prereq: THEA 224) To speak the production process, using the depart- language of ballet requires great dis- mental productions as the primary cipline and the mastery of specific 130 technique. The traditional structure ing, and rendering and model building begin to integrate their studies in theater e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P of the ballet class and the codified will also be covered. and to prepare them for the next stage in their artistic development. Students will vocabulary of classical ballet will be be encouraged to develop self discipline taught in this class. This will give 328. Scenography Studio: Lighting Design (3) in time management and continuing the student a universal language with education. This class will involve a field (Prereq: THEA 227 or consent of the which to understand various dance trip to see professional theatre and to instructor) General principles of vi- forms from other cultures. In this interview professional theatre prac- sual design as applied to scenery for class we will focus on developing a titioners, as well as attendance at the the theatre. The students will develop Southeaster Theatre Convention. personal movement style, specific to a model for the design process that em- each student’s ability and anatomy. phasizes text analysis. Visual research, 398. Honors Research (3-6). See page We will continue the process begun 22. sketching, drafting, and rendering will in THEA 224 of working on focus, also be covered. balance, and alignment through 401. Play Directing (3) (Prereq: THEA 223) Open to stu- movement analysis and by intro- 329. Scenography Studio: Costume Design ducing various ballet techniques. (3) (Prereq: THEA 227 or consent of the dents who have demonstrated their (Alternate years) instructor) General principles of visual ability in drama. A study of the the- design as applied to scenery for the the- atre as an art, the techniques of the 325. Modern Dance I (3) atre. The students will develop a model actor, picturization, movement and (Prereq: THEA 224) Modern Dance for the design process that emphasizes text rhythm on the stage, and production is a means of physical communica- analysis. Historical and visual research, procedures. Students direct a play sketching, drafting, rendering, and swatch- tion, an abstract art form whose ing will also be covered. of a length assigned by the professor. language can be recreated again (Alternate years) and again to fit the dancer/chore- 340. Scenic Art (3) 442. Directed Study (1-6). See page ographer’s needs. In this class the An introduction to the craft of the 24. students will focus on developing scenic artist, emphasizing the transla- Open to juniors and seniors with a personal movement style specific tion of style from model to full scale. approval of major professor. Di- to each student’s abilities; develop Because of the nature of the material, rected independent study in one or creativity and communications skills this course is offered as a studio course, more of the following areas: (1) the through movement, choreography, meeting for a total of six hours each teaching of drama and speech, (2) and writing; and continue the pro- week. (Alternate years) public speaking, (3) play writing, (4) cess begun in THEA 224 of working oral interpretation, (5) voice science on focus, balance, and alignment 350. Shakespeare (3) and diction, (6) religious drama, (7) through movement analysis and by (Prereq: ENGL 110-111; crosslisted dramatic literature, (8) acting, (9) di- introducing various modern dance with ENGL 350) A critical study of recting, and (10) technical theatre. techniques. (Alternate years) representative histories, comedies, tragedies, and romances with empha- 444. Internships in Theatre (1-6). See 326. Dance Ensemble (1) sis on Shakespeare’s development as page 24. By audition only. A guided experi- a dramatic artist. Lectures on Eliza- (Prereq: THEA 120 and 15 additional ence in dance performance. Students bethan political, philosophical, and hours of theatre) Open only to theatre will meet regularly to rehearse for a religious backgrounds. Survey of chief majors. Internships in acting, stage public performance. Shakespearean criticism. managing, design, technical theatre, film, television, and related fields The following three courses (327, 356. Modern and Contemporary Drama approved by the student’s advisor 328, and 329) are taught concurrently; (3) and the drama faculty. The student’s however, students may take only one (Prereq: ENGL 110-111; crosslisted work will be closely supervised in course per semester. with ENGL 356) This course explores the company in which the intern- the influence of realism, naturalism, ship is undertaken, and he/she must 327. Scenography Studio: Set Design expressionism, and finally absurdism submit weekly written reports and a (3) on contemporary drama, while pay- final written report to his/her faculty (Prereq: THEA 227 or consent of the ing particular attention to American supervisor. A student may not earn instructor) General principles of and British playwrights. (Alternate more than six hours in internship visual design as applied to scenery for years) programs in theatre. the theatre. The students will develop 360. Junior Capstone (1) a model for the design process that 448. Research. See page 24. emphasizes text analysis. Historical (Prereq: consent of department; open to and visual research, sketching, draft- junior theatre majors only) This course is designed to allow theatre students to 450. Seminar. See page 24. 131 452. Special Projects (3-6). See page 24. Open to juniors and seniors, al- though sophomores may occasionally participate with approval of major professor. This course will normally involve student participation in an off-campus project.

458. Special Topics. See page 24.

460. Senior Capstone (2) (Prereq: consent of department; open to senior theatre majors only) This course is designed to allow theatre students to integrate their studies in theatre with a culminating project and to prepare them for the next stage in their artistic development. Specific instruction will be given in audition technique and/or portfolio development. This class will involve a field trip to see professional theatre and to interview professional theatre and to interview professional theatre practitioners, as well as attendance at the Southeaster Theatre Convention. In addition, students will complete a capstone project in their area of specialization, approved by the de- partment. Speech (SPCH)

200. Voice and Diction (3) A study of speech development and the application of methods of improving voice production. Concentration on resonance, articulation, and pronun- ciation. The International Phonetic Alphabet is used. (Alternate years)

201. Public Speaking (3) An introduction to the basic prin- ciples of effective communication. Speeches assigned on various topics and constructive criticism given. Poise and skill in public presentation of speeches emphasized.

132 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P women’s and gender studies

Associate Professor Karen Kingsbury, Director Professor Ann Stidham Associate Professor Carla Alphonso Associate Professor Roy Campbell Associate Professor Laura Crary Assistant Professor Brooke Spatta

Requirements for the Minor in Women’s and Gender Studies 18 hours are required for the minor in women’s and gender studies, including WGST 325 and SOC 363. The remaining twelve hours may be chosen from ART 257; ENGL 322, 324, 334; HIST 334, 392; PSYC 311, 330; SOC 302, 366; and any other appropriate courses, if approved by the women’s and gender studies program coordinator and the chair of the Interdisciplinary Studies Department, provided that no more than three courses from one department are counted toward the minor.

while also touching on the lives of WGST 325. Introduction to Women’s ENGL 334. Southern Women’s Writings specific notable women in American Studies: Images and Identities (3) (3) history. An interdisciplinary course in which This course examines how modern the roles, images, and contributions and contemporary women writers HIST 392. Family and Gender in of women of various races, classes, represent and imagine the south in Chinese History (3) and cultures will be investigated from their texts — and, in doing so, how This course explores the familial and the perspectives of literature, the arts, they illuminate the dynamic of race, gender roles that have dominated and the social sciences. ethnicity, gender, class, and sexuality Chinese society since traditional times. within twentieth - twenty-first century Consideration will be given to the ART 257. History of Women in Art (3) southern society. This course can historical influence of Confucianism, A survey of women’s art production count towards fulfillment of the and primary emphasis will be placed in Western Europe and the United Southern Studies and /or Women’s on the 20th century intellectuals th States from 15 century to present. Studies minor(s). who have sought to reform these (Alternate years) traditionally conservative elements HIST 334. Women in American History of Chinese society. ENGL 322. Women’s Literature (3) (3) A critical study of American and This course will introduce students to PSYC 311. Personality Development in British women writers, which may major themes in American women’s Young Adulthood (3) examine the following themes: myths history. It will examine the lives (Prereq: PSYC 201; PSYC 310 of the female, the woman artist, of women as workers, as family recommended) An applied course in the female bildungsroman, love and members, and as active participants personality derived from personality friendship, communities of women, in the public arenas of voluntary theories explaining young adulthood. women and war, women’s place in association and political activism. It Topics and issues of relevancy in the nation, and female spirituality. will further explore the diversity of this life stage are studied in-depth. (Alternate years) women’s experiences in terms of race, Increased self-understanding is the religion, class, and ethnic identity objective. ENGL 324. Women’s World Literature (3) PSYC 330. Human Sexuality (3) A complement to ENGL 322. An (Prereq: PSYC 201) Sexuality is studied introduction to women’s literature as a component of human behavior written by artists from across the including such topics as biologically globe (including Africa, the Middle based behaviors, psychosocial East, Asia, and Latin America) that influences, and communication focuses on texts composed after 1900. within relationships. Informed (Alternate years) 133 decision-making is addressed within the contexts of respect, responsibility, and reality with sensitivity to diversity, moral values, and ethics.

SOC 302. Marriage and the Family (3) (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of the instructor) A sociology of the family, including those in other cultures. A functional study of marital problem-areas, including sexuality, parenthood, and aging.

SOC 363. The Sociology of Gender (3) (Prereq: SOC 201) A sociological analysis of the development and role of gender in human society. The course addresses how gender is socially constructured and the key issues for men and women that emerge in diverse social environments such as the home and workplace and in educational, religious, and political institutions.

SOC 366. Social Movements (3) (Prereq: SOC 201 or consent of instructor) A study of the general characteristics of social movements. Two or more particular movements such as the African-American movement, Third World national liberation movements, the women’s movement, and the ecology movement will be discussed. (Alternate years)

134 e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P

AcademicReference Program REQUIREMENTS 8 DEPOSITBoard of Trustees10 164 ADVANCED PLACEMENT 10 Officers of the College 167 Full Time Faculty 167 Officers & Faculty Emeriti 172

135 BOARD OF TRUSTEES The Charter of the College authorizes voting members in five categories: twenty-four (24) representatives of the Synod of South Atlantic, Presbyterian Church (U.S.A.); fifteen (15) at-large members chosen by the Board ; three (3) representatives of the Alumni Association; three (3) presbytery executive representatives from the Synod of South Atlantic; and consulting trustees chosen by the Board

Synod of South Atlantic Allen C. McSween David P. Berry Robert H. Hopkins (2007, 2009) (2003, 2008) (2008, 2010) Senior Pastor , Ophthalmologist Congressional District Fourth Presbyterian Spartanburg, SC Manager (retired) Rock Hill, SC Church Greenville, SC Robert M. Brearley Joseph E. Patrick, Jr. (2001, 2009) Jerry W Howington (1998, 2006; 2007; Pastor, St. Simons (2005, 2010) 2008, 2009) Presbyterian Church Physician Chief Executive Officer St. Simons Island, GA Radiation Oncologist Augusta, GA (retired), Label America William D. Brearley Covington, GA (2005, 2010) Larry W. Massey Physician (2007, 2009) Jeri Parris Perkins Family Practice President/Chief Executive (2006, 2008) Lexington, SC Officer, Massey Wholesale Co. Dawson, GA Pastor Head of Staff, First Presbyterian Church Susan F. DeWyngaert Hartsville SC (2006, 2008) Daniel W. Massie Head of Staff, (2000, 2008) James H. Powell (2002, 2010) First Presbyterian Church Senior Minister, President and CEO Sarasota, FL First (Scots) Presbyterian Church Highland Commercial Bank W. Rutledge Galloway Charleston, SC Marietta, GA (2005, 2010) Chief Executive Officer, G. Daniel McCall G. Richard Query (2003, 2008) Galloway-Bell Inc. (1996, 2004; 2005, 2007; President (retired), Easley, SC 2008, 2010) Minister Emeritus, Charleston Donut Company William A. Gray (2004, 2009) Reid Memorial Mt. Pleasant, SC Shareholder, Presbyterian Church Ogletree, Deakins, Nash, Augusta, GA Richard P. Spencer (2008, 2010) Smoak, & Stewart, P.C. President, Atlanta, GA Nancy D. McGuirk (2000, 2008) R. P. Spencer Co. Atlanta, GA Charles C. Heyward, Sr. Civic and Church Leader (2003, 2008) Atlanta, GA Mary V. Suitt (2002, 2010) Senior Minister, Church and Civic Leader; St. James Presbyterian Director, Clinton Church Investment Corp. Charleston, SC Atlanta, GA 136 Thomas A. Whitaker (1993, 2001; Jeffrey G. Reynolds (2006, 2008) Michael J. MacNulty (2001, e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P 2002, 2004; 2005, 2010) President, 2009) Physician - H. G. Reynolds Executive Chairman, Ophthalmologist Construction Co. Tourism Development Myrtle Beach, SC Aiken, SC International, Ltd. Dublin, Ireland William H. Scott III (2000, 2008) Trustees At-Large President (retired) Douglas J. Sanders (2007, 2009) ITC Holding Company President, AmWINS John O. Akers (2004, 2009) West Point, GA Brokerage of the Carolinas Oral and Maxillofacial Charlotte, NC Surgeon Alvin D. Sewell (2007, 2009) Daytona Beach, FL Physician, Nexus Medical Group Alumni Representatives Irwin Belk (1976, 2009) Macon, GA President, G. Anderson Douglas (2006, The Belk Group William B. Shearer (2002, 2010) 2008) Charlotte, NC Chairman of the Board; President & Chief Attorney, Powell, Retail Officer, Paula Harper Bethea (2001, 2009) Goldstein LLP, Palmetto Bank Director, External Attorneys at Law; General Greenville, SC Relations, Counsel, Los Angeles McNair Law Firm, P.A. Angels Larry L. Yonce (2004, 2009) Hilton Head Island, SC Baseball Team Co-President, Atlanta, GA J.W. Yonce and Sons, Inc. John R. Georgius (2000, 2008) Johnston, SC Senior Partner, J. McNeill Singleton (2007, 2009) Caribou Partners; President/Chief Executive C. Douglas Warner (2008, 2010) Founding Investor, Officer, New South Mortgage Loan Officer, Council Ventures LLP; Companies, Inc Sun Trust Mortgage; and Chief Myrtle Beach, SC President, Rhino Executive Officer, JRG Holdings, LLC Hempstead Inc. Roland F. Young III (2007, 2009) Charleston, SC Charlotte, NC Managing Partner, O’Brien, Tanski & Young William B. Gillam (2000, 2008) Hartford, CT Presbytery Executive President (retired), Representatives Gillam & Associates, Inc. Aiken, SC Consulting Trustees Arlene W. Gordon (2008, 2010) Executive Presbyter, John H. Monk (2006, 2008) Elaine T. Freeman (1996, 2004; Tropical Florida Finance Director (retired), 2005, 2010) Presbytery General Motors Founder and Executive Pompano Beach, FL Bonita Springs, FL Director, ETV Endowment of SC, Donnie R. Woods (2007, 2010) Welton O’Neal, Jr. (2007, 2009) Inc. Executive Presbyter, Vice President, Medical Spartanburg, SC Charleston-Atlantic Affairs, Presbytery Nitromed E. G. Lassiter, III (1999, 2010) Charleston, SC Lexington, MA President, RSUI Group, Inc.. Atlanta, GA 137 Officers of the Board Emeriti

William B. Shearer, Chairman George H. Cornelson, Clinton, SC (2006) Paula Harper Bethea, Vice Chairman William W. Gaston, Decatur, GA (1997) Joseph E. Patrick, Jr., Secretary Richard H. Monk, Jr., Birmingham, AL (2008) J. Davison Philips, Decatur, GA (1997) William A. L. Sibley, Jr., Greenville, SC (2008) Albert F. Sloan, Charlotte, NC (2001) James W. Spradley, Eastman, GA (2001)

138 OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P (Date in parentheses denotes the year the individual joined PC’s staff)

John Vincent Griffith (1998), President Robert K. Holyer (2006), Provost Morris Monroe Galloway, Jr. (1981), Executive Vice President for Finance and Administration Robert E. Staton (2006), Executive Vice President for External Relations William M. McDonald (2002), Vice President for Student Life and Dean of Students Richard E. Stull (2008), Dean of PC School of Pharmacy Leni Neal Patterson (2000), Dean of Admissions and Financial Aid

FACULTY (Date in parentheses denotes the year individual joined the PC faculty.)

Jerry Jennings Alexander (1997) George Terry Barr (1987) John Justin Brent (2001) Instructor of English Professor of English Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Clemson University B.A., University of Montevallo B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Ph.D., State University of Carla Hall Alphonso (2001) Tennessee New York at Stony Brook Associate Professor of Sociology Brian Douglas Beasley (1988) Robert Alvin Bryant (1998) B.A., Charles E. Daniel Professor of Associate Professor of Religion M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University Mathematics B.S., Virginia Polytechnic B.S., Emory University Institute and State University Mark Raymond Anderson (1986) M.S., University of North Carolina M.Div., Ph.D., Union Marianne and Elwood Gray at Chapel Hill Theological Seminary Lassiter, III, Professor of Art Ph.D., University of South B.S., Asbury College Carolina Karen Wisser Buckland (2002) M.F.A., University of Tennessee Associate Professor of Music Brett M. Bebber (2008) B.M., Mansfield University Judith Alicia Askew (2004) Assistant Professor of History M.M., D.M.A., University of Assistant Professor of B.A., South Carolina Psychology M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona B.S., Presbyterian College Roy B. Campbell (2002) M.S., Ph.D., University of Cristian Charles Bell (2009) Associate Professor of History Georgia Assistant Professor of Theater B.A., Wingate University B.A., Brigham Young University M.A., Ph.D., Florida Shane A. Baker (2009) M.A., University of Nevada State University ROTC Professor of Las Vegas Military Science David W. Chatham (2004) Lieutenant Colonel, Jonathan Thomas Bell (1985) Director of the Library United States Army Associate Professor of Physics B.A., B.S., United States B.A., M.A., Colorado State University Military Academy M.S., Ph.D., University of M.L.S., University of Washington M.M.A.S., Army Command Michigan and General Staff College

139 Bruce K. Cole (2009) Anita M. Dutrow (1998) Stuart Gregory Gordon (2009) Visiting Assistant Professor of Associate Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Biology Business Administration B.S., M.Ed., Edinboro University B.A., The B.A., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Ph.D., Ohio State University M.S., Northwestern University Institute and State University M.B.A., Stanford Univeristy Edward Max Gouge (1976) Jane P. Ellis (1995) Charles E. Daniel Professor Constance Colwell (1977) Professor of Biology of Chemistry Professor of German and French B.A., B.S., Western Carolina B.A., M.A., M.A., Appalachian University Ph.D., Cornell University State University Ph.D., Clemson University Ph.D., Clemson University Mark Randall Cox (1997) John Vincent Griffith (1998) Professor of Spanish Albert Christian Elser, III (2008) President B.A., M.A., University of Assistant Professor of Music Professor of Religion Tennessee at Knoxville B.M., University of Wisconsin B.A., Ph.D., University of Florida M.M., Northwestern University M.Div., Harvard Divinity School D.M.A., University of Kansas Ph.D., Syracuse University Erin M. Crain (2008) L.D.H., Visiting Assistant Professor of Jerry Dean Frey (1982) Chemistry Professor of Psychology Anita Olson Gustafson (1997) B.A., Coker College B.A., Goshen College Professor of History Ph.D., University of South M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia B.A., North Park College Carolina M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern Robert Howard Freymeyer (1984) University Laura J. Crary (2002) Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of Art History B.A., Vanderbilt University Richard Daniel Hanks (2005) B.F.A., Ohio University M.A., College of William and Mary Instructor of Biology M.A., Ph.D., University Ph.D., University of Cincinnati B.S., Presbyterian College of Pittsburgh M.S., Western Carolina Marion Toulmin Gaines, IV (1974) University Joanna Lynn Cresson (2005) Charles A. Dana Professor of Assistant Professor of Education Psychology Charles Clinton Harshaw (2003) B.S., M.S., Ed.D., B.A., University of Maryland Associate Professor of Baylor University M.S., Ph.D., Florida State Mathematics University B.S., Douglas S. Daniel (2003) M.S., Clemson University Associate Professor of Latha A. Gearheart (2001) Ph.D., University of Mathematics Associate Professor of Chemistry South Carolina B.A., College of William and Mary B.S., Mary M.S., Georgia Institute Ph.D., University of Richard Russell Heiser (1999) of Technology South Carolina Professor of History Ph.D., University of Tennessee B.A., Nyack College Gregory D. Goeckel (1993) M.A., Ph.D., Florida Ron A. Davis (2004) Professor of Mathematics State University Associate Professor of Music B.S., Marymount College of Kansas B.M., Ouchita Baptist University M.S., Ph.D., Kansas Chad W. Helms (1991) M.M., D.M.A, University State University Professor of Modern of Kansas Foreign Language

140 B.A., College of Charleston Karen S. Kingsbury (2007) Margaret T. McGehee (2008) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P M.A., University of Associate Professor of English Assistant Professor of English South Carolina and Women’s Studies B.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia B.A., M.A., University of Mississippi M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia Ph.D., Emory University Peter H Hobbie (1990) University Emma Bailey and Rev. George Charles E. McKelvey (1988) H. Cornelson, D.D., Professor Patrick D. Kiley (2008) Professor of Sociology of Christian Religion Associate Professor of French B.A., Pennsylvania A.B., Davidson College B.A., Marian College State University M.A., University of M.A., Ph.D., Purdue University M.A., Northeastern North Carolina Illinois University at Chapel Hill Timothy J. Kintzinger (2005) Ph.D., Fordham University M.B.A., Virginia Assistant Professor of Music Commonwealth University B.S., M.S., State University of Julie M. Meadows (2006) D.Min., Ph.D., Union New York at Binghamton Assistant Professor Theological Seminary D.M.A., University of Missouri of Philosophy at Kansas City B.A., St. John’s College Robert Kent Holyer (2006) M.Div., Earlham School Provost Sharon Eadie Knight (2007) of Religion Professor of Religion Assistant Professor of Spanish Ph.D., Emory University B.A., Bethel College B.A., Columbia College B.D., Yale Divinity School M.A., University of Martha Paige Huggins Meeker Ph.D., University of Cambridge South Carolina (2005) Ph.D., University of Asociate Professor of Samuel Lide Howell (1980) North Carolina at Chapel Hill Computer Science Professor of Business B.S., Furman University Administration Debra S. Lee (2005) M.S., Ph.D., University of B.S., Presbyterian College Associate Professor of Early South Carolina M.Acc., University of Childhood Education South Carolina B.S., Ohio State University Jane B. Morlan (2007) M.S., Jacksonville State Instructor of Music Booker T. Ingram, Jr. (1987) University B.M., M.M., East Charles A. Dana Professor Ed.Spec., University of Alabama Carolina University of Political Science Ph.D., Auburn University B.A., Winston-Salem State Troy R. Nash (2002) University Jody W. Lipford (1991) Associate Professor of Biology M.A., Ph.D., Ohio Professor of Economics and B.S., State University Business Administration Ph.D., Clemson University B.S., Francis Marion College John Clinton Inman (1980) M.A., Ph.D., Clemson University Michael A. Nelson (2000) Charles A. Dana Professor Associate Professor of History of Biology Zihua David Liu (2008) B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College B.S., Presbyterian College Assistant Professor of M.A., Bowling Green M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University Political Science State University B.A., Foreign Affairs College Ph.D., University of Arkansas at Beijing M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo

141 Richard Edward Newman (1997) Margarita Ramirez (2001) Business Administration Professor of Physical Education Associate Professor of Spanish B.S., Clemson University A.B., University of B.A., Universidad Catolica M.S., Ph.D., Mississippi Northern Colorado de Chile State University M.S., South Dakota M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University State University Julie Brockman Smart (2009) Ed.D., University of Michael Owen Rischbieter (1987) Assistant Professor of Nebraska-Lincoln Professor of Biology Education B.S., University of Washington B.S., Furman University Kirk Jeffrey Nolan (2009) M.S., Western Illinois University M.A., Instructor of Religion Ph.D., University of Ph.D. Clemson University B.S.E., Princeton University South Carolina M.Div., Princeton Theological Jonathan Calcott Smith (1997) Seminary Chad L. Rodekohr (2008) Associate Professor of S.T.M., Andover Newton Assistant Professor of Physics Political Science Theological School B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Auburn B.S., Francis Marion College ABD, Princeton TS University M.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina Walter Russell Ott (1998) Clinia M. Saffi (2006) Associate Professor of Assistant Professor of Modern Suzanne Jones Smith (1987) Chemistry Foreign Language Robert M. Vance Professor of B.A., University of B.A., California State University Economics Central Florida at San Bernardino and Business Administration Ph.D., Emory University Ph.D., University of Miami B.S., Presbyterian College B.E., Vanderbilt University Ralph Paquin (1998) Norman Milton Scarborough Ph.D., Clemson University Associate Professor of Art (1979) B.F.A., University of William Henrey Scott, III, Wayne A. Smith (2000) Massachusetts Associate Professor of Associate Professor of M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy Information Science Computer Science of Art B.S., M.S., Clemson University B.S., M.S., Clemson University Ph.D., University of A. Craig Powell (1991) Kara Lee Shavo (2007) South Carolina Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor B.S., Presbyterian College of Mathematics Brooke C. Spatta (2007) Ph.D., University of Tennessee B.Ed., University of Toledo Assistant Professor of at Knoxville M.S., Michigan State University Psychology Ph.D., University of B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Florida Lesley Preston (1991) South Carolina Atlantic University Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., Dalhousie University Lynne M. Simpson (1996) Ann Barthold Stidham (1967) M.F.A., University of Calgary Professor of English Charles A. Dana Professor of B.A., Washington and Jefferson Psychology Donald R. Raber, II (2002) College B.S., Muskingum College Associate Professor of M.A., Ph.D., University M.A., Northwestern University Political Science of Massachusetts Ed.D., University of Tennessee B.A., Furman University M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University Jerry Kibler Slice (1989) Professor of Economics and Miriam Ragland (2001) Associate Professor of Theatre B.A., Northwestern University M.F.A., University of Memphis

142 James Doyle Stidham (1967) Craig A. Vondergeest (2005) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Professor of Biology Assistant Professor of Religion B.S., Milligan College B.A., Concordia College M.S., Ph.D., University M.Div., Princeton Theological of Tennessee Seminary Ph.D., Union Theological James Porter Stokes, II (1998) Seminary and Presbyterian Professor of Music School of Christian Education B.A., M.M., University of South Carolina James A. Wanliss (2008) D.M.A., University of Cincinnati Associate Professor of Physics College Conservatory of Music B.S., University of Cape Town M.S., University of Robert E. Stutts (2001) the Witwatersrand Visiting Instructor of English Ph.D., University of Alberta B.A., Francis Marion College M.A., Clemson University Thomas Paul Weaver (1982) Professor of Political Science Foard Holden Tarbert, Jr. (1974) B.S., M.A., University of Toledo Professor of Business Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Administration B.A., Newberry College James Thomas Wetzel (1990) Ph.D., Clemson University Pulaski L. Bealy Smith Professor of Biology Richard Brian Thomas (2007) B.S., Point Park College Assistant Professor of Music M.A., California State University B.M., De Pauw University Ph.D., Clemson University M.M., University of North Texas D.M.A., University of Stefan W. Wiecki (2008) South Carolina Assistant Professor of History B.A., Freie Universitat Berlin Harold Dean Thompson, Jr. (1988) M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis Mary Henry and de University Saussure Davis Edmunds Professor of English Ronald J. C. Zimmerman (1991) B.A., Professor of Biology M.A., University of B.A., Goshen College South Carolina Ph.D., Vanderbilt University Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

James J. Thompson (2003) Associate Professor of Philosophy A.B., Princeton University M.Div., Union Theological Seminary Ph.D., University of Chicago

143 OFFICERS AND FACULTY EMERITI

Carl Jefferson Arnold (1969-91) William Fred Chapman, Jr. (1964-94) Lewis Scott Hay (1955-93) Charles A. Dana Robert M. Vance Professor Cornelson Professor Emeritus Professor Emeritus of Emeritus of Religion Economics and Business of Economics & Business B.A., Presbyterian College Administration Administration B.D., Columbia Theological B.S., Virginia Polytechnic B.S., M.S., Clemson University Seminary Institute Ph.D., University of Florida Th.M., Princeton Seminary M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State Ph.D., Emory University University Charles Henry Coker (1967-99) Marshall W. Brown Professor Robert Alexander Hill (1973-94) Dorothy Pauline Brandt (1967-98) Emeritus of History Professor Emeritus of Charles A. Dana Professor B.A., Wofford College Education Emerita M.A., Ph.D., University of B.S., of Education South Carolina M.Ed., University of Miami B.S., Newberry College Ed.D., University of Georgia M.Ed., Ph.D., University Aurel Maner Erwin (1954-77) of Texas Associate Professor Emeritus Robert Greenlee Hudson (1975-09) of French Charles A. Dana Professor of Ronald Dantan Burnside (1963-97) B.A., Mercer University Biology Marshall W. Brown Professor M.A., Duke University B.S., Campbell College Emeritus of History M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina B.A., Charles Thomas Gaines (1965-98) State University M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University Charles A. Dana Professor Emeritus of Music Randolph Bruce Huff (1962-2001) Marian Amanda Burts (1945-75) B.M.Ed., M.M., Illinois Wesleyan Jimmy and Louise Gallant Librarian Emerita University Professor Emeritus of B.A., Greenville D.S.M., Union Theological Chemistry Woman’s College Seminary in New York B.S., Furman University M.A., University of M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University South Carolina Calhoun Folk Gault (1963-94) B.S.L.S., George Peabody College Director Emeritus of Athletics Lutricia Adams Hunter (1981-93) B.A., Presbyterian College Assistant Professor Emerita William Simpson Cannon (1957-94) M.A., University of South of Mathematics Associate Professor Emeritus of Carolina B.S., M.A., George Peabody Computer Science & College of Teachers Mathematics John David Gillespie (1979- 2006) B.S., Wofford College Professor Emeritus of Ted Laverne Hunter (1967-93) M.S., University of Florida Political Science Professor Emerita of Sociology B.A., M.A., Wake Forest B.A., University of Florida Kenneth Nolon Carter (1951-87) University M.A., University of North Charles A. Dana Professor Ph.D., Kent State University Carolina at Chapel Hill Emeritus of Chemistry Ph.D., University of Georgia B.A., Erskine College Joseph Miller Gettys (1956-74) M.S., Ph.D., Vanderbilt Professor Emeritus of Religion Yvonne Joan Tapson King (1967-85) University B.A., Erskine College Professor Emerita of French S.T.B., S.T.M., Biblical Diplome de Litt., University of Seminary in New York Strasbourg Ph.D., New York University B.A., Ph.D., University D.D., Presbyterian College of Reading 144 Robert Orr McCaslin (1970-80) Lennart Pearson (1968-97) George Wilson Ramsey (1968-04) e g e l l o C n a i r e t y b s e r P Development Professor Emeritus of Library Kristen Herrington Professor Director Emeritus Science and Religion Emeritus of Bible B.A., Geneva College B.A. Wheaton College B.A., Davidson College Th.B., Pittsburgh-Xenia M.Div., Th.M., D.Min., Union B.D., Union Theological Theological Seminary Theological Seminary in Virginia Seminary D.D., Sterling College M.S.L.S., University of North in Virginia Carolina M.A., Ph.D., Princeton Ann Davidson Moorefield (1977-00) University Associate Professor Emerita of Donald Kent Phillips (1992- 04) English Professor Emeritus of James Lister Skinner, III (1965-02) B.A., Wells College Education Charles A. Dana Professor M.A., B.S., M.A., Appalachian State Emeritus of English University B.A., North Georgia College David Royal Moorefield (1962-92) Ed.D., University of South M.A., Ph.D., University of Professor Emeritus of Carolina Arkansas Philosophy B.A., Presbyterian College Neal Byron Prater (1960-96) Rachel Whitesides Stewart (1973-01) B.D., Columbia Theological Charles A. Dana Professor Professor Emerita of English Seminary Emeritus of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Th.M., Princeton Theological B.A., Westminster College Colorado Seminary M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt Ph.D., Duke University University Robert Berry Strock (1969-97) Associate Professor Emeritus Robert Reid Morrison (1988-94) Jack Renard Presseau (1965-98) of Physical Education Associate Professor Emeritus Cornelson Professor Emeritus B.S., Erskine College of French and Spanish of Christian Religion M.Ed., Western Carolina B.A., George Washington B.S., Indiana State College University University M.Div., Pittsburgh Theological M.A., Middlebury College Seminary Marion Hill Weersing (1964-80) Ph.D., University of Florida M.C.E., Presbyterian School Associate Student Dean Emerita of Christian Education B.A., Belhaven College David Charles Needham (1967-00) Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh M.A., George Peabody College Charles A. Dana Professor H.H.D., Presbyterian College Emeritus of History Jane Todd Presseau (1970-98) B.A., Hope College Associate Professor Emerita Eugene Wilson Womble (1970-96) M.A., Ohio University of Library Science Charles A. Dana Professor Ph.D., University of Georgia B.A., Erskine College Emeritus of Mathematics M.A., George Peabody College B.S., Wofford College Kenneth Bradley Orr (1979-97) M.S.L.S., University of North M.A., University of North President Emeritus Carolina Carolina B.A., Duke University Ph.D., University of Oklahoma M.Div., Th.M., Union Dale Osborne Rains (1967-01) Theological Seminary in Virginia Professor Emeritus of Speech Ph.D., University of Michigan and Drama B.A., Baylor University M.A., Ph.D., Louisiana State University

145 PRESBYTERIAN COLLEGE 503 South Broad St. Clinton, South Carolina 29325 www.presby.edu

Return Postage Guaranteed